1 SENDMAIL RELEASE NOTES 2 $Id: RELEASE_NOTES,v 8.1730 2005/03/28 00:31:23 gshapiro Exp $ 3 4 5This listing shows the version of the sendmail binary, the version 6of the sendmail configuration files, the date of release, and a 7summary of the changes in that release. 8 98.13.4/8.13.4 2005/03/27 10 The bug fixes in 8.13.3 for connection handling uncovered a 11 different error which could result in connections that 12 stay in CLOSE_WAIT state due to a variable that was not 13 properly initialized. Problem noted by Michael Sims. 14 Deal with empty hostnames in hostsignature(). This bug could lead 15 to an endless loop when doing LMTP deliveries to another 16 host. Problem first reported by Martin Lathoud and 17 tracked down by Gael Roualland. 18 Make sure return parameters are initialized in getmxrr(). Problem 19 found by Gael Roualland using valgrind. 20 If shared memory is used and the RunAsUser option is set, then the 21 owner and group of the shared memory segment is set to 22 the ids specified RunAsUser and the access mode is set 23 to 0660 to allow for updates by sendmail processes. 24 The number of queue entries that is (optionally) kept in shared 25 memory was wrong in some cases, e.g., envelope splitting 26 and bounce generation. 27 Undo a change made in 8.13.0 to silently truncate long strings 28 in address rewriting because the message can be triggered 29 for header checks where long strings are legitimate. 30 Problem reported by Mary Verge DeSisto, and tracked 31 down with the help of John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 32 The internal stab map did not obey the -m flag. Patch from 33 Rob McMahon of Warwick University, England. 34 The socket map did not obey the -f flag. Problem noted by 35 Dan Ringdahl, forwarded by Andrzej Filip. 36 The addition of LDAP recursion in 8.13.0 broke enforcement of 37 the LDAP map -1 argument which tells the MTA to only 38 return success if and only if a single LDAP match is found. 39 Add additional error checks in the MTA for milter communication 40 to avoid a possible segmentation fault. Based on patch 41 by Joe Maimon. 42 Do not trigger an assertion if X509_digest() returns success but 43 does not assign a value to its output parameter. Based 44 on patch by Brian Kantor. 45 Add more checks when resetting internal AUTH data (applies only 46 to Cyrus SASL version 2). Otherwise an SMTP session might 47 be dropped after an AUTH failure. 48 Portability: 49 Add LA_LONGLONG as valid LA_TYPE type for systems that use 50 "long long" to read load average data, e.g., 51 AIX 5.1 in 32 bit mode. Note: this has to be set 52 "by hand", it is not (yet) automatically detected. 53 Problem noted by Burak Bilen. 54 Use socklen_t for accept(), etc. on AIX 5.x. This should 55 fix problems when compiling in 64 bit mode. 56 Problem first reported by Harry Meiert of 57 University of Bremen. 58 New Files: 59 include/sm/sem.h 60 libsm/sem.c 61 libsm/t-sem.c 62 638.13.3/8.13.3 2005/01/11 64 Enhance handling of I/O errors, especially EOF, when STARTTLS 65 is active. 66 Make sure a connection is not reused after it has been closed 67 due to a 421 error. Problem found by Allan E Johannesen 68 of Worcester Polytechnic Institute. 69 Avoid triggering an assertion when sendmail is interrupted while 70 closing a connection. Problem found by Allan E Johannesen 71 of Worcester Polytechnic Institute. 72 Regression: a change in 8.13.2 caused sendmail not to try the 73 next MX host (or FallbackMXhost if configured) when, at 74 connection open, the current server returns a 4xy or 5xy 75 SMTP reply code. Problem noted by Mark Tranchant. 76 778.13.2/8.13.2 2004/12/15 78 Do not split the first header even if it exceeds the internal 79 buffer size. Previously a part of such a header would 80 end up in the body of the message. Problem noted by 81 Simple Nomad of BindView. 82 Do not complain about "cataddr: string too long" when checking 83 headers that do not contain RFC 2822 addresses. 84 Problem noted by Rich Graves of Brandeis University. 85 If a server returns a 421 reply to the RSET command between 86 message deliveries, do not attempt to deliver any more 87 messages on that connection. This prevents bogus "Bad 88 file number" recipient status. Problem noted by 89 Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute. 90 Allow trailing white space in EHLO command as recommended by RFC 91 2821. Problem noted by Ralph Santagato of SBC Services. 92 Deal with clients which use AUTH but negotiate a smaller buffer size 93 for data exchanges than the value used by sendmail, e.g., 94 Cyrus IMAP lmtp server. Based on patch by Jamie Clark. 95 When passing ESMTP arguments for RCPT to a milter, do not cut 96 them off at a comma. Problem noted by Krzysztof Oledzki. 97 Add more logging to milter change header functions to 98 complement existing logging. Based on patch from 99 Gurusamy Sarathy of Active State. 100 Include <lber.h> in include/sm/config.h when LDAPMAP is defined. 101 Patch from Edgar Hoch of the University of Stuttgart. 102 Fix DNS lookup if IPv6 is enabled when converting an IP address 103 to a hostname for use with SASL. Problem noted by Ken Jones; 104 patch from Hajimu UMEMOTO. 105 CONFIG: For consistency enable MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS for the prog 106 mailer. Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 107 LIBMILTER: It was possible that xxfi_abort() was called after 108 xxfi_eom() for a message if some timeouts were triggered. 109 Patch from Alexey Kravchuk. 110 LIBMILTER: Slightly rearrange mutex use in listener.c to allow 111 different threads to call smfi_opensocket() and smfi_main(). 112 Patch from Jordan Ritter of Cloudmark. 113 MAIL.LOCAL: Properly terminate MBDB before exiting. Problem 114 noted by Nelson Fung. 115 MAIL.LOCAL: make strip-mail.local used a wrong path to access 116 mail.local. Problem noted by William Park. 117 VACATION: Properly terminate MBDB before exiting. Problem noted 118 by Nelson Fung. 119 Portability: 120 Add support for DragonFly BSD. 121 New Files: 122 cf/ostype/dragonfly.m4 123 devtools/OS/DragonFly 124 include/sm/os/sm_os_dragonfly.h 125 Deleted Files: 126 libsm/vsscanf.c 127 1288.13.1/8.13.1 2004/07/30 129 Using the default AliasFile ldap: specification would cause the 130 objectClasses of the LDAP response to be included in the 131 alias expansion. Problem noted by Brenden Conte of 132 Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute. 133 Fix support for a fallback smart host for system where DNS is 134 (partially) available. From John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 135 Fix SuperSafe=PostMilter behavior when a milter replaces a body 136 but the data file is not yet stored on disk because it is 137 smaller than the size of the memory buffer. Problem noted 138 by David Russell. 139 Fix certificate revocation list support; if a CRL was specified 140 but the other side presented a cert that was signed by 141 a different (trusted) CA than the one which issued the CRL, 142 verification would always fail. Problem noted by Al Smith. 143 Run mailer programs as the RunAsUser when RunAsUser is set and 144 the F=S mailer flag is set without a U= mailer equate. 145 Problem noted by John Gardiner Myers of Proofpoint. 146 ${nbadrcpts} was off by one if BadRcptThrottle is zero. 147 Patch from Sung-hoon Choi of DreamWiz Inc. 148 CONFIG: Emit a warning if FEATURE(`access_db') is used after 149 FEATURE(`greet_pause') because then the latter will not 150 use the access map. Note: if no default value is given 151 for FEATURE(`greet_pause') then it issues an error if 152 FEATURE(`access_db') is not specified before it. 153 Problem noted by Alexander Dalloz of University of 154 Bielefeld. 155 CONFIG: Invoke ruleset Local_greet_pause if FEATURE(`greet_pause') 156 is used to give more flexibility for local changes. 157 Portability: 158 Fix a 64 bit problem in the socket map code. Problem 159 noted by Geoff Adams. 160 NetBSD 2.0F has closefrom(3). Patch from Andrew Brown. 161 NetBSD can use sysctl(3) to get the number of CPUs in 162 a system. Patch from Andrew Brown. 163 Add a README file in doc/op/ to explain potential 164 incompatibilities with various *roff related 165 tools. Problem tracked down by Per Hedeland. 166 New Files: 167 doc/op/README 168 1698.13.0/8.13.0 2004/06/20 170 Do not include AUTH data in a bounce to avoid leaking confidential 171 information. See also cf/README about MSP and the section 172 "Providing SMTP AUTH Data when sendmail acts as Client". 173 Problem noted by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois 174 University. 175 Fix compilation error in libsm/clock.c for -D_FFR_SLEEP_USE_SELECT=n 176 and -DSM_CONF_SETITIMER=0. Problem noted by Juergen Georgi 177 of RUS University of Stuttgart. 178 Fix bug in conversion from 8bit to quoted-printable. Problem found 179 by Christof Haerens, patch from Per Hedeland. 180 Add support for LDAP recursion based on types given to attribute 181 specifications in an LDAP map definition. This allows 182 LDAP queries to return a new query, a DN, or an LDAP 183 URL which will in turn be queried. See the ``LDAP 184 Recursion'' section of doc/op/op.me for more information. 185 Based on patch from Andrew Baucom. 186 Extend the default LDAP specifications for AliasFile 187 (O AliasFile=ldap:) and file classes (F{X}@LDAP) to 188 include support for LDAP recursion via new attributes. 189 See ``USING LDAP FOR ALIASES, MAPS, and CLASSES'' section 190 of cf/README for more information. 191 New option for LDAP maps: the -w option allows you to specify the 192 LDAP API/protocol version to use. The default depends on 193 the LDAP library. 194 New option for LDAP maps: the -H option allows you to specify an 195 LDAP URI instead of specifying the LDAP server via -h host 196 and -p port. This also allows for the use of LDAP over 197 SSL and connections via named sockets if your LDAP 198 library supports it. 199 New compile time flag SM_CONF_LDAP_INITIALIZE: set this if 200 ldap_initialize(3) is available (and LDAPMAP is set). 201 If MaxDaemonChildren is set and a command is repeated too often 202 during a SMTP session then terminate it just like it is 203 done for too many bad SMTP commands. 204 Basic connection rate control support has been added: the daemon 205 maintains the number of incoming connections per client 206 IP address and total in the macros {client_rate} and 207 {total_rate}, respectively. These macros can be used 208 in the cf file to impose connection rate limits. 209 A new option ConnectionRateWindowSize (default: 60s) 210 determines the length of the interval for which the 211 number of connections is stored. Based on patch from 212 Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz, Ecole des Mines de Paris. 213 Add optional protection from open proxies and SMTP slammers which 214 send SMTP traffic without waiting for the SMTP greeting. 215 If enabled by the new ruleset greet_pause (see 216 FEATURE(`greet_pause')), sendmail will wait the specified 217 amount of time before sending the initial 220 SMTP 218 greeting. If any traffic is received before then, a 554 219 SMTP response is sent and all SMTP commands are rejected 220 during that connection. 221 If 32 NOOP (or unknown/bad) commands are issued by a client the SMTP 222 server could sleep for a very long time. Fix based on 223 patch from Tadashi Kobayashi of IIJ. 224 Fix a potential memory leak in persistent queue runners if the 225 number of entries in the queue exceeds the limit of jobs. 226 Problem noted by Steve Hubert of University of Washington. 227 Do not use 4.7.1 as enhanced status code because some broken systems 228 misinterpret it as a permanent error. 229 New value for SuperSafe: PostMilter which will delay fsync() until 230 all milters accepted the mail. This can increase 231 performance if many mails are rejected by milters due to 232 body scans. Based on patch from David F. Skoll. 233 New macro {msg_id} which contains the value of the Message-Id: 234 header, whether provided by the client or generated by 235 sendmail. 236 New macro {client_connections} which contains the number of open 237 connections in the SMTP server for the client IP address. 238 Based on patch from Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz, Ecole des 239 Mines de Paris. 240 sendmail will now remove its pidfile when it exits. This was done 241 to prevent confusion caused by running sendmail stop 242 scripts two or more times, where the second and subsequent 243 runs would report misleading error messages about sendmail's 244 pid no longer existing. See section 1.3.15 of doc/op/op.me 245 for a discussion of the implications of this, including 246 how to correct broken scripts which may have depended on 247 the old behavior. From John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 248 Support per-daemon input filter lists which override the default 249 filter list specified in InputMailFilters. The filters 250 can be listed in the I= equate of DaemonPortOptions. 251 Do not add all domain prefixes of the hostname to class 'w'. If 252 your configuration relies on this behavior, you have to 253 add those names to class 'w' yourself. Problem noted 254 by Sander Eerkes. 255 Support message quarantining in the mail queue. Quarantined 256 messages are not run on normal queue displays or runs 257 unless specifically requested with -qQ. Quarantined queue 258 files are named with an hf prefix instead of a qf prefix. 259 The -q command line option now can specify which queue to display 260 or run. -qQ operates on quarantined queue items. -qL 261 operates on lost queue items. 262 Restricted mail queue runs and displays can be done based on the 263 quarantined reason using -qQtext to run or display 264 quarantined items if the quarantine reason contains the 265 given text. Similarly, -q!Qtext will run or display 266 quarantined items which do not have the given text in the 267 quarantine reason. 268 Items in the queue can be quarantined or unquarantined using the 269 new -Q option. See doc/op/op.me for more information. 270 When displaying the quarantine mailq with 'mailq -qQ', the 271 quarantine reason is shown in a new line prefixed by 272 "QUARANTINE:". 273 A new error code for the $#error mailer, $@ quarantine, can be used 274 to quarantine messages in check_* (except check_compat) and 275 header check rulesets. The $: of the mailer triplet will 276 be used for the quarantine reason. 277 Add a new quarantine count to the mailstats collected. 278 Add a new macro ${quarantine} which is the quarantine reason for a 279 message if it is quarantined. 280 New map type "socket" for a trivial query protocol over UNIX domain 281 or TCP sockets (requires compile time option SOCKETMAP). 282 See sendmail/README and doc/op/op.me for details as well as 283 socketmapServer.pl and socketmapClient.pl in contrib. 284 Code donated by Bastiaan Bakker of LifeLine Networks. 285 Define new macro ${client_ptr} which holds the result of the PTR 286 lookup for the client IP address. Note: this is the same 287 as ${client_name} if and only if ${client_resolve} is OK. 288 Add a new macro ${nbadrcpts} which contains the number of bad 289 recipients received so far in a transaction. 290 Call check_relay with the value of ${client_name} to deal with bogus 291 DNS entries. See also FEATURE(`use_client_ptr'). Problem 292 noted by Kai Schlichting. 293 Treat Delivery-Receipt-To: headers the same as Return-Receipt-To: 294 headers (turn them into DSNs). Delivery-Receipt-To: is 295 apparently used by SIMS (Sun Internet Mail System). 296 Enable connection caching for LPC mailers. Patch from Christophe 297 Wolfhugel of France Telecom Oleane. 298 Do not silently truncate long strings in address rewriting. 299 Add support for Cyrus SASL version 2. From Kenneth Murchison of 300 Oceana Matrix Ltd. 301 Add a new AuthOption=m flag to require the use of mechanisms which 302 support mutual authentication. From Kenneth Murchison of 303 Oceana Matrix Ltd. 304 Fix logging of TLS related problems (introduced in 8.12.11). 305 The macros {auth_author} and {auth_authen} are stored in xtext 306 format just like the STARTTLS related macros to avoid 307 problems with parsing them. Problem noted by Pierangelo 308 Masarati of SysNet s.n.c. 309 New option AuthRealm to set the authentication realm that is 310 passed to the Cyrus SASL library. Patch from Gary Mills 311 of the University of Manitoba. 312 Enable AUTH mechanism EXTERNAL if STARTTLS verification was 313 successful, otherwise relaying would be allowed if 314 EXTERNAL is listed in TRUST_AUTH_MECH() and STARTTLS 315 is active. 316 Add basic support for certificate revocation lists. Note: if a 317 CRLFile is specified but the file is unusable, STARTTLS 318 is disabled. Based on patch by Ralf Hornik. 319 Enable workaround for inconsistent Cyrus SASLv1 API for mechanisms 320 DIGEST-MD5 and LOGIN. 321 Write pid to file also if sendmail only acts as persistent queue 322 runner. Proposed by Gary Mills of the University of Manitoba. 323 Keep daemon pid file(s) locked so other daemons don't try to 324 overwrite each other's pid files. 325 Increase maximum length of logfile fields for {cert_subject} and 326 {cert_issuer} from 128 to 256. Requested by Christophe 327 Wolfhugel of France Telecom. 328 Log the TLS verification message on the STARTTLS= log line at 329 LogLevel 12 or higher. 330 If the MSP is invoked with the verbose option (-v) then it will 331 try to use the SMTP command VERB to propagate this option 332 to the MTA which in turn will show the delivery just like 333 it was done before the default 8.12 separation of MSP and 334 MTA. Based on patch by Per Hedeland. 335 If a daemon is refusing connections for longer than the time specified 336 by the new option RejectLogInterval (default: 3 hours) due 337 to high load, log this information. Patch from John Beck 338 of Sun Microsystems. 339 Remove the ability for non-trusted users to raise the value of 340 CheckpointInterval on the command line. 341 New mailer flag 'B' to strip leading backslashes, which is a 342 subset of the functionality of the 's' flag. 343 New mailer flag 'W' to ignore long term host status information. 344 Patch from Juergen Georgi of RUS University of Stuttgart. 345 Enable generic mail filter API (milter) by default. To turn 346 it off, add -DMILTER=0 to the compile time options. 347 An internal SMTP session discard flag was lost after an RSET/HELO/EHLO 348 causing subsequent messages to be sent instead of being 349 discarded. This also caused milter callbacks to be called 350 out of order after the SMTP session was reset. 351 New option RequiresDirfsync to turn off the compile time flag 352 REQUIRES_DIR_FSYNC at runtime. See sendmail/README for 353 further information. 354 New command line option -D logfile to send debug output to 355 the indicated log file instead of stdout. 356 Add Timeout.queuereturn.dsn and Timeout.queuewarn.dsn to control 357 queue return and warning times for delivery status 358 notifications. 359 New queue sort order option: 'n'one for not sorting the queue entries 360 at all. 361 Several more return values for ruleset srv_features have been added 362 to enable/disable certain features in the server per 363 connection. See doc/op/op.me for details. 364 Support for SMTP over SSL (smtps), activated by Modifier=s 365 for DaemonPortOptions. 366 Continue with DNS lookups on ECONNREFUSED and TRY_AGAIN when 367 trying to canonify hostnames. Suggested by Neil Rickert 368 of Northern Illinois University. 369 Add support for a fallback smart host (option FallbackSmartHost) to 370 be tried as a last resort after all other fallbacks. This 371 is designed for sites with partial DNS (e.g., an accurate 372 view of inside the company, but an incomplete view of 373 outside). From John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 374 Enable timeout for STARTTLS even if client does not start the TLS 375 handshake. Based on patch by Andrey J. Melnikoff. 376 Remove deprecated -v option for PH map, use -k instead. Patch from 377 Mark Roth of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. 378 libphclient is version 1.2.x by default, if version 1.1.x is required 379 then compile with -DNPH_VERSION=10100. Patch from Mark Roth 380 of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. 381 Add Milter.macros.eom, allowing macros to be sent to milter 382 applications for use in the xxfi_eom() callback. 383 New macro {time} which contains the output of the time(3) function, 384 i.e., the number of seconds since 0 hours, 0 minutes, 385 0 seconds, January 1, 1970, Coordinated Universal Time (UTC). 386 If check_relay sets the reply code to "421" the SMTP server will 387 terminate the SMTP session with a 421 error message. 388 Get rid of dead code that tried to access the environment variable 389 HOSTALIASES. 390 Deprecate the use of ErrorMode=write. To enable this in 8.13 391 compile with -DUSE_TTYPATH=1. 392 Header check rulesets using $>+ (do not strip comments) will get 393 the header value passed in without balancing quotes, 394 parentheses, and angle brackets. Based on patch from 395 Oleg Bulyzhin. 396 Do not complain and fix up unbalanced quotes, parentheses, and 397 angle brackets when reading in rulesets. This allows 398 rules to be written for header checks to catch strings 399 that contain quotes, parentheses, and/or angle brackets. 400 Based on patch from Oleg Bulyzhin. 401 Do not close socket when accept(2) in the daemon encounters 402 some temporary errors like ECONNABORTED. 403 Added list of CA certificates that are used by members of the 404 sendmail consortium, see CACerts. 405 Portability: 406 Two new compile options have been added: 407 HASCLOSEFROM System has closefrom(3). 408 HASFDWALK System has fdwalk(3). 409 Based on patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 410 The Linux kernel version 2.4 series has a broken flock() so 411 change to using fcntl() locking until they can fix 412 it. Be sure to update other sendmail related 413 programs to match locking techniques. 414 New compile time option NEEDINTERRNO which should be set 415 if <errno.h> does not declare errno itself. 416 Support for UNICOS/mk and UNICOS/mp added, some changes for 417 UNICOS. Patches contributed by Aaron Davis and 418 Brian Ginsbach, Cray Inc., and Manu Mahonen of 419 Center for Scientific Computing. 420 Add support for Darwin 7.0/Mac OS X 10.3 (a.k.a. Panther). 421 Extend support to Darwin 7.x/Mac OS X 10.3 (a.k.a. Panther). 422 Remove path from compiler definition for Interix because 423 Interix 3.0 and 3.5 put gcc in different locations. 424 Also use <sys/mkdev.h> to get the correct 425 major()/minor() definitions. Based on feedback 426 from Mark Funkenhauser. 427 CONFIG: Add support for LDAP recursion to the default LDAP searches 428 for maps via new attributes. See the ``USING LDAP FOR 429 ALIASES, MAPS, and CLASSES'' section of cf/README and 430 cf/sendmail.schema for more information. 431 CONFIG: Make sure confTRUSTED_USER is valid even if confRUN_AS_USER 432 is of the form "user:group" when used for submit.mc. 433 Problem noted by Carsten P. Gehrke, patch from Neil Rickert 434 of Northern Illinois University. 435 CONFIG: Add a new access DB value of QUARANTINE:reason which 436 instructs the check_* (except check_compat) to quarantine 437 the message using the given reason. 438 CONFIG: Use "dns -R A" as map type for dnsbl (just as for enhdnsbl) 439 instead of "host" to avoid problem with looking up other 440 DNS records than just A. 441 CONFIG: New option confCONNECTION_RATE_WINDOW_SIZE to define the 442 length of the interval for which the number of incoming 443 connections is maintained. 444 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`ratecontrol') to set the limits for connection 445 rate control for individual hosts or nets. 446 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`conncontrol') to set the limits for the 447 number of open SMTP connections for individual hosts or nets. 448 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`greet_pause') enables open proxy and SMTP 449 slamming protection described above. The feature can 450 take an argument specifying the milliseconds to wait and/or 451 use the access database to look the pause time based on 452 client hostname, domain, IP address, or subnet. 453 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`use_client_ptr') to have check_relay use 454 $&{client_ptr} as its first argument. This is useful for 455 rejections based on the unverified hostname of client, 456 which turns on the same behavior as in earlier sendmail 457 versions when delay_checks was not in use. See also entry 458 above about check_relay being invoked with ${client_name}. 459 CONFIG: New option confREJECT_LOG_INTERVAL to specify the log 460 interval when refusing connections for this long. 461 CONFIG: Remove quotes around usage of confREJECT_MSG; in some cases 462 this requires a change in a mc file. Requested by 463 Ted Roberts of Electronic Data Systems. 464 CONFIG: New option confAUTH_REALM to set the authentication realm 465 that is passed to the Cyrus SASL library. Patch from 466 Gary Mills of the University of Manitoba. 467 CONFIG: Rename the (internal) classes {tls}/{src} to {Tls}/{Src} 468 to follow the naming conventions. 469 CONFIG: Add a third optional argument to local_lmtp to specify 470 the A= argument. 471 CONFIG: Remove the f flag from the default mailer flags of 472 local_lmtp. 473 CONFIG: New option confREQUIRES_DIR_FSYNC to turn off the compile 474 time flag REQUIRES_DIR_FSYNC at runtime. 475 CONFIG: New LOCAL_UUCP macro to insert rules into the generated 476 cf file at the same place where MAILER(`uucp') inserts 477 its rules. 478 CONFIG: New options confTO_QUEUERETURN_DSN and confTO_QUEUEWARN_DSN 479 to control queue return and warning times for delivery 480 status notifications. 481 CONFIG: New option confFALLBACK_SMARTHOST to define FallbackSmartHost. 482 CONFIG: Add the mc file which has been used to create the cf 483 file to the end of the cf file when using make in cf/cf/. 484 Patch from Richard Rognlie. 485 CONFIG: FEATURE(nodns) has been removed, it was a no-op since 8.9. 486 Use ServiceSwitchFile to turn off DNS lookups, see 487 doc/op/op.me. 488 CONFIG: New option confMILTER_MACROS_EOM (sendmail Milter.macros.eom 489 option) defines macros to be sent to milter applications for 490 use in the xxfi_eom() callback. 491 CONFIG: New option confCRL to specify file which contains 492 certificate revocations lists. 493 CONFIG: Add a new value (sendertoo) for the third argument to 494 FEATURE(`ldap_routing') which will reject the SMTP 495 MAIL From: command if the sender address doesn't exist 496 in LDAP. See cf/README for more information. 497 CONFIG: Add a fifth argument to FEATURE(`ldap_routing') which 498 instructs the rulesets on whether or not to do a domain 499 lookup if a full address lookup doesn't match. See cf/README 500 for more information. 501 CONFIG: Add a sixth argument to FEATURE(`ldap_routing') which 502 instructs the rulesets on whether or not to queue the mail 503 or give an SMTP temporary error if the LDAP server can't be 504 reached. See cf/README for more information. Based on 505 patch from Billy Ray Miller of Caterpillar. 506 CONFIG: Experimental support for MTAMark, see cf/README for details. 507 CONFIG: New option confMESSAGEID_HEADER to define a different 508 Message-Id: header format. Patch from Bastiaan Bakker 509 of LifeLine Networks. 510 CONTRIB: New version of cidrexpand which uses Net::CIDR. From 511 Derek J. Balling. 512 CONTRIB: oldbind.compat.c has been removed due to security problems. 513 Found by code inspection done by Reasoning, Inc. 514 DEVTOOLS: Add an example file for devtools/Site/, contributed 515 by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 516 LIBMILTER: Add new function smfi_quarantine() which allows the 517 filter's EOM routine to quarantine the current message. 518 Filters which use this function must include the 519 SMFIF_QUARANTINE flag in the registered smfiDesc structure. 520 LIBMILTER: If a milter sets the reply code to "421", the SMTP server 521 will terminate the SMTP session with that error. 522 LIBMILTER: Upon filter shutdown, libmilter will not remove a 523 named socket in the file system if it is running as root. 524 LIBMILTER: Add new function smfi_progress() which allows the filter 525 to notify the MTA that an EOM operation is still in progress, 526 resetting the timeout. 527 LIBMILTER: Add new function smfi_opensocket() which allows the filter 528 to attempt to establish the interface socket, and detect 529 failure to do so before calling smfi_main(). 530 LIBMILTER: Add new function smfi_setmlreply() which allows the 531 filter to return a multi-line SMTP reply. 532 LIBMILTER: Deal with more temporary errors in accept() by ignoring 533 them instead of stopping after too many occurred. 534 Suggested by James Carlson of Sun Microsystems. 535 LIBMILTER: Fix a descriptor leak in the sample program found in 536 docs/sample.html. Reported by Dmitry Adamushko. 537 LIBMILTER: The sample program also needs to use SMFIF_ADDRCPT. 538 Reported by Carl Byington of 510 Software Group. 539 LIBMILTER: Document smfi_stop() and smfi_setdbg(). Patches 540 from Bryan Costales. 541 LIBMILTER: New compile time option SM_CONF_POLL; define this if 542 poll(2) should be used instead of select(2). 543 LIBMILTER: New function smfi_insheader() and related protocol 544 amendments to support header insertion operations. 545 MAIL.LOCAL: Add support for hashed mail directories, see 546 mail.local/README. Contributed by Chris Adams of HiWAAY 547 Informations Services. 548 MAILSTATS: Display quarantine message counts. 549 MAKEMAP: Add new flag -D to specify the comment character to use 550 instead of '#'. 551 VACATION: Add new flag -j to auto-respond to messages regardless of 552 whether or not the recipient is listed in the To: or Cc: 553 headers. 554 VACATION: Add new flag -R to specify the envelope sender address 555 for the auto-response message. 556 New Files: 557 CACerts 558 cf/feature/conncontrol.m4 559 cf/feature/greet_pause.m4 560 cf/feature/mtamark.m4 561 cf/feature/ratecontrol.m4 562 cf/feature/use_client_ptr.m4 563 cf/ostype/unicos.m4 564 cf/ostype/unicosmk.m4 565 cf/ostype/unicosmp.m4 566 contrib/socketmapClient.pl 567 contrib/socketmapServer.pl 568 devtools/OS/Darwin.7.0 569 devtools/OS/UNICOS-mk 570 devtools/OS/UNICOS-mp 571 devtools/Site/site.config.m4.sample 572 include/sm/os/sm_os_unicos.h 573 include/sm/os/sm_os_unicosmk.h 574 include/sm/os/sm_os_unicosmp.h 575 libmilter/docs/smfi_insheader.html 576 libmilter/docs/smfi_progress.html 577 libmilter/docs/smfi_quarantine.html 578 libmilter/docs/smfi_setdbg.html 579 libmilter/docs/smfi_setmlreply.html 580 libmilter/docs/smfi_stop.html 581 sendmail/ratectrl.c 582 Deleted Files: 583 cf/feature/nodns.m4 584 contrib/oldbind.compat.c 585 devtools/OS/CRAYT3E.2.0.x 586 devtools/OS/CRAYTS.10.0.x 587 libsm/vsprintf.c 588 Renamed Files: 589 devtools/OS/Darwin.7.0 => devtools/OS/Darwin.7.x 590 5918.12.11/8.12.11 2004/01/18 592 Use QueueFileMode when opening qf files. This error was a 593 regression in 8.12.10. Problem detected and diagnosed 594 Lech Szychowski of the Polish Power Grid Company. 595 Properly count the number of queue runners in a work group and 596 make sure the total limit of MaxQueueChildren is not 597 exceeded. Based on patch from Takayuki Yoshizawa of 598 Techfirm, Inc. 599 Take care of systems that can generate time values where the 600 seconds can exceed the usual range of 0 to 59. 601 Problem noted by Randy Diffenderfer of EDS. 602 Avoid regeneration of identical queue identifiers by processes 603 whose process id is the same as that of the initial 604 sendmail process that was used to start the daemon. 605 Problem noted by Randy Diffenderfer of EDS. 606 When a milter invokes smfi_delrcpt() compare the supplied 607 recipient address also against the printable addresses 608 of the current list to deal with rewritten addresses. 609 Based on patch from Sean Hanson of The Asylum. 610 BadRcptThrottle now also works for addresses which return the 611 error mailer, e.g., virtusertable entries with the 612 right hand side error:. Patch from Per Hedeland. 613 Fix printing of 8 bit characters as octals in log messages. 614 Based on patch by Andrey J. Melnikoff. 615 Undo change of algorithm for MIME 7-bit base64 encoding to 8-bit 616 text that has been introduced in 8.12.3. There are some 617 examples where the new code fails, but the old code works. 618 To get the 8.12.3-8.12.10 version, compile sendmail with 619 -DMIME7TO8_OLD=0. If you have an example of improper 620 7 to 8 bit conversion please send it to us. 621 Return normal error code for unknown SMTP commands instead of 622 the one specified by check_relay or a milter for a 623 connection. Problem noted by Andrzej Filip. 624 Some ident responses contain data after the terminating CRLF which 625 causes sendmail to log "POSSIBLE ATTACK...newline in string". 626 To avoid this everything after LF is ignored. 627 If the operating system supports O_EXLOCK and HASFLOCK is set 628 then a possible race condition for creating qf files 629 can be avoided. Note: the race condition does not 630 exist within sendmail, but between sendmail and an 631 external application that accesses qf files. 632 Log the proper options name for TLS related mising files for 633 the CACertPath, CACertFile, and DHParameters options. 634 Do not split an envelope if it will be discarded, otherwise df 635 files could be left behind. Problem found by Wolfgang 636 Breyha. 637 The use of the environment variables HOME and HOSTALIASES has been 638 deprecated and will be removed in version 8.13. This only 639 effects configuration which preserve those variable via the 640 'E' command in the cf file as sendmail clears out its entire 641 environment. 642 Portability: 643 Add support for Darwin 7.0/Mac OS X 10.3 (a.k.a. Panther). 644 Solaris 10 has unsetenv(), patch from Craig Mohrman of 645 Sun Microsystems. 646 LIBMILTER: Add extra checks in case a broken MTA sends bogus data 647 to libmilter. Based on code review by Rob Grzywinski. 648 SMRSH: Properly assemble commands that contain '&&' or '||'. 649 Problem noted by Eric Lee of Talking Heads. 650 New Files: 651 devtools/OS/Darwin.7.0 652 6538.12.10/8.12.10 2003/09/24 (Released: 2003/09/17) 654 SECURITY: Fix a buffer overflow in address parsing. Problem 655 detected by Michal Zalewski, patch from Todd C. Miller 656 of Courtesan Consulting. 657 Fix a potential buffer overflow in ruleset parsing. This problem 658 is not exploitable in the default sendmail configuration; 659 only if non-standard rulesets recipient (2), final (4), or 660 mailer-specific envelope recipients rulesets are used then 661 a problem may occur. Problem noted by Timo Sirainen. 662 Accept 0 (and 0/0) as valid input for set MaxMimeHeaderLength. 663 Problem noted by Thomas Schulz. 664 Add several checks to avoid (theoretical) buffer over/underflows. 665 Properly count message size when performing 7->8 or 8->7 bit MIME 666 conversions. Problem noted by Werner Wiethege. 667 Properly compute message priority based on size of entire message, 668 not just header. Problem noted by Axel Holscher. 669 Reset SevenBitInput to its configured value between SMTP 670 transactions for broken clients which do not properly 671 announce 8 bit data. Problem noted by Stefan Roehrich. 672 Set {addr_type} during queue runs when processing recipients. 673 Based on patch from Arne Jansen. 674 Better error handling in case of (very unlikely) queue-id conflicts. 675 Perform better error recovery for address parsing, e.g., when 676 encountering a comment that is too long. Problem noted by 677 Tanel Kokk, Union Bank of Estonia. 678 Add ':' to the allowed character list for bogus HELO/EHLO 679 checking. It is used for IPv6 domain literals. Patch from 680 Iwaizako Takahiro of FreeBit Co., Ltd. 681 Reset SASL connection context after a failed authentication attempt. 682 Based on patch from Rob Siemborski of CMU. 683 Check Berkeley DB compile time version against run time version 684 to make sure they match. 685 Do not attempt AAAA (IPv6) DNS lookups if IPv6 is not enabled 686 in the kernel. 687 When a milter adds recipients and one of them causes an error, 688 do not ignore the other recipients. Problem noted by 689 Bart Duchesne. 690 CONFIG: Use specified SMTP error code in mailertable entries which 691 lack a DSN, i.e., "error:### Text". Problem noted by 692 Craig Hunt. 693 CONFIG: Call Local_trust_auth with the correct argument. Patch 694 from Jerome Borsboom. 695 CONTRIB: Better handling of temporary filenames for doublebounce.pl 696 and expn.pl to avoid file overwrites, etc. Patches from 697 Richard A. Nelson of Debian and Paul Szabo. 698 MAIL.LOCAL: Fix obscure race condition that could lead to an 699 improper mailbox truncation if close() fails after the 700 mailbox is fsync()'ed and a new message is delivered 701 after the close() and before the truncate(). 702 MAIL.LOCAL: If mail delivery fails, do not leave behind a 703 stale lockfile (which is ignored after the lock timeout). 704 Patch from Oleg Bulyzhin of Cronyx Plus LLC. 705 Portability: 706 Port for AIX 5.2. Thanks to Steve Hubert of University 707 of Washington for providing access to a computer 708 with AIX 5.2. 709 setreuid(2) works on OpenBSD 3.3. Patch from 710 Todd C. Miller of Courtesan Consulting. 711 Allow for custom definition of SMRSH_CMDDIR and SMRSH_PATH 712 on all operating systems. Patch from Robert Harker 713 of Harker Systems. 714 Use strerror(3) on Linux. If this causes a problem on 715 your Linux distribution, compile with 716 -DHASSTRERROR=0 and tell sendmail.org about it. 717 Added Files: 718 devtools/OS/AIX.5.2 719 7208.12.9/8.12.9 2003/03/29 721 SECURITY: Fix a buffer overflow in address parsing due to 722 a char to int conversion problem which is potentially 723 remotely exploitable. Problem found by Michal Zalewski. 724 Note: an MTA that is not patched might be vulnerable to 725 data that it receives from untrusted sources, which 726 includes DNS. 727 To provide partial protection to internal, unpatched sendmail MTAs, 728 8.12.9 changes by default (char)0xff to (char)0x7f in 729 headers etc. To turn off this conversion compile with 730 -DALLOW_255 or use the command line option -d82.101. 731 To provide partial protection for internal, unpatched MTAs that may be 732 performing 7->8 or 8->7 bit MIME conversions, the default 733 for MaxMimeHeaderLength has been changed to 2048/1024. 734 Note: this does have a performance impact, and it only 735 protects against frontal attacks from the outside. 736 To disable the checks and return to pre-8.12.9 defaults, 737 set MaxMimeHeaderLength to 0/0. 738 Do not complain about -ba when submitting mail. Problem noted 739 by Derek Wueppelmann. 740 Fix compilation with Berkeley DB 1.85 on systems that do not 741 have flock(2). Problem noted by Andy Harper of Kings 742 College London. 743 Properly initialize data structure for dns maps to avoid various 744 errors, e.g., looping processes. Problem noted by 745 Maurice Makaay of InterNLnet B.V. 746 CONFIG: Prevent multiple application of rule to add smart host. 747 Patch from Andrzej Filip. 748 CONFIG: Fix queue group declaration in MAILER(`usenet'). 749 CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: New option -t builds the virtusertable 750 text file instead of the database map. 751 Portability: 752 Revert wrong change made in 8.12.7 and actually use the 753 builtin getopt() version in sendmail on Linux. 754 This can be overridden by using -DSM_CONF_GETOPT=0 755 in which case the OS supplied version will be used. 756 7578.12.8/8.12.8 2003/02/11 758 SECURITY: Fix a remote buffer overflow in header parsing by 759 dropping sender and recipient header comments if the 760 comments are too long. Problem noted by Mark Dowd 761 of ISS X-Force. 762 Fix a potential non-exploitable buffer overflow in parsing the 763 .cf queue settings and potential buffer underflow in 764 parsing ident responses. Problem noted by Yichen Xie of 765 Stanford University Compilation Group. 766 Fix ETRN #queuegroup command: actually start a queue run for 767 the selected queue group. Problem noted by Jos Vos. 768 If MaxMimeHeaderLength is set and a malformed MIME header is fixed, 769 log the fixup as "Fixed MIME header" instead of "Truncated 770 MIME header". Problem noted by Ian J Hart. 771 CONFIG: Fix regression bug in proto.m4 that caused a bogus 772 error message: "FEATURE() should be before MAILER()". 773 MAIL.LOCAL: Be more explicit in some error cases, i.e., whether 774 a mailbox has more than one link or whether it is not 775 a regular file. Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 776 7778.12.7/8.12.7 2002/12/29 778 Properly clean up macros to avoid persistence of session data 779 across various connections. This could cause session 780 oriented restrictions, e.g., STARTTLS requirements, 781 to erroneously allow a connection. Problem noted 782 by Tim Maletic of Priority Health. 783 Do not lookup MX records when sorting the MSP queue. The MSP 784 only needs to relay all mail to the MTA. Problem found 785 by Gary Mills of the University of Manitoba. 786 Do not restrict the length of connection information to 100 787 characters in some logging statements. Problem noted by 788 Erik Parker. 789 When converting an enhanced status code to an exit status, use 790 EX_CONFIG if the first digit is not 2, 4, or 5 or if *.1.5 791 is used. 792 Reset macro $x when receiving another MAIL command. Problem 793 noted by Vlado Potisk of Wigro s.r.o. 794 Don't bother setting the permissions on the build area statistics 795 file, the proper permissions will be put on the file at 796 install time. This fixes installation over NFS for some 797 users. Problem noted by Martin J. Dellwo of 3-Dimensional 798 Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 799 Fix problem of decoding SASLv2 encrypted data. Problem noted by 800 Alex Deiter of Mobile TeleSystems, Komi Republic. 801 Log milter socket open errors at MilterLogLevel 1 or higher instead 802 of 11 or higher. 803 Print early system errors to the console instead of silently 804 exiting. Problem noted by James Jong of IBM. 805 Do not process a queue group if Runners is set to 0, regardless 806 of whether F=f or sendmail is run in verbose mode (-v). 807 The use of -qGname will still force queue group "name" 808 to be run even if Runners=0. 809 Change the level for logging the fact that a daemon is refusing 810 connections due to high load from LOG_INFO to LOG_NOTICE. 811 Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 812 Use location information for submit.cf from NetInfo 813 (/locations/sendmail/submit.cf) if available. 814 Re-enable ForkEachJob which was lost in 8.12.0. Problem noted by 815 Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 816 Make behavior of /canon in debug mode consistent with usage in 817 rulesets. Patch from Shigeno Kazutaka of IIJ. 818 Fix a potential memory leak in envelope splitting. Problem noted 819 by John Majikes of IBM. 820 Do not try to share an mailbox database LDAP connection across 821 different processes. Problem noted by Randy Kunkee. 822 Fix logging for undelivered recipients when the SMTP connection 823 times out during message collection. Problem noted by Neil 824 Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 825 Avoid problems with QueueSortOrder=random due to problems with 826 qsort() on Solaris (and maybe some other operating systems). 827 Problem noted by Stephan Schulz of Gruner+Jahr.. 828 If -f "" is specified, set the sender address to "<>". Problem 829 noted by Matthias Andree. 830 Fix formatting problem of footnotes for plain text output on some 831 versions of tmac. Patch from Per Hedeland. 832 Portability: 833 Berkeley DB 4.1 support (requires at least 4.1.25). 834 Some getopt(3) implementations in GNU/Linux are broken 835 and pass a NULL pointer to an option which requires 836 an argument, hence the builtin version of 837 sendmail is used instead. This can be overridden 838 by using -DSM_CONF_GETOPT=0. Problem noted by 839 Vlado Potisk of Wigro s.r.o. 840 Support for nph-1.2.0 from Mark D. Roth of the University 841 of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. 842 Support for FreeBSD 5.0's MAC labeling from Robert Watson 843 of the TrustedBSD Project. 844 Support for reading the number of processors on an IRIX 845 system from Michel Bourget of SGI. 846 Support for UnixWare 7.1 based on input from Larry Rosenman. 847 Interix support from Nedelcho Stanev of Atlantic Sky 848 Corporation. 849 Update Mac OS X/Darwin portability from Wilfredo Sanchez. 850 CONFIG: Enforce tls_client restrictions even if delay_checks 851 is used. Problem noted by Malte Starostik. 852 CONFIG: Deal with an empty hostname created via bogus 853 DNS entries to get around access restrictions. 854 Problem noted by Kai Schlichting. 855 CONFIG: Use FEATURE(`msp', `[127.0.0.1]') in submit.mc by default 856 to avoid problems with hostname resolution for localhost 857 which on many systems does not resolve to 127.0.0.1 (or 858 ::1 for IPv6). If you do not use IPv4 but only IPv6 then 859 you need to change submit.mc accordingly, see the comment 860 in the file itself. 861 CONFIG: Set confDONT_INIT_GROUPS to True in submit.mc to avoid 862 error messages from initgroups(3) on AIX 4.3 when sending 863 mail to non-existing users. Problem noted by Mark Roth of 864 the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. 865 CONFIG: Allow local_procmail to override local_lmtp settings. 866 CONFIG: Always allow connections from 127.0.0.1 or IPv6:::1 to 867 relay. 868 CONTRIB: cidrexpand: Deal with the prefix tags that may be included 869 in access_db. 870 CONTRIB: New version of doublebounce.pl contributed by Leo Bicknell. 871 LIBMILTER: On Solaris libmilter may get into an endless loop if 872 an error in the communication from/to the MTA occurs. 873 Patch from Gurusamy Sarathy of Active State. 874 LIBMILTER: Ignore EINTR from sigwait(3) which may happen on Tru64. 875 Patch from from Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz of Ecole 876 Nationale Superieure des Mines de Paris. 877 MAIL.LOCAL: Fix a truncation race condition if the close() on 878 the mailbox fails. Problem noted by Tomoko Fukuzawa of 879 Sun Microsystems. 880 MAIL.LOCAL: Fix a potential file descriptor leak if mkstemp(3) 881 fails. Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 882 SMRSH: SECURITY: Only allow regular files or symbolic links to be 883 used for a command. Problem noted by David Endler of 884 iDEFENSE, Inc. 885 New Files: 886 devtools/OS/Interix 887 include/sm/bdb.h 888 8898.12.6/8.12.6 2002/08/26 890 Do not add the FallbackMXhost (or its MX records) to the list 891 returned by the bestmx map when -z is used as option. 892 Otherwise sendmail may act as an open relay if FallbackMXhost 893 and FEATURE(`relay_based_on_MX') are used together. 894 Problem noted by Alexander Ignatyev. 895 Properly split owner- mailing list messages when SuperSafe is set 896 to interactive. Problem noted by Todd C. Miller of 897 Courtesan Consulting. 898 Make sure that an envelope is queued in the selected queue group 899 even if some recipients are deleted or invalid. Problem 900 found by Chris Adams of HiWAAY Informations Services. 901 Do not send a bounce message if a message is completely collected 902 from the SMTP client. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the 903 Finnish Meteorological Institute. 904 Provide an 'install-submit-st' target for sendmail/Makefile to 905 install the MSP statistics file using the file named in the 906 confMSP_STFILE devtools variable. Requested by Jeff 907 Earickson of Colby College. 908 Queue up mail with a temporary error if setusercontext() fails 909 during a delivery attempt. Patch from Todd C. Miller of 910 Courtesan Consulting. 911 Fix handling of base64 encoded client authentication data for 912 SMTP AUTH. Patch from Elena Slobodnik of life medien GmbH. 913 Set the OpenLDAP option LDAP_OPT_RESTART so the client libraries 914 restart interrupted system calls. Problem noted by Luiz 915 Henrique Duma of BSIOne. 916 Prevent a segmentation fault if a program passed a NULL envp using 917 execve(). 918 Document a problem with the counting of queue runners that may 919 cause delays if MaxQueueChildren is set too low. Problem 920 noted by Ian Duplisse of Cable Television Laboratories, Inc. 921 If discarding a message based on a recipient, don't try to look up 922 the recipient in the mailbox database if F=w is set. This 923 allows users to discard bogus recipients when dealing with 924 spammers without tipping them off. Problem noted by Neil 925 Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 926 If applying a header check to a header with unstructured data, 927 e.g., Subject:, then do not run syntax checks that are 928 supposed for addresses on the header content. 929 Count messages rejected/discarded via the check_data ruleset. 930 Portability: 931 Fix compilation on systems which do not allow simple 932 copying of the variable argument va_list. Based on 933 fix from Scott Walters. 934 Fix NSD map open bug. From Michel Bourget of SGI. 935 Add some additional IRIX shells to the default shell 936 list. From Michel Bourget of SGI. 937 Fix compilation issues on Mac OS X 10.2 (Darwin 6.0). 938 NETISO support has been dropped. 939 CONFIG: There was a seemingly minor change in 8.12.4 with respect 940 to handling entries of IP nets/addresses with RHS REJECT. 941 These would be rejected in check_rcpt instead of only 942 being activated in check_relay. This change has been made to 943 avoid potential bogus temporary rejection of relay attempts 944 "450 4.7.1 Relaying temporarily denied. Cannot resolve PTR 945 record for ..." if delay_checks is enabled. However, this 946 modification causes a change of behavior if an IP net/address 947 is listed in the access map with REJECT and a host/domain 948 name is listed with OK or RELAY, hence it has been reversed 949 such that the behavior of 8.12.3 is restored. The original 950 change was made on request of Neil Rickert of Northern 951 Illinois University, the side effect has been found by 952 Stefaan Van Hoornick. 953 CONFIG: Make sure delay_checks works even for sender addresses 954 using the local hostname ($j) or domains in class {P}. 955 Based on patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois 956 University. 957 CONFIG: Fix temporary error handling for LDAP Routing lookups. 958 Fix from Andrzej Filip. 959 CONTRIB: New version of etrn.pl script and external man page 960 (etrn.0) from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 961 LIBMILTER: Protect a free(3) operation from being called with a 962 NULL pointer. Problem noted by Andrey J. Melnikoff. 963 LIBMILTER: Protect against more interrupted select() calls. Based 964 on patch from Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz of Ecole Nationale 965 Superieure des Mines de Paris. 966 New Files: 967 contrib/etrn.0 968 9698.12.5/8.12.5 2002/06/25 970 SECURITY: The DNS map can cause a buffer overflow if the user 971 specifies a dns map using TXT records in the configuration 972 file and a rogue DNS server is queried. None of the 973 sendmail supplied configuration files use this option hence 974 they are not vulnerable. Problem noted independently by 975 Joost Pol of PINE Internet and Anton Rang of Sun Microsystems. 976 Unprintable characters in responses from DNS servers for the DNS 977 map type are changed to 'X' to avoid potential problems 978 with rogue DNS servers. 979 Require a suboption when setting the Milter option. Problem noted 980 by Bryan Costales. 981 Do not silently overwrite command line settings for 982 DirectSubmissionModifiers. Problem noted by Bryan 983 Costales. 984 Prevent a segmentation fault when clearing the event list by 985 turning off alarms before checking if event list is 986 empty. Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester 987 Polytechnic Institute. 988 Close a potential race condition in transitioning a memory buffered 989 file onto disk. From Janani Devarajan of Sun Microsystems. 990 Portability: 991 Include paths.h on Linux systems running glibc 2.0 or later 992 to get the definition for _PATH_SENDMAIL, used by 993 rmail and vacation. Problem noted by Kevin 994 A. McGrail of Peregrine Hardware. 995 NOTE: Linux appears to have broken flock() again. Unless 996 the bug is fixed before sendmail 8.13 is shipped, 997 8.13 will change the default locking method to 998 fcntl() for Linux kernel 2.4 and later. You may 999 want to do this in 8.12 by compiling with 1000 -DHASFLOCK=0. Be sure to update other sendmail 1001 related programs to match locking techniques. 1002 10038.12.4/8.12.4 2002/06/03 1004 SECURITY: Inherent limitations in the UNIX file locking model 1005 can leave systems open to a local denial of service 1006 attack. Be sure to read the "FILE AND MAP PERMISSIONS" 1007 section of the top level README for more information. 1008 Problem noted by lumpy. 1009 Use TempFileMode (defaults to 0600) for the permissions of PidFile 1010 instead of 0644. 1011 Change the default file permissions for new alias database files 1012 from 0644 to 0640. This can be overridden at compile time 1013 by setting the DBMMODE macro. 1014 Fix a potential core dump problem if the environment variable 1015 NAME is set. Problem noted by Beth A. Chaney of 1016 Purdue University. 1017 Expand macros before passing them to libmilter. Problem noted 1018 by Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz of Ecole Nationale 1019 Superieure des Mines de Paris. 1020 Rewind the df (message body) before truncating it when libmilter 1021 replaces the body of a message. Problem noted by Gisle Aas 1022 of Active State. 1023 Change SMTP reply code for AUTH failure from 500 to 535 and the 1024 initial zero-length response to "=" per RFC 2554. Patches 1025 from Kenneth Murchison of Oceana Matrix Ltd. 1026 Do not try to fix broken message/rfc822 MIME attachments by 1027 inserting a MIME-Version: header when MaxMimeHeaderLength 1028 is set and no 8 to 7 bit conversion is needed. Based on 1029 patch from Rehor Petr of ICZ (Czech Republic). 1030 Do not log "did not issue MAIL/EXPN/VRFY/ETRN" if the connection 1031 is rejected anyway. Noted by Chris Loelke. 1032 Mention the submission mail queue in the mailq man page. Requested 1033 by Bill Fenner of AT&T. 1034 Set ${msg_size} macro when reading a message from the command line 1035 or the queue. 1036 Detach from shared memory before dropping privileges back to 1037 user who started sendmail. 1038 If AllowBogusHELO is set to false (default) then also complain if 1039 the argument to HELO/EHLO contains white space. Suggested 1040 by Seva Gluschenko of Cronyx Plus. 1041 Allow symbolicly linked forward files in writable directory paths 1042 if both ForwardFileInUnsafeDirPath and 1043 LinkedForwardFileInWritableDir DontBlameSendmail options 1044 are set. Problem noted by Werner Spirk of 1045 Leibniz-Rechenzentrum Munich. 1046 Portability: 1047 Operating systems that lack the ftruncate() call will not 1048 be able to use Milter's body replacement feature. 1049 This only affects Altos, Maxion, and MPE/iX. 1050 Digital UNIX 5.0 has changed flock() semantics to be 1051 non-compliant. Problem noted by Martin Mokrejs of 1052 Charles University in Prague. 1053 The sparc64 port of FreeBSD 5.0 now supports shared 1054 memory. 1055 CONFIG: FEATURE(`preserve_luser_host') needs the macro map. 1056 Problem noted by Andrzej Filip. 1057 CONFIG: Using 'local:' as a mailertable value with 1058 FEATURE(`preserve_luser_host') and LUSER_RELAY caused mail 1059 to be misaddressed. Problem noted by Andrzej Filip. 1060 CONFIG: Provide a workaround for DNS based rejection lists that 1061 fail for AAAA queries. Problem noted by Chris Boyd. 1062 CONFIG: Accept the machine's hostname as resolvable when checking 1063 the sender address. This allows locally submitted mail to 1064 be accepted if the machine isn't connected to a nameserver 1065 and doesn't have an /etc/hosts entry for itself. Problem 1066 noted by Robert Watson of the TrustedBSD Project. 1067 CONFIG: Use deferred expansion for checking the ${deliveryMode} 1068 macro in case the SMTP VERB command is used. Problem 1069 noted by Bryan Costales. 1070 CONFIG: Avoid a duplicate '@domain' virtusertable lookup if no 1071 matches are found. Fix from Andrzej Filip. 1072 CONFIG: Fix wording in default dnsbl rejection message. Suggested 1073 by Lou Katz of Metron Computerware, Ltd. 1074 CONFIG: Add mailer cyrusv2 for Cyrus V2. Contributed by 1075 Kenneth Murchison of Oceana Matrix Ltd. 1076 CONTRIB: Fix wording in default dnsblaccess rejection message to 1077 match dnsbl change. 1078 DEVTOOLS: Add new option for access mode of statistics file, 1079 confSTMODE, which specifies the permissions when initially 1080 installing the sendmail statistics file. 1081 LIBMILTER: Mark the listening socket as close-on-exec in case 1082 a user's filter starts other applications. 1083 LIBSM: Allow the MBDB initialize, lookup, and/or terminate 1084 functions in SmMbdbTypes to be set to NULL. 1085 MAKEMAP: Change the default file permissions for new databases from 1086 0644 to 0640. This can be overridden at compile time 1087 by setting the DBMMODE macro. 1088 SMRSH: Fix man page bug: replace SMRSH_CMDBIN with SMRSH_CMDDIR. 1089 Problem noted by Dave Alden of Ohio State University. 1090 VACATION: When listing the vacation database (-l), don't show 1091 bogus timestamps for excluded (-x) addresses. Problem 1092 noted by Bryan Costales. 1093 New Files: 1094 cf/mailer/cyrusv2.m4 1095 10968.12.3/8.12.3 2002/04/05 1097 NOTICE: In general queue files should not be moved if queue groups 1098 are used. In previous versions this could cause mail 1099 not to be delivered if a queue file is repeatedly moved 1100 by an external process whenever sendmail moved it back 1101 into the right place. Some precautions have been taken 1102 to avoid moving queue files if not really necessary. 1103 sendmail may use links to refer to queue files and it 1104 may store the path of data files in queue files. Hence 1105 queue files should not be moved unless those internals 1106 are understood and the integrity of the files is not 1107 compromised. Problem noted by Anne Bennett of Concordia 1108 University. 1109 If an error mail is created, and the mail is split across different 1110 queue directories, and SuperSafe is off, then write the mail 1111 to disk before splitting it, otherwise an assertion is 1112 triggered. Problem tracked down by Henning Schmiedehausen 1113 of INTERMETA. 1114 Fix possible race condition that could cause sendmail to forget 1115 running queues. Problem noted by Jeff Wasilko of smoe.org. 1116 Handle bogus qf files better without triggering assertions. 1117 Problem noted by Guy Feltin. 1118 Protect against interrupted select() call when enforcing Milter 1119 read and write timeouts. Patch from Gurusamy Sarathy of 1120 ActiveState. 1121 Matching queue IDs with -qI should be case sensitive. Problem 1122 noted by Anne Bennett of Concordia University. 1123 If privileges have been dropped, don't try to change group ID to 1124 the RunAsUser group. Problem noted by Neil Rickert of 1125 Northern Illinois University. 1126 Fix SafeFileEnvironment path munging when the specified path 1127 contains a trailing slash. Based on patch from Dirk Meyer 1128 of Dinoex. 1129 Do not limit sendmail command line length to SM_ARG_MAX (usually 1130 4096). Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester 1131 Polytechnic Institute. 1132 Clear full name of sender for each new envelope to avoid bogus data 1133 if several mails are sent in one session and some of them 1134 do not have a From: header. Problem noted by Bas Haakman. 1135 Change timeout check such that cached information about a connection 1136 will be immediately invalid if ConnectionCacheTimeout is zero. 1137 Based on patch from David Burns of Portland State University. 1138 Properly count message size for mailstats during mail collection. 1139 Problem noted by Werner Wiethege. 1140 Log complete response from LMTP delivery agent on failure. Based on 1141 patch from by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 1142 Provide workaround for getopt() implementations that do not catch 1143 missing arguments. 1144 Fix the message size calculation if the message body is replaced by 1145 a milter filter and buffered file I/O is being used. 1146 Problem noted by Sergey Akhapkin of Dr.Web. 1147 Do not honor SIGUSR1 requests if running with extra privileges. 1148 Problem noted by Werner Wiethege. 1149 Prevent a file descriptor leak on mail delivery if the initial 1150 connect fails and DialDelay is set. Patch from Servaas 1151 Vandenberghe of Katholieke Universiteit Leuven. 1152 Properly deal with a case where sendmail is called by root running 1153 a set-user-ID (non-root) program. Problem noted by Jon 1154 Lusky of ISS Atlanta. 1155 Avoid leaving behind stray transcript (xf) files if multiple queue 1156 directories are used and mail is sent to a mailing list 1157 which has an owner- alias. Problem noted by Anne Bennett 1158 of Concordia University. 1159 Fix class map parsing code if optional key is specified. Problem 1160 found by Mario Nigrovic. 1161 The SMTP daemon no longer tries to fix up improperly dot-stuffed 1162 incoming messages. A leading dot is always stripped by the 1163 SMTP receiver regardless of whether or not it is followed by 1164 another dot. Problem noted by Jordan Ritter of darkridge.com. 1165 Fix corruption when doing automatic MIME 7-bit quoted-printable or 1166 base64 encoding to 8-bit text. Problem noted by Mark 1167 Elvers. 1168 Correct the statistics gathered for total number of connections. 1169 Instead of being the exact same number as the total number 1170 of messages (T line in mailstats) it now represents the 1171 total number of TCP connections. 1172 Be more explicit about syntax errors in addresses, especially 1173 non-ASCII characters, and properly create DSNs if necessary. 1174 Problem noted by Leena Heino of the University of Tampere. 1175 Prevent small timeouts from being lost on slow machines if itimers 1176 are used. Problem noted by Suresh Ramasubramanian. 1177 Prevent a race condition on child cleanup for delivery to files. 1178 Problem noted by Fletcher Mattox of the University of 1179 Texas. 1180 Change the SMTP error code for temporary map failures from 421 1181 to 451. 1182 Do not assume that realloc(NULL, size) works on all OS (this was 1183 only done in one place: queue group creation). Based on 1184 patch by Bryan Costales. 1185 Initialize Timeout.iconnect in the code to prevent randomly short 1186 timeouts. Problem noted by Bradley Watts of AT&T Canada. 1187 Do not try to send a second SMTP QUIT command if the remote 1188 responds to a MAIL command with a 421 reply or on I/O 1189 errors. By doing so, the host was marked as having a 1190 temporary problem and other mail destined for that host was 1191 queued for the next queue run. Problem noted by Fletcher 1192 Mattox of the University of Texas, Allan E Johannesen of 1193 Worcester Polytechnic Institute, Larry Greenfield of CMU, 1194 and Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 1195 Ignore error replies from the SMTP QUIT command (including servers 1196 which drop the connection instead of responding to the 1197 command). 1198 Portability: 1199 Check LDAP_API_VERSION to determine if ldap_memfree() is 1200 available. 1201 Define HPUX10 when building on HP-UX 10.X. That platform 1202 now gets the proper _PATH_SENDMAIL and SMRSH_CMDDIR 1203 settings. Patch from Elias Halldor Agustsson of 1204 Skyrr. 1205 Fix dependency building on Mac OS X and Darwin. Problem 1206 noted by John Beck. 1207 Preliminary support for the sparc64 port of FreeBSD 5.0. 1208 Add /sbin/sh as an acceptable user shell on HP-UX. From 1209 Rajesh Somasund of Hewlett-Packard. 1210 CONFIG: Add FEATURE(`authinfo') to allow a separate database for 1211 SMTP AUTH information. This feature was actually added in 1212 8.12.0 but a release note was not included. 1213 CONFIG: Do not bounce mail if FEATURE(`ldap_routing')'s bounce 1214 parameter is set and the LDAP lookup returns a temporary 1215 error. 1216 CONFIG: Honor FEATURE(`relay_hosts_only') when using 1217 FEATURE(`relay_mail_from', `domain'). Problem noted by 1218 Krzysztof Oledzki. 1219 CONFIG: FEATURE(`msp') now disables any type of alias 1220 initialization as aliases are not needed for the MSP. 1221 CONFIG: Allow users to override RELAY_MAILER_ARGS when FEATURE(`msp') 1222 is in use. Patch from Andrzej Filip. 1223 CONFIG: FEATURE(`msp') uses `[localhost]' as default instead of 1224 `localhost' and turns on MX lookups for the SMTP mailers. 1225 This will only have an effect if a parameter is specified, 1226 i.e., an MX lookup will be performed on the hostname unless 1227 it is embedded in square brackets. Problem noted by 1228 Theo Van Dinter of Collective Technologies. 1229 CONFIG: Set confTIME_ZONE to USE_TZ in submit.mc (TimeZoneSpec= in 1230 submit.cf) to use $TZ for time stamps. This is a compromise 1231 to allow for the proper time zone on systems where the 1232 default results in misleading time stamps. That is, syslog 1233 time stamps and Date headers on submitted mail will use the 1234 user's $TZ setting. Problem noted by Mark Roth of the 1235 University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign, solution proposed 1236 by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 1237 CONFIG: Mac OS X (Darwin) ships with mail.local as non-set-user-ID 1238 binary. Adjust local mailer flags accordingly. Problem 1239 noted by John Beck. 1240 CONTRIB: Add a warning to qtool.pl to not move queue files around 1241 if queue groups are used. 1242 CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: Add -f option to force rebuild. 1243 CONTRIB: smcontrol.pl: Add -f option to specify control socket. 1244 CONTRIB: smcontrol.pl: Add support for 'memdump' command. 1245 Suggested by Bryan Costales. 1246 DEVTOOLS: Add dependency generation for test programs. 1247 LIBMILTER: Remove conversion of port number for the socket 1248 structure that is passed to xxfi_connect(). Notice: 1249 this fix requires that sendmail and libmilter both have 1250 this change; mixing versions may lead to wrong port 1251 values depending on the endianness of the involved systems. 1252 Problem noted by Gisle Aas of ActiveState. 1253 LIBMILTER: If smfi_setreply() sets a custom reply code of '4XX' but 1254 SMFI_REJECT is returned, ignore the custom reply. Do the 1255 same if '5XX' is used and SMFI_TEMPFAIL is returned. 1256 LIBMILTER: Install include files in ${INCLUDEDIR}/libmilter/ as 1257 required by mfapi.h. Problem noted by Jose Marcio Martins 1258 da Cruz of Ecole Nationale Superieure des Mines de Paris. 1259 LIBSM: Add SM_CONF_LDAP_MEMFREE as a configuration define. Set 1260 this to 1 if your LDAP client libraries include 1261 ldap_memfree(). 1262 LIBSMDB: Avoid a file creation race condition for Berkeley DB 1.X 1263 and NDBM on systems with the O_EXLOCK open(2) flag. 1264 SMRSH: Fix compilation problem on some operating systems. Problem 1265 noted by Christian Krackowizer of schuler technodat GmbH. 1266 VACATION: Allow root to operate on user vacation databases. Based 1267 on patch from Greg Couch of the University of California, 1268 San Francisco. 1269 VACATION: Don't ignore -C option. Based on patch by Bryan Costales. 1270 VACATION: Clarify option usage in the man page. Problem noted by 1271 Joe Barbish. 1272 New Files: 1273 libmilter/docs/smfi_setbacklog.html 1274 12758.12.2/8.12.2 2002/01/13 1276 Don't complain too much if stdin, stdout, or stderr are missing 1277 at startup, only log an error message. 1278 Fix potential problem if an unknown operation mode (character 1279 following -b) has been specified. 1280 Prevent purgestat from looping even if someone changes the 1281 permissions or owner of hoststatus files. Problem noted 1282 by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 1283 Properly record dropped connections in persistent host status. 1284 Problem noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat 1285 Regensburg. 1286 Remove newlines from recipients read via sendmail -t to prevent 1287 SMTP protocol errors when sending the RCPT command. 1288 Problem noted by William D. Colburn of the New Mexico 1289 Institute of Mining and Technology. 1290 Only log milter body replacements once instead of for each body 1291 chunk sent by a filter. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of 1292 the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 1293 In 8.12.0 and 8.12.1, the headers were mistakenly not included in 1294 the message size calculation. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta 1295 of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 1296 Since 8.12 no longer forks at the SMTP MAIL command, the daemon 1297 needs to collect children status to avoid zombie processes. 1298 Problem noted by Chris Adams of HiWAAY Informations Services. 1299 Shut down "nullserver" and ETRN-only connections after 25 bad 1300 commands are issued. This makes it consistent with normal 1301 SMTP connections. 1302 Avoid duplicate logging of milter rejections. Problem noted by 1303 William D. Colburn of the New Mexico Institute of Mining 1304 and Technology. 1305 Error and delay DSNs were being sent to postmaster instead of the 1306 message sender if the sender had used a deprecated RFC822 1307 source route. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 1308 Meteorological Institute. 1309 Fix FallbackMXhost behavior for temporary errors during address 1310 parsing. Problem noted by Jorg Bielak from Coastal Web 1311 Online. 1312 For systems on which stat(2) does not return a value for st_blksize 1313 that is the "optimal blocksize for I/O" three new compile 1314 time flags are available: SM_IO_MAX_BUF_FILE, SM_IO_MIN_BUF, 1315 and SM_IO_MAX_BUF, which define an upper limit for 1316 regular files, and a lower and upper limit for other file 1317 types, respectively. 1318 Fix a potential deadlock if two events are supposed to occur at 1319 exactly the same time. Problem noted by Valdis Kletnieks 1320 of Virginia Tech. 1321 Perform envelope splitting for aliases listed directly in the 1322 alias file, not just for include/.forward files. 1323 Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 1324 Allow selection of queue group for mailq using -qGgroup. 1325 Based on patch by John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 1326 Make sure cached LDAP connections used my multiple maps in the same 1327 process are closed. Patch from Taso N. Devetzis. 1328 If running as root, allow reading of class files in protected 1329 directories. Patch from Alexander Talos of the University 1330 of Vienna. 1331 Correct a few LDAP related memory leaks. Patch from David Powell 1332 of Sun Microsystems. 1333 Allow specification of an empty realm via the authinfo ruleset. 1334 This is necessary to interoperate as an SMTP AUTH client 1335 with servers that do not support realms when using 1336 CRAM-MD5. Problem noted by Bjoern Voigt of TU Berlin. 1337 Avoid a potential information leak if AUTH PLAIN is used and the 1338 server gets stuck while processing that command. Problem 1339 noted by Chris Adams from HiWAAY Informations Services. 1340 In addition to printing errors when parsing recipients during 1341 command line invocations log them to make it simpler 1342 to understand possible DSNs to postmaster. 1343 Do not use FallbackMXhost on mailers which have the F=0 flag set. 1344 Allow local mailers (F=l) to specify a host for TCP connections 1345 instead of forcing localhost. 1346 Obey ${DESTDIR} for installation of the client mail queue and 1347 submit.cf. Patch from Peter 'Luna' Runestig. 1348 Re-enable support for -M option which was broken in 8.12.1. Problem 1349 noted by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 1350 If a remote server violates the SMTP standard by unexpectedly 1351 dropping the connection during an SMTP transaction, stop 1352 sending commands. This prevents bogus "Bad file number" 1353 recipient status. Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of 1354 Worcester Polytechnic Institute. 1355 Do not use a size estimate of 100 for postmaster bounces, it's 1356 almost always too small; do not guess the size at all. 1357 New VENDOR_DEC for Compaq/DEC. Requested by James Seagraves of 1358 Compaq Computer Corp. 1359 Fix DaemonPortOptions IPv6 address parsing such that ::1 works 1360 properly. Problem noted by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia 1361 Tech. 1362 Portability: 1363 Fix IPv6 network interface probing on HP-UX 11.X. Based on 1364 patch provided by HP. 1365 Mac OS X (aka Darwin) has a broken setreuid() call, but a 1366 working seteuid() call. From Daniel J. Luke. 1367 Use proper type for a 32-bit integer on SINIX. From Ganu 1368 Sachin of Siemens. 1369 Set SM_IO_MIN_BUF (4K) and SM_IO_MAX_BUF (8K) for HP-UX. 1370 Reduce optimization from +O3 to +O2 on HP-UX 11. This 1371 fixes a problem that caused additional bogus 1372 characters to be written to the qf file. Problem 1373 noted by Tapani Tarvainen. 1374 Set LDA_USE_LOCKF by default for UnixWare. Problem noted 1375 by Boyd Lynn Gerber. 1376 Add support for HP MPE/iX. See sendmail/README for port 1377 information. From Mark Bixby of Hewlett-Packard. 1378 New portability defines HASNICE, HASRRESVPORT, USE_ENVIRON, 1379 USE_DOUBLE_FORK, and NEEDLINK. See sendmail/README 1380 for more information. From Mark Bixby of 1381 Hewlett-Packard. 1382 If an OS doesn't have a method of finding free disk space 1383 (SFS_NONE), lie and say there is plenty of space. 1384 From Mark Bixby of Hewlett-Packard. 1385 Add support for AIX 5.1. From Valdis Kletnieks of 1386 Virginia Tech. 1387 Fix man page location for NeXTSTEP. From Hisanori Gogota 1388 of the NTT/InterCommunication Center. 1389 Do not assume that strerror() always returns a string. 1390 Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 1391 CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(freebsd5) for FreeBSD 5.X, which has removed 1392 UUCP from the base operating system. From Mark Murray of 1393 FreeBSD Services, Ltd. 1394 CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(mpeix) and a generic .mc file for HP MPE/iX 1395 systems. From Mark Bixby of Hewlett-Packard. 1396 CONFIG: Add support for selecting a queue group for all mailers. 1397 Based on proposal by Stephen L. Ulmer of the University of 1398 Florida. 1399 CONFIG: Fix error reporting for compat_check.m4. Problem noted by 1400 Altin Waldmann. 1401 CONFIG: Do not override user selections for confRUN_AS_USER and 1402 confTRUSTED_USER in FEATURE(msp). From Mark Bixby of 1403 Hewlett-Packard. 1404 LIBMILTER: Fix bug that prevented the removal of a socket after 1405 libmilter terminated. Problem reported by Andrey V. Pevnev 1406 of MSFU. 1407 LIBMILTER: Fix configuration error that required libsm for linking. 1408 Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological 1409 Institute. 1410 LIBMILTER: Portability fix for OpenUNIX. Patch from Larry Rosenman. 1411 LIBMILTER: Fix a theoretical memory leak and a possible attempt 1412 to free memory twice. 1413 LIBSM: Fix a potential segmentation violation in the I/O library. 1414 Problem found and analyzed by John Beck and Tim Haley 1415 of Sun Microsystems. 1416 LIBSM: Do not clear the LDAP configuration information when 1417 terminating the mailbox database connection in the LDAP 1418 example code. Problem noted by Nikos Voutsinas of the 1419 University of Athens. 1420 New Files: 1421 cf/cf/generic-mpeix.cf 1422 cf/cf/generic-mpeix.mc 1423 cf/ostype/freebsd5.m4 1424 cf/ostype/mpeix.m4 1425 devtools/OS/AIX.5.1 1426 devtools/OS/MPE-iX 1427 include/sm/os/sm_os_mpeix.h 1428 libsm/mpeix.c 1429 14308.12.1/8.12.1 2001/10/01 1431 SECURITY: Check whether dropping group privileges actually succeeded 1432 to avoid possible compromises of the mail system by 1433 supplying bogus data. Add configuration options for 1434 different set*gid() calls to reset saved gid. Problem 1435 found by Michal Zalewski. 1436 PRIVACY: Prevent information leakage when sendmail has extra 1437 privileges by disabling debugging (command line -d flag) 1438 during queue runs and disabling ETRN when sendmail -bs is 1439 used. Suggested by Michal Zalewski. 1440 Avoid memory corruption problems resulting from bogus .cf files. 1441 Problem found by Michal Zalewski. 1442 Set the ${server_addr} macro to name of mailer when doing LMTP 1443 delivery. LMTP systems may offer SMTP Authentication or 1444 STARTTLS causing sendmail to use this macro in rulesets. 1445 If debugging is turned on (-d0.10) print not just the default 1446 values for configuration file and pid file but also the 1447 selected values. Problem noted by Brad Chapman. 1448 Continue dealing with broken nameservers by ignoring SERVFAIL 1449 errors returned on T_AAAA (IPv6) lookups at delivery time 1450 if ResolverOptions=WorkAroundBrokenAAAA is set. Previously 1451 this only applied to hostname canonification. Problem 1452 noted by Bill Fenner of AT&T Research. 1453 Ignore comments in NIS host records when trying to find the 1454 canonical name for a host. 1455 When sendmail has extra privileges, limit mail submission command 1456 line flags (i.e., -G, -h, -F, etc.) to mail submission 1457 operating modes (i.e., -bm, -bs, -bv, etc.). Idea based on 1458 suggestion from Michal Zalewski. 1459 Portability: 1460 AIX: Use `oslevel` if available to determine OS version. 1461 `uname` does not given complete information. 1462 Problem noted by Keith Neufeld of the Cessna 1463 Aircraft Company. 1464 OpenUNIX: Use lockf() for LDA delivery (affects mail.local). 1465 Problem noticed by Boyd Lynn Gerber of ZENEX. 1466 Avoid compiler warnings by not using pointers to pass 1467 integers. Problem noted by Todd C. Miller of 1468 Courtesan Consulting. 1469 CONFIG: Add restrictqrun to PrivacyOptions for the MSP to minimize 1470 problems with potential misconfigurations. 1471 CONFIG: Fix comment showing default value of MaxHopCount. Problem 1472 noted by Greg Robinson of the Defence Science and 1473 Technology Organisation of Australia. 1474 CONFIG: dnsbl: If an argument specifies an error message in case 1475 of temporary lookup failures for DNS based blacklists 1476 then use it. 1477 LIBMILTER: Install mfdef.h, required by mfapi.h. Problem noted by 1478 Richard A. Nelson of Debian. 1479 LIBMILTER: Add __P definition for OS that lack it. Problem noted 1480 by Chris Adams from HiWAAY Informations Services. 1481 LIBSMDB: Fix a lock race condition that affects makemap, praliases, 1482 and vacation. 1483 MAKEMAP: Avoid going beyond the end of an input line if it does 1484 not contain a value for a key. Based on patch from 1485 Mark Bixby from Hewlett-Packard. 1486 New Files: 1487 test/Build 1488 test/Makefile 1489 test/Makefile.m4 1490 test/README 1491 test/t_dropgid.c 1492 test/t_setgid.c 1493 Deleted Files: 1494 include/sm/stdio.h 1495 include/sm/sysstat.h 1496 14978.12.0/8.12.0 2001/09/08 1498 *NOTICE*: The default installation of sendmail does not use 1499 set-user-ID root anymore. You need to create a new user and 1500 a new group before installing sendmail (both called smmsp by 1501 default). The installation process tries to install 1502 /etc/mail/submit.cf and creates /var/spool/clientmqueue by 1503 default. Please see sendmail/SECURITY for details. 1504 SECURITY: Check for group and world writable forward and :include: 1505 files. These checks can be turned off if absolutely 1506 necessary using the DontBlameSendmail option and the new 1507 flags: 1508 GroupWritableForwardFile 1509 WorldWritableForwardFile 1510 GroupWritableIncludeFile 1511 WorldWritableIncludeFile 1512 Problem noted by Slawek Zak of Politechnika Warszawska, 1513 SECURITY: Drop privileges when using address test mode. Suggested 1514 by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project 1515 (IdS). 1516 Fixed problem of a global variable being used for a timeout jump 1517 point where the variable could become overused for more than 1518 one timeout concurrently. This erroneous behavior resulted in 1519 a corrupted stack causing a core dump. The timeout is now 1520 handled via libsm. Problem noted by Michael Shapiro, 1521 John Beck, and Carl Smith of Sun Microsystems. 1522 If sendmail is set-group-ID then that group ID is used for permission 1523 checks (group ID of RunAsUser). This allows use of a 1524 set-group-ID sendmail binary for initial message submission 1525 and no set-user-ID root sendmail is needed. For details 1526 see sendmail/SECURITY. 1527 Log a warning if a non-trusted user changes the syslog label. 1528 Based on notice from Bryan Costales of SL3D, Inc. 1529 If sendmail is called for initial delivery, try to use submit.cf 1530 with a fallback of sendmail.cf as configuration file. See 1531 sendmail/SECURITY. 1532 New configuration file option UseMSP to allow group writable queue 1533 files if the group is the same as that of a set-group-ID 1534 sendmail binary. See sendmail/SECURITY. 1535 The .cf file is chosen based on the operation mode. For -bm (default), 1536 -bs, and -t it is submit.cf if it exists for all others it 1537 is sendmail.cf (to be backward compatible). This selection 1538 can be changed by the new option -Ac or -Am (alternative .cf 1539 file: client or mta). See sendmail/SECURITY. 1540 The SMTP server no longer forks on each MAIL command. The ONEX 1541 command has been removed. 1542 Implement SMTP PIPELINING per RFC 2920. It can be turned off 1543 at compile time or per host (ruleset). 1544 New option MailboxDatabase specifies the type of mailbox database 1545 used to look up local mail recipients; the default value 1546 is "pw", which means to use getpwnam(). New mailbox database 1547 types can be added by adding custom code to libsm/mbdb.c. 1548 Queue file names are now 15 characters long, rather than 14 characters 1549 long, to accomodate envelope splitting. File systems with 1550 a 14 character file name length limit are no longer 1551 supported. 1552 Recipient list used for delivery now gets internally ordered by 1553 hostsignature (character string version of MX RR). This orders 1554 recipients for the same MX RR's together meaning smaller 1555 portions of the list need to be scanned (instead of the whole 1556 list) each delivery() pass to determine piggybacking. The 1557 significance of the change is better the larger the recipient 1558 list. Hostsignature is now created during recipient list 1559 creation rather than just before delivery. 1560 Enhancements for more opportunistic piggybacking. Previous 1561 piggybacking (called coincidental) extended to coattail 1562 piggybacking. Rather than complete MX RR matching 1563 (coincidental) piggybacking is done if just the lowest value 1564 preference matches (coattail). 1565 If sendmail receives a temporary error on a RCPT TO: command, it will 1566 try other MX hosts if available. 1567 DefaultAuthInfo can contain a list of mechanisms to be used for 1568 outgoing (client-side) SMTP Authentication. 1569 New modifier 'A' for DaemonPortOptions/ClientPortOptions to disable 1570 AUTH (overrides 'a' modifier in DaemonPortOptions). Based 1571 on patch from Lyndon Nerenberg of Messaging Direct. 1572 Enable AUTH mechanism EXTERNAL if STARTTLS is used. 1573 A new ruleset authinfo can be used to return client side 1574 authentication information for AUTH instead of DefaultAuthInfo. 1575 Therefore the DefaultAuthInfo option is deprecated and will be 1576 removed in future versions. 1577 Accept any SMTP continuation code 3xy for AUTH even though RFC 2554 1578 requires 334. Mercury 1.48 is a known offender. 1579 Add new option AuthMaxBits to limit the overall encryption strength 1580 for the security layer in SMTP AUTH (SASL). See 1581 doc/op/op.me for details. 1582 Introduce new STARTTLS related macros {cn_issuer}, {cn_subject}, 1583 {cert_md5} which hold the CN (common name) of the CA that 1584 signed the presented certificate, the CN and the MD5 hash 1585 of the presented certificate, respectively. 1586 New ruleset try_tls to decide whether to try (as client) STARTTLS. 1587 New ruleset srv_features to enable/disable certain features in the 1588 server per connection. See doc/op/op.me for details. 1589 New ruleset tls_rcpt to decide whether to send e-mail to a particular 1590 recipient; useful to decide whether a conection is secure 1591 enough on a per recipient basis. 1592 New option TLSSrvOptions to modify some aspects of the server 1593 for STARTTLS. 1594 If no certificate has been requested, the macro {verify} has the 1595 value "NOT". 1596 New M=S modifier for ClientPortOptions/DaemonPortOptions to turn off 1597 using/offering STARTTLS when delivering/receiving e-mail. 1598 Macro expand filenames/directories for certs and keys in the .cf file. 1599 Proposed by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 1600 Generate an ephemeral RSA key for a STARTTLS connection only if 1601 really required. This change results in a noticable 1602 performance gains on most machines. Moreover, if shared 1603 memory is in use, reuse the key several times. 1604 Add queue groups which can be used to group queue directories with 1605 the same behavior together. See doc/op/op.me for details. 1606 If the new option FastSplit (defaults to one) has a value greater 1607 than zero, it suppresses the MX lookups on addresses when they 1608 are initially sorted which may result in faster envelope 1609 splitting. If the mail is submitted directly from the 1610 command line, then the value also limits the number of 1611 processes to deliver the envelopes; if more envelopes are 1612 created they are only queued up and must be taken care of 1613 by a queue run. 1614 The check for 'enough disk space' now pays attention to which file 1615 system each queue directory resides in. 1616 All queue runners can be cleanly terminated via SIGTERM to parent. 1617 New option QueueFileMode for the default permissions of queue files. 1618 Add parallel queue runner code. Allows multiple queue runners per work 1619 group (one or more queues in a multi-queue environment 1620 collected together) to process the same work list at the 1621 same time. 1622 Option MaxQueueChildren added to limit the number of concurrently 1623 active queue runner processes. 1624 New option MaxRunnersPerQueue to specify the maximum number of queue 1625 runners per queue group. 1626 Queue member selection by substring pattern matching now allows 1627 the pattern to be negated. For -qI, -qR and -qS it is 1628 permissible for -q!I, -q!R and -q!S to mean remove members 1629 of the queue that match during processing. 1630 New -qp[time] option is similar to -qtime, except that instead of 1631 periodically forking a child to process the queue, a single 1632 child is forked for each queue that sleeps between queue 1633 runs. A SIGHUP signal can be sent to restart this 1634 persistent queue runner. 1635 The SIGHUP signal now restarts a timed queue run process (i.e., a 1636 sendmail process which only runs the queue at an interval: 1637 sendmail -q15m). 1638 New option NiceQueueRun to set the priority of queue runners. 1639 Proposed by Thom O'Connor. 1640 sendmail will run the queue(s) in the background when invoked with -q 1641 unless the new -qf option or -v is used. 1642 QueueSortOrder=Random sorts the queue randomly, which is useful if 1643 several queue runners are started by hand to avoid contention. 1644 QueueSortOrder=Modification sorts the queue by the modification time 1645 of the qf file (older entries first). 1646 Support Deliver By SMTP Service Extension (RFC 2852) which allows 1647 a client to specify an amount of time within which an e-mail 1648 should be delivered. New option DeliverByMin added to set the 1649 minimum amount of time or disable the extension. 1650 Non-printable characters (ASCII: 0-31, 127) in mailbox addresses are 1651 not allowed unless escaped or quoted. 1652 Add support for a generic DNS map. Based on a patch contributed 1653 by Leif Johansson of Stockholm University, which was based on 1654 work by Assar Westerlund of Swedish Institute of Computer 1655 Science, Kista, and Johan Danielsson of Royal Institute of 1656 Technology, Stockholm, Sweden. 1657 MX records will be looked up for FallBackMXhost. To use the old 1658 behavior (no MX lookups), put the name in square brackets. 1659 Proposed by Thom O'Connor. 1660 Use shared memory to store free space of filesystems that are used 1661 for queues, if shared memory is available and if a key is set 1662 via SharedMemoryKey. This minimizes the number of system 1663 calls to check the available space. See doc/op/op.me for 1664 details. 1665 If shared memory is compiled in the option -bP can be used to print 1666 the number of entries in the queue(s). 1667 Enable generic mail filter API (milter). See libmilter/README 1668 and the usual documentation for details. 1669 Remove AutoRebuildAliases option, deprecated since 8.10. 1670 Remove '-U' (initial user submission) command line option as 1671 announced in 8.10. 1672 Remove support for non-standard SMTP command XUSR. Use an MSA instead. 1673 New macro {addr_type} which contains whether the current address is 1674 an envelope sender or recipient address. Suggested by 1675 Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 1676 Two new options for host maps: -d (retransmission timeout), 1677 -r (number of retries). 1678 New option for LDAP maps: the -V<sep> allows you to specify a 1679 separator such that a lookup can return both an attribute 1680 and value separated by the given separator. 1681 Add new operators '%', '|', '&' (modulo, binary or, binary and) 1682 to map class arith. 1683 If DoubleBounceAddress expands to an empty string, ``double bounces'' 1684 (errors that occur when sending an error message) are dropped. 1685 New DontBlameSendmail options GroupReadableSASLDBFile and 1686 GroupWritableSASLDBFile to relax requirements for sasldb files. 1687 New DontBlameSendmail options GroupReadableKeyFile to relax 1688 requirements for files containing secret keys. This is 1689 necessary for the MSP if client authentification is used. 1690 Properly handle quoted filenames for class files (to allow for 1691 filenames with spaces). 1692 Honor the resolver option RES_NOALIASES when canonifying hostnames. 1693 Add macros to avoid the reuse of {if_addr} etc: 1694 {if_name_out} hostname of interface of outgoing connection. 1695 {if_addr_out} address of interface of outgoing connection. 1696 {if_family_out} family of interface of outgoing connection. 1697 The latter two are only set if the interface does not belong 1698 to the loopback net. 1699 Add macro {nrcpts} which holds the number of (validated) recipients. 1700 DialDelay option applies only to mailers with flag 'Z'. Patch from 1701 Juergen Georgi of RUS University of Stuttgart. 1702 New Timeout.lhlo,auth,starttls options to limit the time waiting for 1703 an answer to the LMTP LHLO, SMTP AUTH or STARTTLS command. 1704 New Timeout.aconnect option to limit the overall waiting time for 1705 all connections for a single delivery attempt to succeed. 1706 Limit the rate recipients in the SMTP envelope are accepted once 1707 a threshold number of recipients has been rejected (option 1708 BadRcptThrottle). From Gregory A Lundberg of the WU-FTPD 1709 Development Group. 1710 New option DelayLA to delay connections if the load averages 1711 exceeds the specified value. The default of 0 does not 1712 change the previous behavior. A value greater than 0 1713 will cause sendmail to sleep for one second on most 1714 SMTP commands and before accepting connections if that 1715 load average is exceeded. 1716 Use a dynamic (instead of fixed-size) buffer for the list of 1717 recipients that are sent during a connection to a mailer. 1718 This also introduces a new mailer field 'r' which defines 1719 the maximum number of recipients (defaults to 100). 1720 Based on patch by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 1721 Add new F=1 mailer flag to disable sending of null characters ('\0'). 1722 Add new F=2 mailer flag to disable use of ESMTP, using SMTP instead. 1723 The deprecated [TCP] builtin mailer pathname (P=) is gone. Use [IPC] 1724 instead. 1725 IPC is no longer available as first mailer argument (A=) for [IPC] 1726 builtin mailer pathnames. Use TCP instead. 1727 PH map code updated to use the new libphclient API instead of the 1728 old libqiapi library. Contributed by Mark Roth of the 1729 University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. 1730 New option DirectSubmissionModifiers to define {daemon_flags} 1731 for direct (command line) submissions. 1732 New M=O modifier for DaemonPortOptions to ignore the socket in 1733 case of failures. Based on patch by Jun-ichiro itojun 1734 Hagino of the KAME Project. 1735 Add Disposition-Notification-To: (RFC 2298) to the list of headers 1736 whose content is rewritten similar to Reply-To:. 1737 Proposed by Andrzej Filip. 1738 Use STARTTLS/AUTH=server/client for logging incoming/outgoing 1739 STARTTLS/AUTH connections; log incoming connections at level 1740 9 or higher. Use AUTH/STARTTLS instead of SASL/TLS for SMTP 1741 AUTH/STARTTLS related logfile entries. 1742 Convert unprintable characters (and backslash) into octal or C format 1743 before logging. 1744 Log recipients if no message is transferred but QUIT/RSET is given 1745 (at LogLevel 9/10 or higher). 1746 Log discarded recipients at LogLevel 10 or higher. 1747 Do not log "did not issue MAIL/EXPN/VRFY/ETRN" for connections 1748 in which most commands are rejected due to check_relay or 1749 TCP Wrappers if the host tries one of those commands anyway. 1750 Change logging format for cloned envelopes to be similar to that for 1751 DSNs ("old id: new id: clone"). Suggested by Ulrich Windl 1752 of the Universitat Regensburg. 1753 Added libsm, a C library of general purpose abstractions including 1754 assertions, tracing and debugging with named debug categories, 1755 exception handling, malloc debugging, resource pools, 1756 portability abstractions, and an extensible buffered I/O 1757 package. It will at some point replace libsmutil. 1758 See libsm/index.html for details. 1759 Fixed most memory leaks in sendmail which were previously taken 1760 care of by fork() and exit(). 1761 Use new sm_io*() functions in place of stdio calls. Allows for 1762 more consistent portablity amongst different platforms 1763 new and old (from new libsm). 1764 Common I/O pkg means just one buffering method needed instead of two 1765 ('bf_portable' and 'bf_torek' now just 'bf'). 1766 Sfio no longer needed as SASL/TLS code uses sm_io*() API's. 1767 New possible value 'interactive' for SuperSafe which can be used 1768 together with DeliveryMode=interactive is to avoid some disk 1769 synchronizations calls. 1770 Add per-recipient status information to mailq -v output. 1771 T_ANY queries are no longer used by sendmail. 1772 When compiling with "gcc -O -Wall" specify "-DSM_OMIT_BOGUS_WARNINGS" 1773 too (see include/sm/cdefs.h for more info). 1774 sendmail -d now has general support for named debug categories. 1775 See libsm/debug.html and section 3.4 of doc/op/op.me 1776 for details. 1777 Eliminate the "postmaster warning" DSNs on address parsing errors 1778 such as unbalanced angle brackets or parentheses. The DSNs 1779 generated by this condition were illegal (not RFC conform). 1780 Problem noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitaet Regensburg. 1781 Do not issue a DSN if the ruleset localaddr resolves to the $#error 1782 mailer and the recipient has hence been rejected during the 1783 SMTP dialogue. Problem reported by Larry Greenfield of CMU. 1784 Deal with a case of multiple deliveries on misconfigured systems 1785 that do not have postmaster defined. If an email was sent 1786 from an address to which a DSN cannot be returned and 1787 in which at least one recipient address is non-deliverable, 1788 then that email had been delivered in each queue run. 1789 Problem reported by Matteo HCE Valsasna of Universita 1790 degli Studi dell'Insubria. 1791 The compilation options SMTP, DAEMON, and QUEUE have been removed, 1792 i.e., the corresponding code is always compiled in now. 1793 Log the command line in daemon/queue-run mode at LogLevel 10 and 1794 higher. Suggested by Robert Harker of Harker Systems. 1795 New ResolverOptions setting: WorkAroundBrokenAAAA. When 1796 attempting to canonify a hostname, some broken nameservers 1797 will return SERVFAIL (a temporary failure) on T_AAAA (IPv6) 1798 lookups. If you want to excuse this behavior, use this new 1799 flag. Suggested by Chris Foote of SE Network Access and 1800 Mark Roth of the University of Illinois at 1801 Urbana-Champaign. 1802 Free the memory allocated by getipnodeby{addr,name}(). Problem 1803 noted by Joy Latten of IBM. 1804 ConnectionRateThrottle limits the number of connections per second 1805 to each daemon individually, not the overall number of 1806 connections. 1807 Specifying only "ldap:" as an AliasFile specification will force 1808 sendmail to use a default alias schema as outlined in the 1809 ``USING LDAP FOR ALIASES, MAPS, and CLASSES'' section of 1810 cf/README. 1811 Add a new syntax for the 'F' (file class) sendmail.cf command. If 1812 the first character after the class name is not a '/' or a 1813 '|' and it contains an '@' (e.g., F{X}key@class:spec), the 1814 rest of the line will be parsed as a map lookup. This 1815 allows classes to be filled via a map lookup. See op.me 1816 for more syntax information. Specifically, this can be 1817 used for commands such as VIRTUSER_DOMAIN_FILE() to read 1818 the list of domains via LDAP (see the ``USING LDAP FOR 1819 ALIASES, MAPS, and CLASSES'' section of cf/README for an 1820 example). 1821 The new macro ${sendmailMTACluster} determines the LDAP cluster for 1822 the default schema used in the above two items. 1823 Unless DontBlameSendmail=RunProgramInUnsafeDirPath is set, log a 1824 warning if a program being run from a mailer or file class 1825 (e.g., F|/path/to/prog) is in an unsafe directory path. 1826 Unless DontBlameSendmail=RunWritableProgram is set, log a warning 1827 if a program being run from a mailer or file class 1828 (e.g., F|/path/to/prog) is group or world writable. 1829 Loopback interfaces (e.g., "lo0") are now probed for class {w} 1830 hostnames. Setting DontProbeInterfaces to "loopback" 1831 (without quotes) will disable this and return to the 1832 pre-8.12 behavior of only probing non-loopback interfaces. 1833 Suggested by Bryan Stansell of GNAC. 1834 In accordance with RFC 2821 section 4.1.4, accept multiple 1835 HELO/EHLO commands. 1836 Multiple ClientPortOptions settings are now allowed, one for each 1837 possible protocol family which may be used for outgoing 1838 connections. Restrictions placed on one family only affect 1839 outgoing connections on that particular family. Because of 1840 this change, the ${client_flags} macro is not set until the 1841 connection is established. Based on patch from Motonori 1842 Nakamura of Kyoto University. 1843 PrivacyOptions=restrictexpand instructs sendmail to drop privileges 1844 when the -bv option is given by users who are neither root 1845 nor the TrustedUser so users can not read private aliases, 1846 forwards, or :include: files. It also will override the -v 1847 (verbose) command line option. 1848 If the M=b modifier is set in DaemonPortOptions and the interface 1849 address can't be used for the outgoing connection, fall 1850 back to the settings in ClientPortOptions (if set). 1851 Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 1852 New named config file rule check_data for DATA command (input: 1853 number of recipients). Based on patch from Mark Roth of 1854 the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. 1855 Add support for ETRN queue selection per RFC 1985. The queue group 1856 can be specified using the '#' option character. For 1857 example, 'ETRN #queuegroup'. 1858 If an LDAP server times out or becomes unavailable, close the 1859 current connection and reopen to get to one of the fallback 1860 servers. Patch from Paul Hilchey of the University of 1861 British Columbia. 1862 Make default error number on $#error messages 550 instead of 501 1863 because 501 is not allowed on all commands. 1864 The .cf file option UnsafeGroupWrites is deprecated, it should be 1865 replaced with the settings GroupWritableForwardFileSafe 1866 and GroupWritableIncludeFileSafe in DontBlameSendmail 1867 if required. 1868 The deprecated ldapx map class has been removed. Use the ldap map 1869 class instead. 1870 Any IPv6 addresses used in configuration should be prefixed by the 1871 "IPv6:" tag to identify the address properly. For example, 1872 if you want to add the IPv6 address [2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4] to 1873 class {w}, you would need to add [IPv6:2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4]. 1874 Change the $&{opMode} macro if the operation mode changes while the 1875 MTA is running. For example, during a queue run. 1876 Add "use_inet6" as a new ResolverOptions flag to control the 1877 RES_USE_INET6 resolver option. Based on patch from Rick 1878 Nelson of IBM. 1879 The maximum number of commands before the MTA slows down when too 1880 many "light weight" commands have been received are now 1881 configurable during compile time. The current values and 1882 their defaults are: 1883 MAXBADCOMMANDS 25 unknown commands 1884 MAXNOOPCOMMANDS 20 NOOP, VERB, ONEX, XUSR 1885 MAXHELOCOMMANDS 3 HELO, EHLO 1886 MAXVRFYCOMMANDS 6 VRFY, EXPN 1887 MAXETRNCOMMANDS 8 ETRN 1888 Setting a value to 0 disables the check. Patch from Bryan 1889 Costales of SL3D, Inc. 1890 The header syntax H?${MyMacro}?X-My-Header: now not only checks if 1891 ${MyMacro} is defined but also that it is not empty. 1892 Properly quote usernames with special characters if they are used 1893 in headers. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 1894 Meteorological Institute. 1895 Be sure to include the proper Final-Recipient: DSN header in bounce 1896 messages for messages for mailing list expanded addresses 1897 which are not delivered on the initial attempt. 1898 Do not treat errors as sticky when doing delivery via LMTP after 1899 the final dot has been sent to avoid affecting future 1900 deliveries. Problem reported by Larry Greenfield of CMU. 1901 New compile time flag REQUIRES_DIR_FSYNC which turns on support for 1902 file systems that require to call fsync() for a directory 1903 if the meta-data in it has been changed. This should be 1904 set at least for ReiserFS; it is enabled by default for Linux. 1905 See sendmail/README for further information. 1906 Avoid file locking deadlock when updating the statistics file if 1907 sendmail is signaled to terminate. Problem noted by 1908 Christophe Wolfhugel of France Telecom. 1909 Set the $c macro (hop count) as it is being set instead of when the 1910 envelope is initialized. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of 1911 the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 1912 Properly count recipients for DeliveryMode defer and queue. Fix 1913 from Peter A. Friend of EarthLink. 1914 Treat invalid hesiod lookups as permanent errors instead of 1915 temporary errors. Problem noted by Russell McOrmond of 1916 flora.ca. 1917 Portability: 1918 Remove support for AIX 2, which supports only 14 character 1919 filenames and is outdated anyway. Suggested by 1920 Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech. 1921 Change several settings for Irix 6: remove confSBINDIR, 1922 i.e., use default /usr/sbin, change owner/group 1923 of man pages and user-executable to root/sys, set 1924 optimization limit to 0 (unlimited). Based on patch 1925 from Ayamura Kikuchi, M.D, and proposal from Kari 1926 Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 1927 Do not assume LDAP support is installed by default under 1928 Solaris 8 and later. 1929 Add support for OpenUNIX. 1930 CONFIG: Increment version number of config file to 10. 1931 CONFIG: Add an install target and a README file in cf/cf. 1932 CONFIG: Don't accept addresses of the form a@b@, a@b@c, a@[b]c, etc. 1933 CONFIG: Reject empty recipient addresses (in check_rcpt). 1934 CONFIG: The access map uses an option of -T<TMPF> to deal with 1935 temporary lookup failures. 1936 CONFIG: New value for access map: SKIP, which causes the default 1937 action to be taken by aborting the search for domain names 1938 or IP nets. 1939 CONFIG: check_rcpt can deal with TEMPFAIL for either recipient or 1940 relay address as long as the other part allows the email 1941 to get through. 1942 CONFIG: Entries for virtusertable can make use of a third parameter 1943 "%3" which contains "+detail" of a wildcard match, i.e., an 1944 entry like user+*@domain. This allows handling of details by 1945 using %1%3 as the RHS. Additionally, a "+" wildcard has been 1946 introduced to match only non-empty details of addresses. 1947 CONFIG: Numbers for rulesets used by MAILERs have been removed 1948 and hence there is no required order within the MAILER 1949 section anymore except for MAILER(`uucp') which must come 1950 after MAILER(`smtp') if uucp-dom and uucp-uudom are used. 1951 CONFIG: Hosts listed in the generics domain class {G} 1952 (GENERICS_DOMAIN() and GENERICS_DOMAIN_FILE()) are treated 1953 as canonical. Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 1954 CONFIG: If FEATURE(`delay_checks') is used, make sure that a lookup 1955 in the access map which returns OK or RELAY actually 1956 terminates check_* ruleset checking. 1957 CONFIG: New tag TLS_Rcpt: for access map to be used by ruleset 1958 tls_rcpt, see cf/README for details. 1959 CONFIG: Change format of Received: header line which reveals whether 1960 STARTTLS has been used to "(version=${tls_version} 1961 cipher=${cipher} bits=${cipher_bits} verify=${verify})". 1962 CONFIG: Use "Spam:" as tag for lookups for FEATURE(`delay_checks') 1963 options friends/haters instead of "To:" and enable 1964 specification of whole domains instead of just users. 1965 Notice: this change is not backward compatible. 1966 Suggested by Chris Adams from HiWAAY Informations Services. 1967 CONFIG: Allow for local extensions for most new rulesets, see 1968 cf/README for details. 1969 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`lookupdotdomain') to lookup also .domain in 1970 the access map. Proposed by Randall Winchester of the 1971 University of Maryland. 1972 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`local_no_masquerade') to avoid masquerading for 1973 the local mailer. Proposed by Ingo Brueckl of Wupper Online. 1974 CONFIG: confRELAY_MSG/confREJECT_MSG can override the default 1975 messages for an unauthorized relaying attempt/for access 1976 map entries with RHS REJECT, respectively. 1977 CONFIG: FEATURE(`always_add_domain') takes an optional argument 1978 to specify another domain to be added instead of the local one. 1979 Suggested by Richard H. Gumpertz of Computer Problem 1980 Solving. 1981 CONFIG: confAUTH_OPTIONS allows setting of Cyrus-SASL specific 1982 options, see doc/op/op.me for details. 1983 CONFIG: confAUTH_MAX_BITS sets the maximum encryption strength for 1984 the security layer in SMTP AUTH (SASL). 1985 CONFIG: If Local_localaddr resolves to $#ok, localaddr is terminated 1986 immediately. 1987 CONFIG: FEATURE(`enhdnsbl') is an enhanced version of dnsbl which 1988 allows checking of the return values of the DNS lookups. 1989 See cf/README for details. 1990 CONFIG: FEATURE(`dnsbl') allows now to specify the behavior for 1991 temporary lookup failures. 1992 CONFIG: New option confDELIVER_BY_MIN to specify minimum time for 1993 Deliver By (RFC 2852) or to turn off the extension. 1994 CONFIG: New option confSHARED_MEMORY_KEY to set the key for shared 1995 memory use. 1996 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`compat_check') to look up a key consisting 1997 of the sender and the recipient address delimited by the 1998 string "<@>", e.g., sender@sdomain<@>recipient@rdomain, 1999 in the access map. Based on code contributed by Mathias 2000 Koerber of Singapore Telecommunications Ltd. 2001 CONFIG: Add EXPOSED_USER_FILE() command to allow an exposed user 2002 file. Suggested by John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 2003 CONFIG: Don't use MAILER-DAEMON for error messages delivered 2004 via LMTP. Problem reported by Larry Greenfield of CMU. 2005 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`preserve_luser_host') to preserve the name of 2006 the recipient host if LUSER_RELAY is used. 2007 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`preserve_local_plus_detail') to preserve the 2008 +detail portion of the address when passing address to 2009 local delivery agent. Disables alias and .forward +detail 2010 stripping. Only use if LDA supports this. 2011 CONFIG: Removed deprecated FEATURE(`rbl'). 2012 CONFIG: Add LDAPROUTE_EQUIVALENT() and LDAPROUTE_EQUIVALENT_FILE() 2013 which allow you to specify 'equivalent' hosts for LDAP 2014 Routing lookups. Equivalent hostnames are replaced by the 2015 masquerade domain name for lookups. See cf/README for 2016 additional details. 2017 CONFIG: Add a fourth argument to FEATURE(`ldap_routing') which 2018 instructs the rulesets on what to do if the address being 2019 looked up has +detail information. See cf/README for more 2020 information. 2021 CONFIG: When chosing a new destination via LDAP Routing, also look 2022 up the new routing address/host in the mailertable. Based 2023 on patch from Don Badrak of the United States Census Bureau. 2024 CONFIG: Do not reject the SMTP Mail from: command if LDAP Routing 2025 is in use and the bounce option is enabled. Only reject 2026 recipients as user unknown. 2027 CONFIG: Provide LDAP support for the remaining database map 2028 features. See the ``USING LDAP FOR ALIASES AND MAPS'' 2029 section of cf/README for more information. 2030 CONFIG: Add confLDAP_CLUSTER which defines the ${sendmailMTACluster} 2031 macro used for LDAP searches as described above in ``USING 2032 LDAP FOR ALIASES, MAPS, AND CLASSES''. 2033 CONFIG: confCLIENT_OPTIONS has been replaced by CLIENT_OPTIONS(), 2034 which takes the options as argument and can be used 2035 multiple times; see cf/README for details. 2036 CONFIG: Add configuration macros for new options: 2037 confBAD_RCPT_THROTTLE BadRcptThrottle 2038 confDIRECT_SUBMISSION_MODIFIERS DirectSubmissionModifiers 2039 confMAILBOX_DATABASE MailboxDatabase 2040 confMAX_QUEUE_CHILDREN MaxQueueChildren 2041 confMAX_RUNNERS_PER_QUEUE MaxRunnersPerQueue 2042 confNICE_QUEUE_RUN NiceQueueRun 2043 confQUEUE_FILE_MODE QueueFileMode 2044 confFAST_SPLIT FastSplit 2045 confTLS_SRV_OPTIONS TLSSrvOptions 2046 See above (and related documentation) for further information. 2047 CONFIG: Add configuration variables for new timeout options: 2048 confTO_ACONNECT Timeout.aconnect 2049 confTO_AUTH Timeout.auth 2050 confTO_LHLO Timeout.lhlo 2051 confTO_STARTTLS Timeout.starttls 2052 CONFIG: Add configuration macros for mail filter API: 2053 confINPUT_MAIL_FILTERS InputMailFilters 2054 confMILTER_LOG_LEVEL Milter.LogLevel 2055 confMILTER_MACROS_CONNECT Milter.macros.connect 2056 confMILTER_MACROS_HELO Milter.macros.helo 2057 confMILTER_MACROS_ENVFROM Milter.macros.envfrom 2058 confMILTER_MACROS_ENVRCPT Milter.macros.envrcpt 2059 Mail filters can be defined via INPUT_MAIL_FILTER() and 2060 MAIL_FILTER(). See libmilter/README, cf/README, and 2061 doc/op/op.me for details. 2062 CONFIG: Add support for accepting temporarily unresolvable domains. 2063 See cf/README for details. Based on patch by Motonori 2064 Nakamura of Kyoto University. 2065 CONFIG: confDEQUOTE_OPTS can be used to specify options for the 2066 dequote map. 2067 CONFIG: New macro QUEUE_GROUP() to define queue groups. 2068 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`queuegroup') to select a queue group based 2069 on the full e-mail address or the domain of the recipient. 2070 CONFIG: Any IPv6 addresses used in configuration should be prefixed 2071 by the "IPv6:" tag to identify the address properly. For 2072 example, if you want to use the IPv6 address 2073 2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4 in the access database, you would need 2074 to use IPv6:2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4 on the left hand side. 2075 This affects the access database as well as the 2076 relay-domains and local-host-names files. 2077 CONFIG: OSTYPE(aux) has been renamed to OSTYPE(a-ux). 2078 CONFIG: Avoid expansion of m4 keywords in SMART_HOST. 2079 CONFIG: Add MASQUERADE_EXCEPTION_FILE() for reading masquerading 2080 exceptions from a file. Suggested by Trey Breckenridge of 2081 Mississippi State University. 2082 CONFIG: Add LOCAL_USER_FILE() for reading local users 2083 (LOCAL_USER() -- $={L}) entries from a file. 2084 CONTRIB: dnsblaccess.m4 is a further enhanced version of enhdnsbl.m4 2085 which allows to lookup error codes in the access map. 2086 Contributed by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 2087 DEVTOOLS: Add new options for installation of include and library 2088 files: confINCGRP, confINCMODE, confINCOWN, confLIBGRP, 2089 confLIBMODE, confLIBOWN. 2090 DEVTOOLS: Add new option confDONT_INSTALL_CATMAN to turn off 2091 installation of the the formatted man pages on operating 2092 systems which don't include cat directories. 2093 EDITMAP: New program for editing maps as supplement to makemap. 2094 MAIL.LOCAL: Mail.local now uses the libsm mbdb package to look up 2095 local mail recipients. New option -D mbdb specifies the 2096 mailbox database type. 2097 MAIL.LOCAL: New option "-h filename" which instructs mail.local to 2098 deliver the mail to the named file in the user's home 2099 directory instead of the system mail spool area. Based on 2100 patch from Doug Hardie of the Los Angeles Free-Net. 2101 MAILSTATS: New command line option -P which acts the same as -p but 2102 doesn't truncate the statistics file. 2103 MAKEMAP: Add new option -t to specify a different delimiter 2104 instead of white space. 2105 RMAIL: Invoke sendmail with '-G' to indicate this is a gateway 2106 submission. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 2107 Meteorological Institute. 2108 SMRSH: Use the vendor supplied directory on FreeBSD 3.3 and later. 2109 VACATION: Change Auto-Submitted: header value from auto-generated to 2110 auto-replied. From Kenneth Murchison of Oceana Matrix Ltd. 2111 VACATION: New option -d to send error/debug messages to stdout 2112 instead of syslog. 2113 VACATION: New option -U which prevents the attempt to lookup login 2114 in the password file. The -f and -m options must be used 2115 to specify the database and message file since there is no 2116 home directory for the default settings for these options. 2117 VACATION: Vacation now uses the libsm mbdb package to look up 2118 local mail recipients; it reads the MailboxDatabase option 2119 from the sendmail.cf file. New option -C cffile which 2120 specifies the path of the sendmail.cf file. 2121 New Directories: 2122 libmilter/docs 2123 New Files: 2124 cf/cf/README 2125 cf/cf/submit.cf 2126 cf/cf/submit.mc 2127 cf/feature/authinfo.m4 2128 cf/feature/compat_check.m4 2129 cf/feature/enhdnsbl.m4 2130 cf/feature/msp.m4 2131 cf/feature/local_no_masquerade.m4 2132 cf/feature/lookupdotdomain.m4 2133 cf/feature/preserve_luser_host.m4 2134 cf/feature/preserve_local_plus_detail.m4 2135 cf/feature/queuegroup.m4 2136 cf/sendmail.schema 2137 contrib/dnsblaccess.m4 2138 devtools/M4/UNIX/sm-test.m4 2139 devtools/OS/OpenUNIX.5.i386 2140 editmap/* 2141 include/sm/* 2142 libsm/* 2143 libsmutil/cf.c 2144 libsmutil/err.c 2145 sendmail/SECURITY 2146 sendmail/TUNING 2147 sendmail/bf.c 2148 sendmail/bf.h 2149 sendmail/sasl.c 2150 sendmail/sm_resolve.c 2151 sendmail/sm_resolve.h 2152 sendmail/tls.c 2153 Deleted Files: 2154 cf/feature/rbl.m4 2155 cf/ostype/aix2.m4 2156 devtools/OS/AIX.2 2157 include/sendmail/cdefs.h 2158 include/sendmail/errstring.h 2159 include/sendmail/useful.h 2160 libsmutil/errstring.c 2161 sendmail/bf_portable.c 2162 sendmail/bf_portable.h 2163 sendmail/bf_torek.c 2164 sendmail/bf_torek.h 2165 sendmail/clock.c 2166 Renamed Files: 2167 cf/cf/generic-solaris2.mc => cf/cf/generic-solaris.mc 2168 cf/cf/generic-solaris2.cf => cf/cf/generic-solaris.cf 2169 cf/ostype/aux.m4 => cf/ostype/a-ux.m4 2170 21718.11.7/8.11.7 2003/03/29 2172 SECURITY: Fix a remote buffer overflow in header parsing by 2173 dropping sender and recipient header comments if the 2174 comments are too long. Problem noted by Mark Dowd 2175 of ISS X-Force. 2176 SECURITY: Fix a buffer overflow in address parsing due to 2177 a char to int conversion problem which is potentially 2178 remotely exploitable. Problem found by Michal Zalewski. 2179 Note: an MTA that is not patched might be vulnerable to 2180 data that it receives from untrusted sources, which 2181 includes DNS. 2182 To provide partial protection to internal, unpatched sendmail MTAs, 2183 8.11.7 changes by default (char)0xff to (char)0x7f in 2184 headers etc. To turn off this conversion compile with 2185 -DALLOW_255 or use the command line option -d82.101. 2186 To provide partial protection for internal, unpatched MTAs that may be 2187 performing 7->8 or 8->7 bit MIME conversions, the default 2188 for MaxMimeHeaderLength has been changed to 2048/1024. 2189 Note: this does have a performance impact, and it only 2190 protects against frontal attacks from the outside. 2191 To disable the checks and return to pre-8.11.7 defaults, 2192 set MaxMimeHeaderLength to 0/0. 2193 Properly clean up macros to avoid persistence of session data 2194 across various connections. This could cause session 2195 oriented restrictions, e.g., STARTTLS requirements, 2196 to erroneously allow a connection. Problem noted 2197 by Tim Maletic of Priority Health. 2198 Ignore comments in NIS host records when trying to find the 2199 canonical name for a host. 2200 Fix a memory leak when closing Hesiod maps. 2201 Set ${msg_size} macro when reading a message from the command line 2202 or the queue. 2203 Prevent a segmentation fault when clearing the event list by 2204 turning off alarms before checking if event list is 2205 empty. Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester 2206 Polytechnic Institute. 2207 Fix a potential core dump problem if the environment variable 2208 NAME is set. Problem noted by Beth A. Chaney of 2209 Purdue University. 2210 Prevent a race condition on child cleanup for delivery to files. 2211 Problem noted by Fletcher Mattox of the University of 2212 Texas. 2213 CONFIG: Do not bounce mail if FEATURE(`ldap_routing')'s bounce 2214 parameter is set and the LDAP lookup returns a temporary 2215 error. 2216 CONFIG: Fix a syntax error in the try_tls ruleset if 2217 FEATURE(`access_db') is not enabled. 2218 LIBSMDB: Fix a lock race condition that affects makemap, praliases, 2219 and vacation. 2220 LIBSMDB: Avoid a file creation race condition for Berkeley DB 1.X 2221 and NDBM on systems with the O_EXLOCK open(2) flag. 2222 MAKEMAP: Avoid going beyond the end of an input line if it does 2223 not contain a value for a key. Based on patch from 2224 Mark Bixby from Hewlett-Packard. 2225 MAIL.LOCAL: Fix a truncation race condition if the close() on 2226 the mailbox fails. Problem noted by Tomoko Fukuzawa of 2227 Sun Microsystems. 2228 SMRSH: SECURITY: Only allow regular files or symbolic links to be 2229 used for a command. Problem noted by David Endler of 2230 iDEFENSE, Inc. 2231 22328.11.6/8.11.6 2001/08/20 2233 SECURITY: Fix a possible memory access violation when specifying 2234 out-of-bounds debug parameters. Problem detected by 2235 Cade Cairns of SecurityFocus. 2236 Avoid leaking recipient information in unrelated DSNs. This could 2237 happen if a connection is aborted, several mails had been 2238 scheduled for delivery via that connection, and the timeout 2239 is reached such that several DSNs are sent next. Problem 2240 noted by Dileepan Moorkanat of Hewlett-Packard. 2241 Fix a possible segmentation violation when specifying too many 2242 wildcard operators in a rule. Problem detected by 2243 Werner Wiethege. 2244 Avoid a segmentation fault on non-matching Hesiod lookups. Problem 2245 noted by Russell McOrmond of flora.ca 2246 22478.11.5/8.11.5 2001/07/31 2248 Fix a possible race condition when sending a HUP signal to restart 2249 the daemon. This could terminate the current process without 2250 starting a new daemon. Problem reported by Wolfgang Breyha 2251 of SE Netway Communications. 2252 Only apply MaxHeadersLength when receiving a message via SMTP or 2253 the command line. Problem noted by Andrey J. Melnikoff. 2254 When finding the system's local hostname on an IPv6-enabled system 2255 which doesn't have any IPv6 interface addresses, fall back 2256 to looking up only IPv4 addresses. Problem noted by Tim 2257 Bosserman of EarthLink. 2258 When commands were being rejected due to check_relay or TCP 2259 Wrappers, the ETRN command was not giving a response. 2260 Incoming IPv4 connections on a Family=inet6 daemon (using 2261 IPv4-mapped addresses) were incorrectly labeled as "may be 2262 forged". Problem noted by Per Steinar Iversen of Oslo 2263 University College. 2264 Shutdown address test mode cleanly on SIGTERM. Problem noted by 2265 Greg King of the OAO Corporation. 2266 Restore the original real uid (changed in main() to prevent 2267 out of band signals) before invoking a delivery agent. 2268 Some delivery agents use this for the "From " envelope 2269 "header". Problem noted by Leslie Carroll of the 2270 University at Albany. 2271 Mark closed file descriptors properly to avoid reuse. Problem 2272 noted by Jeff Bronson of J.D. Bronson, Inc. 2273 Setting Timeout options on the command line will also override 2274 their sub-suboptions in the .cf file, e.g., -O 2275 Timeout.queuereturn=2d will set all queuereturn timeouts 2276 to 2 days. Problem noted by Roger B.A. Klorese. 2277 Portability: 2278 BSD/OS has a broken setreuid() implementation. Problem 2279 noted by Vernon Schryver of Rhyolite Software. 2280 BSD/OS has /dev/urandom(4) (as of version 4.1/199910 ?). 2281 Noted by Vernon Schryver of Rhyolite Software. 2282 BSD/OS has fchown(2). Noted by Dave Yadallee of Netline 2283 2000 Internet Solutions Inc. 2284 Solaris 2.X and later have strerror(3). From Sebastian 2285 Hagedorn of Cologne University. 2286 CONFIG: Fix parsing for IPv6 domain literals in addresses 2287 (user@[IPv6:address]). Problem noted by Liyuan Zhou. 2288 22898.11.4/8.11.4 2001/05/28 2290 Clean up signal handling routines to reduce the chances of heap 2291 corruption and other potential race conditions. 2292 Terminating and restarting the daemon may not be 2293 instantaneous due to this change. Also, non-root users can 2294 no longer send out-of-band signals. Problem reported by 2295 Michal Zalewski of BindView. 2296 If LogLevel is greater than 9 and SASL fails to negotiate an 2297 encryption layer, avoid core dump logging the encryption 2298 strength. Problem noted by Miroslav Zubcic of Crol. 2299 If a server offers "AUTH=" and "AUTH " and the list of mechanisms is 2300 different in those two lines, sendmail might not have 2301 recognized (and used) all of the offered mechanisms. 2302 Fix an IP address lookup problem on Solaris 2.0 - 2.3. Patch 2303 from Kenji Miyake. 2304 This time, really don't use the .. directory when expanding 2305 QueueDirectory wildcards. 2306 If a process is interrupted while closing a map, don't try to close 2307 the same map again while exiting. 2308 Allow local mailers (F=l) to contact remote hosts (e.g., via 2309 LMTP). Problem noted by Norbert Klasen of the University 2310 of Tuebingen. 2311 If Timeout.QueueReturn was set to a value less the time it took 2312 to write a new queue file (e.g., 0 seconds), the bounce 2313 message would be lost. Problem noted by Lorraine L Goff of 2314 Oklahoma State University. 2315 Pass map argument vector into map rewriting engine for the regex 2316 and prog map types. Problem noted by Stephen Gildea of 2317 InTouch Systems, Inc. 2318 When closing an LDAP map due to a temporary error, close all of the 2319 other LDAP maps which share the original map's connection 2320 to the LDAP server. Patch from Victor Duchovni of 2321 Morgan Stanley. 2322 To detect changes of NDBM aliases files check the timestamp of the 2323 .pag file instead of the .dir file. Problem noted by Neil 2324 Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 2325 Don't treat temporary hesiod lookup failures as permanent. Patch 2326 from Werner Wiethege. 2327 If ClientPortOptions is set, make sure to create the outgoing socket 2328 with the family set in that option. Patch from Sean Farley. 2329 Avoid a segmentation fault trying to dereference a NULL pointer 2330 when logging a MaxHopCount exceeded error with an empty 2331 recipient list. Problem noted by Chris Adams of HiWAAY 2332 Internet Services. 2333 Fix DSN for "Too many hops" bounces. Problem noticed by Ulrich 2334 Windl of the Universitaet Regensburg. 2335 Fix DSN for "mail loops back to me" bounces. Problem noticed by 2336 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 2337 Portability: 2338 OpenBSD has a broken setreuid() implementation. 2339 CONFIG: Undo change from 8.11.1: change 501 SMTP reply code back 2340 to 553 since it is allowed by DRUMS. 2341 CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(freebsd4) for FreeBSD 4.X. 2342 DEVTOOLS: install.sh did not properly handle paths in the source 2343 file name argument. Noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 2344 Meteorological Institute. 2345 DEVTOOLS: Add FAST_PID_RECYCLE to compile time options for OpenBSD 2346 since it generates random process ids. 2347 PRALIASES: Add back adaptive algorithm to deal with different endings 2348 of entries in the database (with/without trailing '\0'). 2349 Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 2350 New Files: 2351 cf/ostype/freebsd4.m4 2352 23538.11.3/8.11.3 2001/02/27 2354 Prevent a segmentation fault when a bogus value was used in the 2355 LDAPDefaultSpec option's -r, -s, or -M flags and if a bogus 2356 option was used. Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of 2357 Worcester Polytechnic Institute. 2358 Prevent "token too long" message by shortening {currHeader} which 2359 could be too long if the last copied character was a quote. 2360 Problem detected by Jan Krueger of digitalanswers 2361 communications consulting gmbh. 2362 Additional IPv6 check for unspecified addresses. Patch from 2363 Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project. 2364 Do not ignore the ClientPortOptions setting if DaemonPortOptions 2365 Modifier=b (bind to same interface) is set and the 2366 connection came in from the command line. 2367 Do not bind to the loopback address if DaemonPortOptions 2368 Modifier=b (bind to same interface) is set. Patch from 2369 John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 2370 Properly deal with open failures on non-optional maps used in 2371 check_* rulesets by returning a temporary failure. 2372 Buffered file I/O files were not being properly fsync'ed to disk 2373 when they were committed. 2374 Properly encode '=' for the AUTH= parameter of the MAIL command. 2375 Problem noted by Hadmut Danisch. 2376 Under certain circumstances the macro {server_name} could be set 2377 to the wrong hostname (of a previous connection), which may 2378 cause some rulesets to return wrong results. This would 2379 usually cause mail to be queued up and delivered later on. 2380 Ignore F=z (LMTP) mailer flag if $u is given in the mailer A= 2381 equate. Problem noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto 2382 University. 2383 Work around broken accept() implementations which only partially 2384 fill in the peer address if the socket is closed before 2385 accept() completes. 2386 Return an SMTP "421" temporary failure if the data file can't be 2387 opened where the "354" reply would normally be given. 2388 Prevent a CPU loop in trying to expand a macro which doesn't exist 2389 in a queue run. Problem noted by Gordon Lack of Glaxo 2390 Wellcome. 2391 If delivering via a program and that program exits with EX_TEMPFAIL, 2392 note that fact for the mailq display instead of just showing 2393 "Deferred". Problem noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto 2394 University. 2395 If doing canonification via /etc/hosts, try both the fully 2396 qualified hostname as well as the first portion of the 2397 hostname. Problem noted by David Bremner of the 2398 University of New Brunswick. 2399 Portability: 2400 Fix a compilation problem for mail.local and rmail if SFIO 2401 is in use. Problem noted by Auteria Wally 2402 Winzer Jr. of Champion Nutrition. 2403 IPv6 changes for platforms using KAME. Patch from 2404 Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project. 2405 OpenBSD 2.7 and higher has srandomdev(3). OpenBSD 2.8 and 2406 higher has BSDI-style login classes. Patch from 2407 Todd C. Miller of Courtesan Consulting. 2408 Unixware 7.1.1 doesn't allow h_errno to be set directly if 2409 sendmail is being compiled with -kthread. Problem 2410 noted by Orion Poplawski of CQG, Inc. 2411 CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: Substitute current domain for $DOMAIN and 2412 current left hand side for $LHS in virtuser files. 2413 DEVTOOLS: Do not pass make targets to recursive Build invocations. 2414 Problem noted by Jeff Bronson of J.D. Bronson, Inc. 2415 MAIL.LOCAL: In LMTP mode, do not return errors regarding problems 2416 storing the temporary message file until after the remote 2417 side has sent the final DATA termination dot. Problem 2418 noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic 2419 Institute. 2420 MAIL.LOCAL: If LMTP mode is set, give a temporary error if users 2421 are also specified on the command line. Patch from 2422 Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 2423 PRALIASES: Skip over AliasFile specifications which aren't based on 2424 database files (i.e., only show dbm, hash, and btree). 2425 Renamed Files: 2426 devtools/OS/OSF1.V5.0 => devtools/OS/OSF1.V5.x 2427 24288.11.2/8.11.2 2000/12/29 2429 Prevent a segmentation fault when trying to set a class in 2430 address test mode due to a negative array index. Audit 2431 other array indexing. This bug is not believed to be 2432 exploitable. Noted by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for 2433 Schools" project (IdS). 2434 Add an FFR (for future release) to drop privileges when using 2435 address test mode. This will be turned on in 8.12. It can 2436 be enabled by compiling with: 2437 APPENDDEF(`conf_sendmail_ENVDEF', `-D_FFR_TESTMODE_DROP_PRIVS') 2438 in your devtools/Site/site.config.m4 file. Suggested by 2439 Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project (IdS). 2440 Fix potential problem with Cyrus-SASL security layer which may have 2441 caused I/O errors, especially for mechanism DIGEST-MD5. 2442 When QueueSortOrder was set to host, sendmail might not read 2443 enough of the queue file to determine the host, making the 2444 sort sub-optimal. Problem noted by Jeff Earickson of 2445 Colby College. 2446 Don't issue DSNs for addresses which use the NOTIFY parameter (per 2447 RFC 1891) but don't have FAILURE as value. 2448 Initialize Cyrus-SASL library before the SMTP daemon is started. 2449 This implies that every change to SASL related files requires 2450 a restart of the daemon, e.g., Sendmail.conf, new SASL 2451 mechanisms (in form of shared libraries). 2452 Properly set the STARTTLS related macros during a queue run for 2453 a cached connection. Bug reported by Michael Kellen of 2454 NxNetworks, Inc. 2455 Log the server name in relay= for ruleset tls_server instead of the 2456 client name. 2457 Include original length of bad field/header when reporting 2458 MaxMimeHeaderLength problems. Requested by Ulrich Windl of 2459 the Universitat Regensburg. 2460 Fix delivery to set-user-ID files that are expanded from aliases in 2461 DeliveryMode queue. Problem noted by Ric Anderson of the 2462 University of Arizona. 2463 Fix LDAP map -m (match only) flag. Problem noted by Jeff Giuliano 2464 of Collective Technologies. 2465 Avoid using a negative argument for sleep() calls when delaying answers 2466 to EXPN/VRFY commands on systems which respond very slowly. 2467 Problem noted by Mikolaj J. Habryn of Optus Internet 2468 Engineering. 2469 Make sure the F=u flag is set in the default prog mailer 2470 definition. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 2471 Meteorological Institute. 2472 Fix IPv6 check for unspecified addresses. Patch from 2473 Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project. 2474 Fix return values for IRIX nsd map. From Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 2475 Meteorological Institute. 2476 Fix parsing of DaemonPortOptions and ClientPortOptions. Read all 2477 of the parameters to find Family= setting before trying to 2478 interpret Addr= and Port=. Problem noted by Valdis 2479 Kletnieks of Virginia Tech. 2480 When delivering to a file directly from an alias, do not call 2481 initgroups(); instead use the DefaultUser group information. 2482 Problem noted by Marc Schaefer of ALPHANET NF. 2483 RunAsUser now overrides the ownership of the control socket, if 2484 created. Otherwise, sendmail can not remove it upon 2485 close. Problem noted by Werner Wiethege. 2486 Fix ConnectionRateThrottle counting as the option is the number of 2487 overall connections, not the number of connections per 2488 socket. A future version may change this to per socket 2489 counting. 2490 Portability: 2491 Clean up libsmdb so it functions properly on platforms 2492 where sizeof(u_int32_t) != sizeof(size_t). Problem 2493 noted by Rein Tollevik of Basefarm AS. 2494 Fix man page formatting for compatibility with Solaris' 2495 whatis. From Stephen Gildea of InTouch Systems, Inc. 2496 UnixWare 7 includes snprintf() support. From Larry 2497 Rosenman. 2498 IPv6 changes for platforms using KAME. Patch from 2499 Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project. 2500 Avoid a typedef compile conflict with Berkeley DB 3.X and 2501 Solaris 2.5 or earlier. Problem noted by Bob Hughes 2502 of Pacific Access. 2503 Add preliminary support for AIX 5. Contributed by 2504 Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech. 2505 Solaris 9 load average support from Andrew Tucker of Sun 2506 Microsystems. 2507 CONFIG: Reject addresses of the form a!b if FEATURE(`nouucp', `r') 2508 is used. Problem noted by Phil Homewood of Asia Online, 2509 patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 2510 CONFIG: Change the default DNS based blacklist server for 2511 FEATURE(`dnsbl') to blackholes.mail-abuse.org. 2512 CONFIG: Deal correctly with the 'C' flag in {daemon_flags}, i.e., 2513 implicitly assume canonical host names. 2514 CONFIG: Deal with "::" in IPv6 addresses for access_db. Based on 2515 patch by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 2516 CONFIG: New OSTYPE(`aix5') contributed by Valdis Kletnieks of 2517 Virginia Tech. 2518 CONFIG: Pass the illegal header form <list:;> through untouched 2519 instead of making it worse. Problem noted by Motonori 2520 Nakamura of Kyoto University. 2521 CONTRIB: Added buildvirtuser (see `perldoc contrib/buildvirtuser`). 2522 CONTRIB: qtool.pl: An empty queue is not an error. Problem noted 2523 by Jan Krueger of digitalanswers communications consulting 2524 gmbh. 2525 CONTRIB: domainmap.m4: Handle domains with '-' in them. From Mark 2526 Roth of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. 2527 DEVTOOLS: Change the internal devtools OS, REL, and ARCH m4 2528 variables into bldOS, bldREL, and bldARCH to prevent 2529 namespace collisions. Problem noted by Motonori Nakamura 2530 of Kyoto University. 2531 RMAIL: Undo the 8.11.1 change to use -G when calling sendmail. It 2532 causes some changes in behavior and may break rmail for 2533 installations where sendmail is actually a wrapper to 2534 another MTA. The change will re-appear in a future 2535 version. 2536 SMRSH: Use the vendor supplied directory on HPUX 10.X, HPUX 11.X, 2537 and SunOS 5.8. Requested by Jeff A. Earickson of Colby 2538 College and John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 2539 VACATION: Fix pattern matching for addresses to ignore. 2540 VACATION: Don't reply to addresses of the form owner-* 2541 or *-owner. 2542 New Files: 2543 cf/ostype/aix5.m4 2544 contrib/buildvirtuser 2545 devtools/OS/AIX.5.0 2546 25478.11.1/8.11.1 2000/09/27 2548 Fix SMTP EXPN command output if the address expands to a single 2549 name. Fix from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 2550 Don't try STARTTLS in the client if the PRNG has not been properly 2551 seeded. This problem only occurs on systems without 2552 /dev/urandom. Problem detected by Jan Krueger of 2553 digitalanswers communications consulting gmbh and 2554 Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 2555 Don't use the . and .. directories when expanding QueueDirectory 2556 wildcards. 2557 Do not try to cache LDAP connections across processes as a parent 2558 process may close the connection before the child process 2559 has completed. Problem noted by Lai Yiu Fai of the Hong 2560 Kong University of Science and Technology and Wolfgang 2561 Hottgenroth of UUNET. 2562 Use Timeout.fileopen to limit the amount of time spent trying to 2563 read the LDAP secret from a file. 2564 Prevent SIGTERM from removing a command line submitted item after 2565 the user submits the message and before the first delivery 2566 attempt completes. Problem noted by Max France of AlphaNet. 2567 Fix from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 2568 Deal correctly with MaxMessageSize restriction if message size is 2569 greater than 2^31. Problem noted by Tim "Darth Dice" Bosserman 2570 of EarthLink. 2571 Turn off queue checkpointing if CheckpointInterval is set to zero. 2572 Treat an empty home directory (from getpw*() or $HOME) as 2573 non-existent instead of treating it as /. Problem noted by 2574 Todd C. Miller of Courtesan Consulting. 2575 Don't drop duplicate headers when reading a queued item. Problem 2576 noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 2577 Avoid bogus error text when logging the savemail panic "cannot 2578 save rejected email anywhere". Problem noted by Marc G. 2579 Fournier of Acadia University. 2580 If an LDAP search fails because the LDAP server went down, close 2581 the map so subsequent searches reopen the map. If there are 2582 multiple LDAP servers, the down server will be skipped and 2583 one of the others may be able to take over. 2584 Set the ${load_avg} macro to the current load average, not the 2585 previous load average query result. 2586 If a non-optional map used in a check_* ruleset can't be opened, 2587 return a temporary failure to the remote SMTP client 2588 instead of ignoring the map. Problem noted by Allan E 2589 Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute. 2590 Avoid a race condition when queuing up split envelopes by saving 2591 the split envelopes before the original envelope. 2592 Fix a bug in the PH_MAP code which caused mail to bounce instead of 2593 defer if the PH server could not be contacted. From Mark 2594 Roth of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. 2595 Prevent QueueSortOrder=Filename from interfering with -qR, -qS, and 2596 ETRN. Problem noted by Erik R. Leo of SoVerNet. 2597 Change error code for unrecognized parameters to the SMTP MAIL and 2598 RCPT commands from 501 to 555 per RFC 1869. Problem 2599 reported to Postfix by Robert Norris of Monash University. 2600 Prevent overwriting the argument of -B on certain OS. Problem 2601 noted by Matteo Gelosa of I.NET S.p.A. 2602 Use the proper routine for freeing memory with Netscape's LDAP 2603 client libraries. Patch from Paul Hilchey of the 2604 University of British Columbia. 2605 Portability: 2606 Move the NETINET6 define to devtools/OS/SunOS.5.{8,9} 2607 instead of defining it in conf.h so users can 2608 override the setting. Suggested by 2609 Henrik Nordstrom of Ericsson. 2610 On HP-UX 10.X and 11.X, use /usr/sbin/sendmail instead of 2611 /usr/lib/sendmail for rmail and vacation. From 2612 Jeff A. Earickson of Colby College. 2613 On HP-UX 11.X, use /usr/sbin instead of /usr/libexec (which 2614 does not exist). From Jeff A. Earickson of Colby 2615 College. 2616 Avoid using the UCB subsystem on NCR MP-RAS 3.x. From 2617 Tom Moore of NCR. 2618 NeXT 3.X and 4.X installs man pages in /usr/man. From 2619 Hisanori Gogota of NTT/InterCommunicationCenter. 2620 Solaris 8 and later include /var/run. The default PID file 2621 location is now /var/run/sendmail.pid. From John 2622 Beck of Sun Microsystems. 2623 SFIO includes snprintf() for those operating systems 2624 which do not. From Todd C. Miller of Courtesan 2625 Consulting. 2626 CONFIG: Use the result of _CERT_REGEX_SUBJECT_ not {cert_subject}. 2627 Problem noted by Kaspar Brand of futureLab AG. 2628 CONFIG: Change 553 SMTP reply code to 501 to avoid problems with 2629 errors in the MAIL address. 2630 CONFIG: Fix FEATURE(nouucp) usage in example .mc files. Problem 2631 noted by Ron Jarrell of Virginia Tech. 2632 CONFIG: Add support for Solaris 8 (and later) as OSTYPE(solaris8). 2633 Contributed by John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 2634 CONFIG: Set confFROM_HEADER such that the mail hub can possibly add 2635 GECOS information for an address. This more closely 2636 matches pre-8.10 nullclient behavior. From Per Hedeland of 2637 Ericsson. 2638 CONFIG: Fix MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS(): apply the flag modifications for 2639 SMTP to all *smtp* mailers and those for RELAY to the relay 2640 mailer as described in cf/README. 2641 MAIL.LOCAL: Open the mailbox as the recipient not root so quotas 2642 are obeyed. Problem noted by Damian Kuczynski of NIK. 2643 MAKEMAP: Do not change a map's owner to the TrustedUser if using 2644 makemap to 'unmake' the map. 2645 RMAIL: Avoid overflowing the list of recipients being passed to 2646 sendmail. 2647 RMAIL: Invoke sendmail with '-G' to indicate this is a gateway 2648 submission. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 2649 Meteorological Institute. 2650 VACATION: Read the complete message to avoid "broken pipe" signals. 2651 VACATION: Do not cut off vacation.msg files which have a single 2652 dot as the only character on the line. 2653 New Files: 2654 cf/ostype/solaris8.m4 2655 26568.11.0/8.11.0 2000/07/19 2657 SECURITY: If sendmail is installed as a non-root set-user-ID binary 2658 (not the normal case), some operating systems will still 2659 keep a saved-uid of the effective-uid when sendmail tries 2660 to drop all of its privileges. If sendmail needs to drop 2661 these privileges and the operating system doesn't set the 2662 saved-uid as well, exit with an error. Problem noted by 2663 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 2664 SECURITY: sendmail depends on snprintf() NUL terminating the string 2665 it populates. It is possible that some broken 2666 implementations of snprintf() exist that do not do this. 2667 Systems in this category should compile with 2668 -DSNPRINTF_IS_BROKEN=1. Use test/t_snprintf.c to test your 2669 system and report broken implementations to 2670 sendmail-bugs@sendmail.org and your OS vendor. Problem 2671 noted by Slawomir Piotrowski of TELSAT GP. 2672 Support SMTP Service Extension for Secure SMTP (RFC 2487) (STARTTLS). 2673 Implementation influenced by the example programs of 2674 OpenSSL and the work of Lutz Jaenicke of TU Cottbus. 2675 Add new STARTTLS related options CACERTPath, CACERTFile, 2676 ClientCertFile, ClientKeyFile, DHParameters, RandFile, 2677 ServerCertFile, and ServerKeyFile. These are documented in 2678 cf/README and doc/op/op.*. 2679 New STARTTLS related macros: ${cert_issuer}, ${cert_subject}, 2680 ${tls_version}, ${cipher}, ${cipher_bits}, ${verify}, 2681 ${server_name}, and ${server_addr}. These are documented 2682 in cf/README and doc/op/op.*. 2683 Add support for the Entropy Gathering Daemon (EGD) for better 2684 random data. 2685 New DontBlameSendmail option InsufficientEntropy for systems which 2686 don't properly seed the PRNG for OpenSSL but want to 2687 try to use STARTTLS despite the security problems. 2688 Support the security layer in SMTP AUTH for mechanisms which 2689 support encryption. Based on code contributed by Tim 2690 Martin of CMU. 2691 Add new macro ${auth_ssf} to reflect the SMTP AUTH security 2692 strength factor. 2693 LDAP's -1 (single match only) flag was not honored if the -z 2694 (delimiter) flag was not given. Problem noted by ST Wong of 2695 the Chinese University of Hong Kong. Fix from Mark Adamson 2696 of CMU. 2697 Add more protection from accidentally tripping OpenLDAP 1.X's 2698 ld_errno == LDAP_DECODING_ERROR hack on ldap_next_attribute(). 2699 Suggested by Kurt Zeilenga of OpenLDAP. 2700 Fix the default family selection for DaemonPortOptions. As 2701 documented, unless a family is specified in a 2702 DaemonPortOptions option, "inet" is the default. It is 2703 also the default if no DaemonPortOptions value is set. 2704 Therefore, IPv6 users should configure additional sockets 2705 by adding DaemonPortOptions settings with Family=inet6 if 2706 they wish to also listen on IPv6 interfaces. Problem noted 2707 by Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project. 2708 Set ${if_family} when setting ${if_addr} and ${if_name} to reflect 2709 the interface information for an outgoing connection. 2710 Not doing so was creating a mismatch between the socket 2711 family and address used in subsequent connections if the 2712 M=b modifier was set in DaemonPortOptions. Problem noted 2713 by John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 2714 If DaemonPortOptions modifier M=b is used, determine the socket 2715 family based on the IP address. ${if_family} is no longer 2716 persistent (i.e., saved in qf files). Patch from John Beck 2717 of Sun Microsystems. 2718 sendmail 8.10 and 8.11 reused the ${if_addr} and ${if_family} 2719 macros for both the incoming interface address/family and 2720 the outgoing interface address/family. In order for M=b 2721 modifier in DaemonPortOptions to work properly, preserve 2722 the incoming information in the queue file for later 2723 delivery attempts. 2724 Use SMTP error code and enhanced status code from check_relay in 2725 responses to commands. Problem noted by Jeff Wasilko of 2726 smoe.org. 2727 Add more vigilance in checking for putc() errors on output streams 2728 to protect from a bug in Solaris 2.6's putc(). Problem 2729 noted by Graeme Hewson of Oracle. 2730 The LDAP map -n option (return attribute names only) wasn't working. 2731 Problem noted by Ajay Matia. 2732 Under certain circumstances, an address could be listed as deferred 2733 but would be bounced back to the sender as failed to be 2734 delivered when it really should have been queued. Problem 2735 noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute. 2736 Prevent a segmentation fault in a child SMTP process from getting 2737 the SMTP transaction out of sync. Problem noted by Per 2738 Hedeland of Ericsson. 2739 Turn off RES_DEBUG if SFIO is defined unless SFIO_STDIO_COMPAT 2740 is defined to avoid a core dump due to incompatibilities 2741 between sfio and stdio. Problem noted by Neil Rickert 2742 of Northern Illinois University. 2743 Don't log useless envelope ID on initial connection log. Problem 2744 noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 2745 Convert the free disk space shown in a control socket status query 2746 to kilobyte units. 2747 If TryNullMXList is True and there is a temporary DNS failure 2748 looking up the hostname, requeue the message for a later 2749 attempt. Problem noted by Ari Heikkinen of Pohjois-Savo 2750 Polytechnic. 2751 Under the proper circumstances, failed connections would be recorded 2752 as "Bad file number" instead of "Connection failed" in the 2753 queue file and persistent host status. Problem noted by 2754 Graeme Hewson of Oracle. 2755 Avoid getting into an endless loop if a non-hoststat directory exists 2756 within the hoststatus directory (e.g., lost+found). 2757 Patch from Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech. 2758 Make sure Timeout.queuereturn=now returns a bounce message to the 2759 sender. Problem noted by Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 2760 If a message data file can't be opened at delivery time, panic and 2761 abort the attempt instead of delivering a message that 2762 states "<<< No Message Collected >>>". 2763 Fixup the GID checking code from 8.10.2 as it was overly 2764 restrictive. Problem noted by Mark G. Thomas of Mark 2765 G. Thomas Consulting. 2766 Preserve source port number instead of replacing it with the ident 2767 port number (113). 2768 Document the queue status characters in the mailq man page. 2769 Suggested by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg. 2770 Process queued items in which none of the recipient addresses have 2771 host portions (or there are no recipients). Problem noted 2772 by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech. 2773 If a cached LDAP connection is used for multiple maps, make sure 2774 only the first to open the connection is allowed to close 2775 it so a later map close doesn't break the connection for 2776 other maps. Problem noted by Wolfgang Hottgenroth of UUNET. 2777 Netscape's LDAP libraries do not support Kerberos V4 2778 authentication. Patch from Rainer Schoepf of the 2779 University of Mainz. 2780 Provide workaround for inconsistent handling of data passed 2781 via callbacks to Cyrus SASL prior to version 1.5.23. 2782 Mention ENHANCEDSTATUSCODES in the SMTP HELP helpfile. Omission 2783 noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg. 2784 Portability: 2785 Add the ability to read IPv6 interface addresses into class 2786 'w' under FreeBSD (and possibly others). From Jun 2787 Kuriyama of IMG SRC, Inc. and the FreeBSD Project. 2788 Replace code for finding the number of CPUs on HPUX. 2789 NCRUNIX MP-RAS 3.02 SO_REUSEADDR socket option does not 2790 work properly causing problems if the accept() 2791 fails and the socket needs to be reopened. Patch 2792 from Tom Moore of NCR. 2793 NetBSD uses a .0 extension of formatted man pages. From 2794 Andrew Brown of Crossbar Security. 2795 Return to using the IPv6 AI_DEFAULT flag instead of AI_V4MAPPED 2796 for calls to getipnodebyname(). The Linux 2797 implementation is broken so AI_ADDRCONFIG is stripped 2798 under Linux. From John Beck of Sun Microsystems and 2799 John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico. 2800 CONFIG: Catch invalid addresses containing a ',' at the wrong place. 2801 Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 2802 CONFIG: New variables for the new sendmail options: 2803 confCACERT_PATH CACERTPath 2804 confCACERT CACERTFile 2805 confCLIENT_CERT ClientCertFile 2806 confCLIENT_KEY ClientKeyFile 2807 confDH_PARAMETERS DHParameters 2808 confRAND_FILE RandFile 2809 confSERVER_CERT ServerCertFile 2810 confSERVER_KEY ServerKeyFile 2811 CONFIG: Provide basic rulesets for TLS policy control and add new 2812 tags to the access database to support these policies. See 2813 cf/README for more information. 2814 CONFIG: Add TLS information to the Received: header. 2815 CONFIG: Call tls_client ruleset from check_mail in case it wasn't 2816 called due to a STARTTLS command. 2817 CONFIG: If TLS_PERM_ERR is defined, TLS related errors are permanent 2818 instead of temporary. 2819 CONFIG: FEATURE(`relay_hosts_only') didn't work in combination with 2820 the access map and relaying to a domain without using a To: 2821 tag. Problem noted by Mark G. Thomas of Mark G. Thomas 2822 Consulting. 2823 CONFIG: Set confEBINDIR to /usr/sbin to match the devtools entry in 2824 OSTYPE(`linux') and OSTYPE(`mklinux'). From Tim Pierce of 2825 RootsWeb.com. 2826 CONFIG: Make sure FEATURE(`nullclient') doesn't use aliasing and 2827 forwarding to make it as close to the old behavior as 2828 possible. Problem noted by George W. Baltz of the 2829 University of Maryland. 2830 CONFIG: Added OSTYPE(`darwin') for Mac OS X and Darwin users. From 2831 Wilfredo Sanchez of Apple Computer, Inc. 2832 CONFIG: Changed the map names used by FEATURE(`ldap_routing') from 2833 ldap_mailhost and ldap_mailroutingaddress to ldapmh and 2834 ldapmra as underscores in map names cause problems if 2835 underscore is in OperatorChars. Problem noted by Bob Zeitz 2836 of the University of Alberta. 2837 CONFIG: Apply blacklist_recipients also to hosts in class {w}. 2838 Patch from Michael Tratz of Esosoft Corporation. 2839 CONFIG: Use A=TCP ... instead of A=IPC ... in SMTP mailers. 2840 CONTRIB: Add link_hash.sh to create symbolic links to the hash 2841 of X.509 certificates. 2842 CONTRIB: passwd-to-alias.pl: More protection from special characters; 2843 treat special shells as root aliases; skip entries where the 2844 GECOS full name and username match. From Ulrich Windl of the 2845 Universitat Regensburg. 2846 CONTRIB: qtool.pl: Add missing last_modified_time method and fix a 2847 typo. Patch from Graeme Hewson of Oracle. 2848 CONTRIB: re-mqueue.pl: Improve handling of a race between re-mqueue 2849 and sendmail. Patch from Graeme Hewson of Oracle. 2850 CONTRIB: re-mqueue.pl: Don't exit(0) at end so can be called as 2851 subroutine Patch from Graeme Hewson of Oracle. 2852 CONTRIB: Add movemail.pl (move old mail messages between queues by 2853 calling re-mqueue.pl) and movemail.conf (configuration 2854 script for movemail.pl). From Graeme Hewson of Oracle. 2855 CONTRIB: Add cidrexpand (expands CIDR blocks as a preprocessor to 2856 makemap). From Derek J. Balling of Yahoo,Inc. 2857 DEVTOOLS: INSTALL_RAWMAN installation option mistakenly applied any 2858 extension modifications (e.g., MAN8EXT) to the installation 2859 target. Patch from James Ralston of Carnegie Mellon 2860 University. 2861 DEVTOOLS: Add support for SunOS 5.9. 2862 DEVTOOLS: New option confLN contains the command used to create 2863 links. 2864 LIBSMDB: Berkeley DB 2.X and 3.X errors might be lost and not 2865 reported. 2866 MAIL.LOCAL: DG/UX portability. Problem noted by Tim Boyer of 2867 Denman Tire Corporation. 2868 MAIL.LOCAL: Prevent a possible DoS attack when compiled with 2869 -DCONTENTLENGTH. Based on patch from 3APA3A@SECURITY.NNOV.RU. 2870 MAILSTATS: Fix usage statement (-p and -o are optional). 2871 MAKEMAP: Change man page layout as workaround for problem with nroff 2872 and -man on Solaris 7. Patch from Larry Williamson. 2873 RMAIL: AIX 4.3 has snprintf(). Problem noted by David Hayes of 2874 Black Diamond Equipment, Limited. 2875 RMAIL: Prevent a segmentation fault if the incoming message does not 2876 have a From line. 2877 VACATION: Read all of the headers before deciding whether or not 2878 to respond instead of stopping after finding recipient. 2879 Added Files: 2880 cf/ostype/darwin.m4 2881 contrib/cidrexpand 2882 contrib/link_hash.sh 2883 contrib/movemail.conf 2884 contrib/movemail.pl 2885 devtools/OS/SunOS.5.9 2886 test/t_snprintf.c 2887 28888.10.2/8.10.2 2000/06/07 2889 SECURITY: Work around broken Linux setuid() implementation. 2890 On Linux, a normal user process has the ability to subvert 2891 the setuid() call such that it is impossible for a root 2892 process to drop its privileges. Problem noted by Wojciech 2893 Purczynski of elzabsoft.pl. 2894 SECURITY: Add more vigilance around set*uid(), setgid(), setgroups(), 2895 initgroups(), and chroot() calls. 2896 Added Files: 2897 test/t_setuid.c 2898 28998.10.1/8.10.1 2000/04/06 2900 SECURITY: Limit the choice of outgoing (client-side) SMTP 2901 Authentication mechanisms to those specified in 2902 AuthMechanisms to prevent information leakage. We do not 2903 recommend use of PLAIN for outgoing mail as it sends the 2904 password in clear text to possibly untrusted servers. See 2905 cf/README's DefaultAuthInfo section for additional information. 2906 Copy the ident argument for openlog() to avoid problems on some 2907 OSs. Based on patch from Rob Bajorek from Webhelp.com. 2908 Avoid bogus error message when reporting an alias line as too long. 2909 Avoid bogus socket error message if sendmail.cf version level is 2910 greater than sendmail binary supported version. Patch 2911 from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 2912 Prevent a malformed ruleset (missing right hand side) from causing 2913 a segmentation fault when using address test mode. Based on 2914 patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 2915 Prevent memory leak from use of NIS maps and yp_match(3). Problem 2916 noted by Gil Kloepfer of the University of Texas at Austin. 2917 Fix queue file permission checks to allow for TrustedUser ownership. 2918 Change logging of errors from the trust_auth ruleset to LogLevel 10 2919 or higher. 2920 Avoid simple password cracking attacks against SMTP AUTH by using 2921 exponential delay after too many tries within one connection. 2922 Encode an initial empty AUTH challenge as '=', not as empty string. 2923 Avoid segmentation fault on EX_SOFTWARE internal error logs. 2924 Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester 2925 Polytechnic Institute. 2926 Ensure that a header check which resolves to $#discard actually 2927 discards the message. 2928 Emit missing value warnings for aliases with no right hand side 2929 when newaliases is run instead of only when delivery is 2930 attempted to the alias. 2931 Remove AuthOptions missing value warning for consistency with other 2932 flag options. 2933 Portability: 2934 SECURITY: Specify a run-time shared library search path for 2935 AIX 4.X instead of using the dangerous AIX 4.X 2936 linker semantics. AIX 4.X users should consult 2937 sendmail/README for further information. Problem 2938 noted by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech. 2939 Avoid use of strerror(3) call. Problem noted by Charles 2940 Levert of Ecole Polytechnique de Montreal. 2941 DGUX requires -lsocket -lnsl and has a non-standard install 2942 program. From Tim Boyer of Denman Tire Corporation. 2943 HPUX 11.0 has a broken res_search() function. 2944 Updates to devtools/OS/NeXT.3.X, NeXT.4.X, and NEXTSTEP.4.X 2945 from J. P. McCann of E I A. 2946 Digital UNIX/Compaq Tru64 5.0 now includes snprintf(3). 2947 Problem noted by Michael Long of Info Avenue Internet 2948 Services, LLC. 2949 Modern (post-199912) OpenBSD versions include working 2950 strlc{at,py}(3) functions. From Todd C. Miller of 2951 Courtesan Consulting. 2952 SINIX doesn't have random(3). From Gerald Rinske of 2953 Siemens Business Services. 2954 CONFIG: Change error message about unresolvable sender domain to 2955 include the sender address. Proposed by Wolfgang Rupprecht 2956 of WSRCC. 2957 CONFIG: Fix usenet mailer calls. 2958 CONFIG: If RELAY_MAILER_FLAGS is not defined, use SMTP_MAILER_FLAGS 2959 to be backward compatible with 8.9. 2960 CONFIG: Change handling of default case @domain for virtusertable 2961 to allow for +*@domain to deal with +detail. 2962 CONTRIB: Remove converting.sun.configs -- it is obsolete. 2963 DEVTOOLS: confUBINMODE was being ignored. Fix from KITAZIMA, Tuneki 2964 of NEC. 2965 DEVTOOLS: Add to NCR platform list and include the architecture 2966 (i486). From Tom J. Moore of NCR. 2967 DEVTOOLS: SECURITY: Change method of linking with sendmail utility 2968 libraries to work around the AIX 4.X and SunOS 4.X linker's 2969 overloaded -L option. Problem noted by Valdis Kletnieks of 2970 Virginia Tech. 2971 DEVTOOLS: configure.sh was overriding the user's choice for 2972 confNROFF. Problem noted by Glenn A. Malling of Syracuse 2973 University. 2974 DEVTOOLS: New variables conf_prog_LIB_POST and confBLDVARIANT added 2975 for other internal projects but included in the open source 2976 release. 2977 LIBSMDB: Check for ".db" instead of simply "db" at the end of the 2978 map name to determine whether or not to add the extension. 2979 This fixes makemap when building the userdb file. Problem 2980 noted by Andrew J Cole of the University of Leeds. 2981 LIBSMDB: Allow a database to be opened for updating and created if 2982 it doesn't already exist. Problem noted by Rand Wacker of 2983 Sendmail. 2984 LIBSMDB: If type is SMDB_TYPE_DEFAULT and both NEWDB and NDBM are 2985 available, fall back to NDBM if NEWDB open fails. This 2986 fixes praliases. Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 2987 LIBSMUTIL: safefile()'s SFF_NOTEXCL check was being misinterpreted 2988 as SFF_NOWRFILES. 2989 OP.ME: Clarify some issues regarding mailer flags. Suggested by 2990 Martin Mokrejs of The Charles University and Neil Rickert of 2991 Northern Illinois University. 2992 PRALIASES: Restore 8.9.X functionality of being able to search for 2993 particular keys in a database by specifying the keys on the 2994 command line. Man page updated accordingly. Patch from 2995 John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 2996 VACATION: SunOS 4.X portability from Charles Levert of Ecole 2997 Polytechnique de Montreal. 2998 VACATION: Fix -t option which is ignored but available for 2999 compatibility with Sun's version, based on patch from 3000 Volker Dobler of Infratest Burke. 3001 Added Files: 3002 devtools/M4/UNIX/smlib.m4 3003 devtools/OS/OSF1.V5.0 3004 Deleted Files: 3005 contrib/converting.sun.configs 3006 Deleted Directories (already done in 8.10.0 but not listed): 3007 doc/intro 3008 doc/usenix 3009 doc/changes 3010 30118.10.0/8.10.0 2000/03/01 3012 ************************************************************* 3013 * The engineering department at Sendmail, Inc. has suffered * 3014 * the tragic loss of a key member of our engineering team. * 3015 * Julie Van Bourg was the Vice President of Engineering * 3016 * at Sendmail, Inc. during the development and deployment * 3017 * of this release. It was her vision, dedication, and * 3018 * support that has made this release a success. Julie died * 3019 * on October 26, 1999 of cancer. We have lost a leader, a * 3020 * coach, and a friend. * 3021 * * 3022 * This release is dedicated to her memory and to the joy, * 3023 * strength, ideals, and hope that she brought to all of us. * 3024 * Julie, we miss you! * 3025 ************************************************************* 3026 SECURITY: The safe file checks now back track through symbolic 3027 links to make sure the files can't be compromised due 3028 to poor permissions on the parent directories of the 3029 symbolic link target. 3030 SECURITY: Only root, TrustedUser, and users in class t can rebuild 3031 the alias map. Problem noted by Michal Zalewski of the 3032 "Internet for Schools" project (IdS). 3033 SECURITY: There is a potential for a denial of service attack if 3034 the AutoRebuildAliases option is set as a user can kill the 3035 sendmail process while it is rebuilding the aliases file 3036 (leaving it in an inconsistent state). This option and 3037 its use is deprecated and will be removed from a future 3038 version of sendmail. 3039 SECURITY: Make sure all file descriptors (besides stdin, stdout, and 3040 stderr) are closed before restarting sendmail. Problem noted 3041 by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project 3042 (IdS). 3043 Begin using /etc/mail/ for sendmail related files. This affects 3044 a large number of files. See cf/README for more details. 3045 The directory structure of the distribution has changed slightly 3046 for easier code sharing among the programs. 3047 Support SMTP AUTH (see RFC 2554). New macros for this purpose 3048 are ${auth_authen}, ${auth_type}, and ${auth_author} 3049 which hold the client's authentication credentials, 3050 the mechanism used for authentication, and the 3051 authorization identity (i.e., the AUTH= parameter if 3052 supplied). Based on code contributed by Tim Martin of CMU. 3053 On systems which use the Torek stdio library (all of the BSD 3054 distributions), use memory-buffered files to reduce 3055 file system overhead by not creating temporary files on 3056 disk. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc. 3057 New option DataFileBufferSize to control the maximum size of a 3058 memory-buffered data (df) file before a disk-based file is 3059 used. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc. 3060 New option XscriptFileBufferSize to control the maximum size of a 3061 memory-buffered transcript (xf) file before a disk-based 3062 file is used. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc. 3063 sendmail implements RFC 2476 (Message Submission), e.g., it can 3064 now listen on several different ports. Use: 3065 O DaemonPortOptions=Name=MSA, Port=587, M=E 3066 to run a Message Submission Agent (MSA); this is turned 3067 on by default in m4-generated .cf files; it can be turned 3068 off with FEATURE(`no_default_msa'). 3069 The 'XUSR' SMTP command is deprecated. Mail user agents should 3070 begin using RFC 2476 Message Submission for initial user 3071 message submission. XUSR may disappear from a future release. 3072 The new '-G' (relay (gateway) submission) command line option 3073 indicates that the message being submitted from the command 3074 line is for relaying, not initial submission. This means 3075 the message will be rejected if the addresses are not fully 3076 qualified and no canonicalization will be done. Future 3077 releases may even reject improperly formed messages. 3078 The '-U' (initial user submission) command line option is 3079 deprecated and may be removed from a future release. 3080 Mail user agents should begin using '-G' to indicate that 3081 this is a relay submission (the inverse of -U). 3082 The next release of sendmail will assume that any message submitted 3083 from the command line is an initial user submission and act 3084 accordingly. 3085 If sendmail doesn't have enough privileges to run a .forward 3086 program or deliver to file as the owner of that file, the 3087 address is marked as unsafe. This means if RunAsUser is 3088 set, users won't be able to use programs or delivery to 3089 files in their .forward files. Administrators can override 3090 this by setting the DontBlameSendmail option to the new 3091 setting NonRootSafeAddr. 3092 Allow group or world writable directories if the sticky bit is set 3093 on the directory and DontBlameSendmail is set to 3094 TrustStickyBit. Based on patch from Chris Metcalf of 3095 InCert Software. 3096 Prevent logging of unsafe directory paths for non-existent forward 3097 files if the new DontWarnForwardFileInUnsafeDirPath bit is 3098 set in the DontBlameSendmail option. Requested by many. 3099 New Timeout.control option to limit the total time spent satisfying 3100 a control socket request. 3101 New Timeout.resolver options for controlling BIND resolver 3102 settings: 3103 Timeout.resolver.retrans 3104 Sets the resolver's retransmission time interval (in 3105 seconds). Sets both Timeout.resolver.retrans.first 3106 and Timeout.resolver.retrans.normal. 3107 Timeout.resolver.retrans.first 3108 Sets the resolver's retransmission time interval (in 3109 seconds) for the first attempt to deliver a message. 3110 Timeout.resolver.retrans.normal 3111 Sets the resolver's retransmission time interval (in 3112 seconds) for all resolver lookups except the first 3113 delivery attempt. 3114 Timeout.resolver.retry 3115 Sets the number of times to retransmit a resolver 3116 query. Sets both Timeout.resolver.retry.first 3117 and Timeout.resolver.retry.normal. 3118 Timeout.resolver.retry.first 3119 Sets the number of times to retransmit a resolver 3120 query for the first attempt to deliver a message. 3121 Timeout.resolver.retry.normal 3122 Sets the number of times to retransmit a resolver 3123 query for all resolver lookups except the first 3124 delivery attempt. 3125 Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc. 3126 Support multiple queue directories. To use multiple queues, supply 3127 a QueueDirectory option value ending with an asterisk. For 3128 example, /var/spool/mqueue/q* will use all of the 3129 directories or symbolic links to directories beginning with 3130 'q' in /var/spool/mqueue as queue directories. Keep in 3131 mind, the queue directory structure should not be changed 3132 while sendmail is running. Queue runs create a separate 3133 process for running each queue unless the verbose flag is 3134 given on a non-daemon queue run. New items are randomly 3135 assigned to a queue. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc. 3136 Support different directories for qf, df, and xf queue files; if 3137 subdirectories or symbolic links to directories of those names 3138 exist in the queue directories, they are used for the 3139 corresponding queue files. Keep in mind, the queue 3140 directory structure should not be changed while sendmail is 3141 running. Proposed by Mathias Koerber of Singapore 3142 Telecommunications Ltd. 3143 New queue file naming system which uses a filename guaranteed to be 3144 unique for 60 years. This allows queue IDs to be assigned 3145 without fancy file system locking. Queued items can be 3146 moved between queues easily. Contributed by Exactis.com, 3147 Inc. 3148 Messages which are undeliverable due to temporary address failures 3149 (e.g., DNS failure) will now go to the FallBackMX host, if 3150 set. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc. 3151 New command line option '-L tag' which sets the identifier used for 3152 syslog. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc. 3153 QueueSortOrder=Filename will sort the queue by filename. This 3154 avoids opening and reading each queue file when preparing 3155 to run the queue. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc. 3156 Shared memory counters and microtimers functionality has been 3157 donated by Exactis.com, Inc. 3158 The SCCS ID tags have been replaced with RCS ID tags. 3159 Allow trusted users (those on a T line or in $=t) to set the 3160 QueueDirectory (Q) option without an X-Authentication-Warning: 3161 being added. Suggested by Michael K. Sanders. 3162 IPv6 support based on patches from John Kennedy of Cal State 3163 University, Chico, Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University, 3164 and John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 3165 In low-disk space situations, where sendmail would previously refuse 3166 connections, still accept them, but only allow ETRN commands. 3167 Suggested by Mathias Koerber of Singapore Telecommunications 3168 Ltd. 3169 The [IPC] builtin mailer now allows delivery to a UNIX domain socket 3170 on systems which support them. This can be used with LMTP 3171 local delivery agents which listen on a named socket. An 3172 example mailer might be: 3173 Mexecmail, P=[IPC], F=lsDFMmnqSXzA5@/:|, E=\r\n, 3174 S=10, R=20/40, T=DNS/RFC822/X-Unix, 3175 A=FILE /var/run/lmtpd 3176 Code contributed by Lyndon Nerenberg of Messaging Direct. 3177 The [TCP] builtin mailer name is now deprecated. Use [IPC] 3178 instead. 3179 The first mailer argument in the [IPC] mailer is now checked for a 3180 legitimate value. Possible values are TCP (for TCP/IP 3181 connections), IPC (which will be deprecated in a future 3182 version), and FILE (for UNIX domain socket delivery). 3183 PrivacyOptions=goaway no longer includes the noetrn and the noreceipts 3184 flags. 3185 PrivacyOptions=nobodyreturn instructs sendmail not to include the 3186 body of the original message on delivery status 3187 notifications. 3188 Don't announce DSN if PrivacyOptions=noreceipts is set. Problem noted 3189 by Dan Bernstein, fix from Robert Harker of Harker Systems. 3190 Accept the SMTP RSET command even when rejecting commands due to TCP 3191 Wrappers or the check_relay ruleset. Problem noted by 3192 Steve Schweinhart of America Online. 3193 Warn if OperatorChars is set multiple times. OperatorChars should 3194 not be set after rulesets are defined. Suggested by 3195 Mitchell Blank Jr of Exec-PC. 3196 Do not report temporary failure on delivery to files. In 3197 interactive delivery mode, this would result in two SMTP 3198 responses after the DATA command. Problem noted by 3199 Nik Conwell of Boston University. 3200 Check file close when mailing to files. Problem noted by Nik 3201 Conwell of Boston University. 3202 Avoid a segmentation fault when using the LDAP map. Patch from 3203 Curtis W. Hillegas of Princeton University. 3204 Always bind to the LDAP server regardless of whether you are using 3205 ldap_open() or ldap_init(). Fix from Raj Kunjithapadam of 3206 @Home Network. 3207 New ruleset trust_auth to determine whether a given AUTH= 3208 parameter of the MAIL command should be trusted. See SMTP 3209 AUTH, cf/README, and doc/op/op.ps. 3210 Allow new named config file rules check_vrfy, check_expn, and 3211 check_etrn for VRFY, EXPN, and ETRN commands, respectively, 3212 similar to check_rcpt etc. 3213 Introduce new macros ${rcpt_mailer}, ${rcpt_host}, ${rcpt_addr}, 3214 ${mail_mailer}, ${mail_host}, ${mail_addr} that hold 3215 the results of parsing the RCPT and MAIL arguments, i.e. 3216 the resolved triplet from $#mailer $@host $:addr. 3217 From Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 3218 New macro ${client_resolve} which holds the result of the resolve 3219 call for ${client_name}: OK, FAIL, FORGED, TEMP. Proposed 3220 by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 3221 New macros ${dsn_notify}, ${dsn_envid}, and ${dsn_ret} that hold 3222 the corresponding DSN parameter values. Proposed by 3223 Mathias Herberts. 3224 New macro ${msg_size} which holds the value of the SIZE= parameter, 3225 i.e., usually the size of the message (in an ESMTP dialogue), 3226 before the message has been collected, thereafter it holds 3227 the message size as computed by sendmail (and can be used 3228 in check_compat). 3229 The macro ${deliveryMode} now specifies the current delivery mode 3230 sendmail is using instead of the value of the DeliveryMode 3231 option. 3232 New macro ${ntries} holds the number of delivery attempts. 3233 Drop explicit From: if same as what would be generated only if it is 3234 a local address. From Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 3235 Write pid to file also if sendmail only processes the queue. 3236 Proposed by Roy J. Mongiovi of Georgia Tech. 3237 Log "low on disk space" only when necessary. 3238 New macro ${load_avg} can be used to check the current load average. 3239 Suggested by Scott Gifford of The Internet Ramp. 3240 Return-Receipt-To: header implies DSN request if option RrtImpliesDsn 3241 is set. 3242 Flag -S for maps to specify the character which is substituted 3243 for spaces (instead of the default given by O BlankSub). 3244 Flag -D for maps: perform no lookup in deferred delivery mode. 3245 This flag is set by default for the host map. Based on a 3246 proposal from Ian MacPhedran of the University of Saskatchewan. 3247 Open maps only on demand, not at startup. 3248 Log warning about unsupported IP address families. 3249 New option MaxHeadersLength allows to specify a maximum length 3250 of the sum of all headers. This can be used to prevent 3251 a denial-of-service attack. 3252 New option MaxMimeHeaderLength which limits the size of MIME 3253 headers and parameters within those headers. This option 3254 is intended to protect mail user agents from buffer 3255 overflow attacks. 3256 Added option MaxAliasRecursion to specify the maximum depth of 3257 alias recursion. 3258 New flag F=6 for mailers to strip headers to seven bit. 3259 Map type syslog to log the key via syslogd. 3260 Entries in the alias file can be continued by putting a backslash 3261 directly before the newline. 3262 New option DeadLetterDrop to define the location of the system-wide 3263 dead.letter file, formerly hardcoded to 3264 /usr/tmp/dead.letter. If this option is not set (the 3265 default), sendmail will not attempt to save to a 3266 system-wide dead.letter file if it can not bounce the mail 3267 to the user nor postmaster. Instead, it will rename the qf 3268 file as it has in the past when the dead.letter file 3269 could not be opened. 3270 New option PidFile to define the location of the pid file. The 3271 value of this option is macro expanded. 3272 New option ProcessTitlePrefix specifies a prefix string for the 3273 process title shown in 'ps' listings. 3274 New macros for use with the PidFile and ProcessTitlePrefix options 3275 (along with the already existing macros): 3276 ${daemon_info} Daemon information, e.g. 3277 SMTP+queueing@00:30:00 3278 ${daemon_addr} Daemon address, e.g., 0.0.0.0 3279 ${daemon_family} Daemon family, e.g., inet, inet6, etc. 3280 ${daemon_name} Daemon name, e.g., MSA. 3281 ${daemon_port} Daemon port, e.g., 25 3282 ${queue_interval} Queue run interval, e.g., 00:30:00 3283 New macros especially for virtual hosting: 3284 ${if_name} hostname of interface of incoming connection. 3285 ${if_addr} address of interface of incoming connection. 3286 The latter is only set if the interface does not belong to the 3287 loopback net. 3288 If a message being accepted via a method other than SMTP and 3289 would be rejected by a header check, do not send the message. 3290 Suggested by Phil Homewood of Mincom Pty Ltd. 3291 Don't strip comments for header checks if $>+ is used instead of $>. 3292 Provide header value as quoted string in the macro 3293 ${currHeader} (possibly truncated to MAXNAME). Suggested by 3294 Jan Krueger of Unix-AG of University of Hannover. 3295 The length of the header value is stored in ${hdrlen}. 3296 H*: allows to specify a default ruleset for header checks. This 3297 ruleset will only be called if the individual header does 3298 not have its own ruleset assigned. Suggested by Jan 3299 Krueger of Unix-AG of University of Hannover. 3300 The name of the header field stored in ${hdr_name}. 3301 Comments (i.e., text within parentheses) in rulesets are not 3302 removed if the config file version is greater than or equal 3303 to 9. For example, "R$+ ( 1 ) $@ 1" matches the 3304 input "token (1)" but does not match "token". 3305 Avoid removing the Content-Transfer-Encoding MIME header on 3306 MIME messages. Problem noted by Sigurbjorn B. Larusson of 3307 Multimedia Consumer Services. Fix from Per Hedeland of 3308 Ericsson. 3309 Avoid duplicate Content-Transfer-Encoding MIME header on 3310 messages with 8-bit text in headers. Problem noted by 3311 Per Steinar Iversen of Oslo College. Fix from Per Hedeland 3312 of Ericsson. 3313 Avoid keeping maps locked longer than necessary when re-opening a 3314 modified database map file. Problem noted by Chris Adams 3315 of Renaissance Internet Services. 3316 Resolving to the $#error mailer with a temporary failure code (e.g., 3317 $#error $@ tempfail $: "400 Temporary failure") will now 3318 queue up the message instead of bouncing it. 3319 Be more liberal in acceptable responses to an SMTP RSET command as 3320 standard does not provide any indication of what to do when 3321 something other than 250 is received. Based on a patch 3322 from Steve Schweinhart of America Online. 3323 New option TrustedUser allows to specify a user who can own 3324 important files instead of root. This requires HASFCHOWN. 3325 Fix USERDB conditional so compiling with NEWDB or HESIOD and 3326 setting USERDB=0 works. Fix from Jorg Zanger of Schock. 3327 Fix another instance (similar to one in 8.9.3) of a network failure 3328 being mis-logged as "Illegal Seek" instead of whatever 3329 really went wrong. From John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 3330 $? tests also whether the macro is non-null. 3331 Print an error message if a mailer definition contains an invalid 3332 equate name. 3333 New mailer equate /= to specify a directory to chroot() into before 3334 executing the mailer program. Suggested by Igor Vinokurov. 3335 New mailer equate W= to specify the maximum time to wait for the 3336 mailer to return after sending all data to it. 3337 Only free memory from the process list when adding a new process 3338 into a previously filled slot. Previously, the memory was 3339 freed at removal time. Since removal can happen in a 3340 signal handler, this may leave the memory map in an 3341 inconsistent state. Problem noted by Jeff A. Earickson and 3342 David Cooley of Colby College. 3343 When using the UserDB @hostname catch-all, do not try to lookup 3344 local users in the passwd file. The UserDB code has 3345 already decided the message will be passed to another host 3346 for processing. Fix from Tony Landells of Burdett 3347 Buckeridge Young Limited. 3348 Support LDAP authorization via either a file containing the 3349 password or Kerberos V4 using the new map options 3350 '-ddistinguished_name', '-Mmethod', and '-Pfilename'. The 3351 distinguished_name is who to login as. The method can be 3352 one of LDAP_AUTH_NONE, LDAP_AUTH_SIMPLE, or 3353 LDAP_AUTH_KRBV4. The filename is the file containing the 3354 secret key for LDAP_AUTH_SIMPLE or the name of the Kerberos 3355 ticket file for LDAP_AUTH_KRBV4. Patch from Booker Bense 3356 of Stanford University. 3357 The ldapx map has been renamed to ldap. The use of ldapx is 3358 deprecated and will be removed in a future version. 3359 If the result of an LDAP search returns a multi-valued attribute 3360 and the map has the column delimiter set, it turns that 3361 response into a delimiter separated string. The LDAP map 3362 will traverse multiple entries as well. LDAP alias maps 3363 automatically set the column delimiter to the comma. 3364 Based on patch from Booker Bense of Stanford University and 3365 idea from Philip A. Prindeville of Mirapoint, Inc. 3366 Support return of multiple values for a single LDAP lookup. The 3367 values to be returned should be in a comma separated string. 3368 For example, `-v "email,emailother"'. Patch from 3369 Curtis W. Hillegas of Princeton University. 3370 Allow the use of LDAP for alias maps. 3371 If no LDAP attributes are specified in an LDAP map declaration, all 3372 attributes found in the match will be returned. 3373 Prevent commas in quoted strings in the AliasFile value from 3374 breaking up a single entry into multiple entries. This is 3375 needed for LDAP alias file specifications to allow for 3376 comma separated key and value strings. 3377 Keep connections to LDAP server open instead of opening and closing 3378 for each lookup. To reduce overhead, sendmail will cache 3379 connections such that multiple maps which use the same 3380 host, port, bind DN, and authentication will only result in 3381 a single connection to that host. 3382 Put timeout in the proper place for USE_LDAP_INIT. 3383 Be more careful about checking for errors and freeing memory on 3384 LDAP lookups. 3385 Use asynchronous LDAP searches to save memory and network 3386 resources. 3387 Do not copy LDAP query results if the map's match only flag is set. 3388 Increase portability to the Netscape LDAP libraries. 3389 Change the parsing of the LDAP filter specification. '%s' is still 3390 replaced with the literal contents of the map lookup key -- 3391 note that this means a lookup can be done using the LDAP 3392 special characters. The new '%0' token can be used instead 3393 of '%s' to encode the key buffer according to RFC 2254. 3394 For example, if the LDAP map specification contains '-k 3395 "(user=%s)"' and a lookup is done on "*", this would be 3396 equivalent to '-k "(user=*)"' -- matching ANY record with a 3397 user attribute. Instead, if the LDAP map specification 3398 contains '-k "(user=%0)"' and a lookup is done on "*", this 3399 would be equivalent to '-k "(user=\2A)"' -- matching a user 3400 with the name "*". 3401 New LDAP map flags: "-1" requires a single match to be returned, if 3402 more than one is returned, it is equivalent to no records 3403 being found; "-r never|always|search|find" sets the LDAP 3404 alias dereference option; "-Z size" limits the number of 3405 matches to return. 3406 New option LDAPDefaultSpec allows a default map specification for 3407 LDAP maps. The value should only contain LDAP specific 3408 settings such as "-h host -p port -d bindDN", etc. The 3409 settings will be used for all LDAP maps unless they are 3410 specified in the individual map specification ('K' 3411 command). This option should be set before any LDAP maps 3412 are defined. 3413 Prevent an NDBM alias file opening loop when the NDBM open 3414 continually fails. Fix from Roy J. Mongiovi of Georgia 3415 Tech. 3416 Reduce memory utilization for smaller symbol table entries. In 3417 particular, class entries get much smaller, which can be 3418 important if you have large classes. 3419 On network-related temporary failures, record the hostname which 3420 gave error in the queued status message. Requested by 3421 Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg. 3422 Add new F=% mailer flag to allow for a store and forward 3423 configuration. Mailers which have this flag will not attempt 3424 delivery on initial receipt of a message or on queue runs 3425 unless the queued message is selected using one of the 3426 -qI/-qR/-qS queue run modifiers or an ETRN request. Code 3427 provided by Philip Guenther of Gustavus Adolphus College. 3428 New option ControlSocketName which, when set, creates a daemon 3429 control socket. This socket allows an external program to 3430 control and query status from the running sendmail daemon 3431 via a named socket, similar to the ctlinnd interface to the 3432 INN news server. Access to this interface is controlled by 3433 the UNIX file permissions on the named socket on most UNIX 3434 systems (see sendmail/README for more information). An 3435 example control program is provided as contrib/smcontrol.pl. 3436 Change the default values of QueueLA from 8 to (8 * numproc) and 3437 RefuseLA from 12 to (12 * numproc) where numproc is the 3438 number of processors online on the system (if that can be 3439 determined). For single processor machines, this change 3440 has no effect. 3441 Don't return body of message to postmaster on "Too many hops" bounces. 3442 Based on fix from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 3443 Give more detailed DSN descriptions for some cases. Patch from 3444 Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 3445 Logging of alias, forward file, and UserDB expansion now happens 3446 at LogLevel 11 or higher instead of 10 or higher. 3447 Logging of an envelope's complete delivery (the "done" message) now 3448 happens at LogLevel 10 or higher instead of 11 or higher. 3449 Logging of TCP/IP or UNIX standard input connections now happens at 3450 LogLevel 10 or higher. Previously, only TCP/IP connections 3451 were logged, and on at LogLevel 12 or higher. Setting 3452 LogLevel to 10 will now assist users in tracking frequent 3453 connection-based denial of service attacks. 3454 Log basic information about authenticated connections at LogLevel 3455 10 or higher. 3456 Log SMTP Authentication mechanism and author when logging the sender 3457 information (from= syslog line). 3458 Log the DSN code for each recipient if one is available as a new 3459 equate (dsn=). 3460 Macro expand PostmasterCopy and DoubleBounceAddress options. 3461 New "ph" map for performing ph queries in rulesets, see 3462 sendmail/README for details. Contributed by Mark Roth 3463 of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. 3464 Detect temporary lookup failures in the host map if looking up a 3465 bracketed IP address. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the 3466 Finnish Meteorological Institute. 3467 Do not report a Remote-MTA on local deliveries. Problem noted by 3468 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 3469 When a forward file points to an alias which runs a program, run 3470 the program as the default user and the default group, not 3471 the forward file user. This change also assures the 3472 :include: directives in aliases are also processed using 3473 the default user and group. Problem noted by Sergiu 3474 Popovici of DNT Romania. 3475 Prevent attempts to save a dead.letter file for a user with 3476 no home directory (/no/such/directory). Problem noted by 3477 Michael Brown of Finnigan FT/MS. 3478 Include message delay and number of tries when logging that a 3479 message has been completely delivered (LogLevel of 10 or 3480 above). Suggested by Nick Hilliard of Ireland Online. 3481 Log the sender of a message even if none of the recipients were 3482 accepted. If some of the recipients were rejected, it is 3483 helpful to know the sender of the message. 3484 Check the root directory (/) when checking a path for safety. 3485 Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 3486 Prevent multiple responses to the DATA command if DeliveryMode is 3487 interactive and delivering to an alias which resolves to 3488 multiple files. 3489 Macros in the helpfile are expanded if the helpfile version is 2 or 3490 greater (see below); the help function doesn't print the 3491 version of sendmail any longer, instead it is placed in 3492 the helpfile ($v). Suggested by Chuck Foster of UUNET 3493 PIPEX. Additionally, comment lines (starting with #) are 3494 skipped and a version line (#vers) is introduced. The 3495 helpfile version for 8.10.0 is 2, if no version or an older 3496 version is found, a warning is logged. The '#vers' 3497 directive should be placed at the top of the help file. 3498 Use fsync() when delivering to a file to guarantee the delivery to 3499 disk succeeded. Suggested by Nick Christenson. 3500 If delivery to a file is unsuccessful, truncate the file back to its 3501 length before the attempt. 3502 If a forward points to a filename for delivery, change to the 3503 user's uid before checking permissions on the file. This 3504 allows delivery to files on NFS mounted directories where 3505 root is remapped to nobody. Problem noted by Harald 3506 Daeubler of Universitaet Ulm. 3507 purgestat and sendmail -bH purge only expired (Timeout.hoststatus) 3508 host status files, not all files. 3509 Any macros stored in the class $={persistentMacros} will be saved 3510 in the queue file for the message and set when delivery 3511 is attempted on the queued item. Suggested by Kyle Jones of 3512 Wonderworks Inc. 3513 Add support for storing information between rulesets using the new 3514 macro map class. This can be used to store information 3515 between queue runs as well using $={persistentMacros}. 3516 Based on an idea from Jan Krueger of Unix-AG of University 3517 of Hannover. 3518 New map class arith to allow for computations in rules. The 3519 operation (+, -, *, /, l (for less than), and =) is given 3520 as key. The two operands are specified as arguments; the 3521 lookup returns the result of the computation. For example, 3522 "$(arith l $@ 4 $@ 2 $)" will return "FALSE" and 3523 "$(arith + $@ 4 $@ 2 $)" will return "6". 3524 Add new syntax for header declarations which decide whether to 3525 include the header based on a macro rather than a mailer 3526 flag: 3527 H?${MyMacro}?X-My-Header: ${MyMacro} 3528 This should be used along with $={persistentMacros}. 3529 It can be used for adding headers to a message based on 3530 the results of check_* and header check rulesets. 3531 Allow new named config file rule check_eoh which is called after 3532 all of the headers have been collected. The input to the 3533 ruleset the number of headers and the size of all of the 3534 headers in bytes separated by $|. This ruleset along with 3535 the macro storage map can be used to correlate information 3536 gathered between headers and to check for missing headers. 3537 See cf/README or doc/op/op.ps for an example. 3538 Change the default for the MeToo option to True to correspond 3539 to the clarification in the DRUMS SMTP Update spec. This 3540 option is deprecated and will be removed from a future 3541 version. 3542 Change the sendmail binary default for SendMimeErrors to True. 3543 Change the sendmail binary default for SuperSafe to True. 3544 Display ruleset names in debug and address test mode output 3545 if referencing a named ruleset. 3546 New mailer equate m= which will limit the number of messages 3547 delivered per connection on an SMTP or LMTP mailer. 3548 Improve QueueSortOrder=Host by reversing the hostname before 3549 using it to sort. Now all the same domains are really run 3550 through the queue together. If they have the same MX host, 3551 then they will have a much better opportunity to use the 3552 connection cache if available. This should be a reasonable 3553 performance improvement. Patch from Randall Winchester of 3554 the University of Maryland. 3555 If a message is rejected by a header check ruleset, log who would 3556 have received the message if it had not been rejected. 3557 New "now" value for Timeout.queuereturn to bounce entries from the 3558 queue immediately. No delivery attempt is made. 3559 Increase sleeping time exponentially after too many "bad" commands 3560 up to 4 minutes delay (compare MAX{BAD,NOOP,HELO,VRFY,ETRN}- 3561 COMMANDS). 3562 New option ClientPortOptions similar to DaemonPortOptions 3563 but for outgoing connections. 3564 New suboptions for DaemonPortOptions: Name (a name used for 3565 error messages and logging) and Modifiers, i.e. 3566 a require authentication 3567 b bind to interface through which mail has 3568 been received 3569 c perform hostname canonification 3570 f require fully qualified hostname 3571 h use name of interface for outgoing HELO 3572 command 3573 C don't perform hostname canonification 3574 E disallow ETRN (see RFC 2476) 3575 New suboption for ClientPortOptions: Modifiers, i.e. 3576 h use name of interface for HELO command 3577 The version number for queue files (qf) has been incremented to 4. 3578 Log unacceptable HELO/EHLO domain name attempts if LogLevel is set 3579 to 10 or higher. Suggested by Rick Troxel of the National 3580 Institutes of Health. 3581 If a mailer dies, print the status in decimal instead of octal 3582 format. Suggested by Michael Shapiro of Sun Microsystems. 3583 Limit the length of all MX records considered for delivery to 8k. 3584 Move message priority from sender to recipient logging. Suggested by 3585 Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg. 3586 Add support for Berkeley DB 3.X. 3587 Add fix for Berkeley DB 2.X fcntl() locking race condition. 3588 Requires a post-2.7.5 version of Berkeley DB. 3589 Support writing traffic log (sendmail -X option) to a FIFO. 3590 Patch submitted by Rick Heaton of Network Associates, Inc. 3591 Do not ignore Timeout settings in the .cf file when a Timeout 3592 sub-options is set on the command line. Problem noted by 3593 Graeme Hewson of Oracle. 3594 Randomize equal preference MX records each time delivery is 3595 attempted via a new connection to a host instead of once per 3596 session. Suggested by Scott Salvidio of Compaq. 3597 Implement enhanced status codes as defined by RFC 2034. 3598 Add [hostname] to class w for the names of all interfaces unless 3599 DontProbeInterfaces is set. This is useful for sending mails 3600 to hosts which have dynamically assigned names. 3601 If a message is bounced due to bad MIME conformance, avoid bouncing 3602 the bounce for the same reason. If the body is not 8-bit 3603 clean, and EightBitMode isn't set to pass8, the body will 3604 not be included in the bounce. Problem noted by Valdis 3605 Kletnieks of Virginia Tech. 3606 The timeout for sending a message via SMTP has been changed from 3607 '${msgsize} / 16 + (${nrcpts} * 300)' to a timeout which 3608 simply checks for progress on sending data every 5 minutes. 3609 This will detect the inability to send information quicker 3610 and reduce the number of processes simply waiting to 3611 timeout. 3612 Prevent a segmentation fault on systems which give a partial filled 3613 interface address structure when loading the system network 3614 interface addresses. Fix from Reinier Bezuidenhout of 3615 Nanoteq. 3616 Add a compile-time configuration macro, MAXINTERFACES, which 3617 indicates the number of interfaces to read when probing 3618 for hostnames and IP addresses for class w ($=w). The 3619 default value is 512. Based on idea from Reinier 3620 Bezuidenhout of Nanoteq. 3621 If the RefuseLA option is set to 0, do not reject connections based 3622 on load average. 3623 Allow ruleset 0 to have a name. Problem noted by Neil Rickert of 3624 Northern Illinois University. 3625 Expand the Return-Path: header at delivery time, after "owner-" 3626 envelope splitting has occurred. 3627 Don't try to sort the queue if there are no entries. Patch from 3628 Luke Mewburn from RMIT University. 3629 Add a "/quit" command to address test mode. 3630 Include the proper sender in the UNIX "From " line and Return-Path: 3631 header when undeliverable mail is saved to ~/dead.letter. 3632 Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological 3633 Institute. 3634 The contents of a class can now be copied to another class using 3635 the syntax: "C{Dest} $={Source}". This would copy all of 3636 the items in class $={Source} into the class $={Dest}. 3637 Include original envelope's error transcript in bounces created for 3638 split (owner-) envelopes to see the original errors when 3639 the recipients were added. Based on fix from Motonori 3640 Nakamura of Kyoto University. 3641 Show reason for permanent delivery errors directly after the 3642 addresses. From Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 3643 Prevent a segmentation fault when bouncing a split-envelope 3644 message. Patch from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 3645 If the specification for the queue run interval (-q###) has a 3646 syntax error, consider the error fatal and exit. 3647 Pay attention to CheckpointInterval during LMTP delivery. Problem 3648 noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 3649 On operating systems which have setlogin(2), use it to set the 3650 login name to the RunAsUserName when starting as a daemon. 3651 This is for delivery to programs which use getlogin(). 3652 Based on fix from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 3653 Differentiate between "command not implemented" and "command 3654 unrecognized" in the SMTP dialogue. 3655 Strip returns from forward and include files. Problem noted by 3656 Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute. 3657 Prevent a core dump when using 'sendmail -bv' on an address which 3658 resolves to the $#error mailer with a temporary failure. 3659 Based on fix from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois 3660 University. 3661 Prevent multiple deliveries of a message with a "non-local alias" 3662 pointing to a local user, if canonicalization fails 3663 the message was requeued *and* delivered to the alias. 3664 If an invalid ruleset is declared, the ruleset name could be 3665 ignored and its rules added to S0. Instead, ignore the 3666 ruleset lines as well. 3667 Avoid incorrect Final-Recipient, Action, and X-Actual-Recipient 3668 success DSN fields as well as duplicate entries for a 3669 single address due to S5 and UserDB processing. Problems 3670 noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological 3671 Institute. 3672 Turn off timeouts when exiting sendmail due to an interrupt signal 3673 to prevent the timeout from firing during the exit process. 3674 Problem noted by Michael Shapiro of Sun Microsystems. 3675 Do not append @MyHostName to non-RFC822 addresses output by the EXPN 3676 command or on Final-Recipient: and X-Actual-Recipient: DSN 3677 headers. Non-RFC822 addresses include deliveries to 3678 programs, file, DECnet, etc. 3679 Fix logic for determining if a local user is using -f or -bs to 3680 spoof their return address. Based on idea from Neil Rickert 3681 of Northern Illinois University and patch from Per Hedeland 3682 of Ericsson. 3683 Report the proper UID in the bounce message if an :include: file is 3684 owned by a uid that doesn't map to a username and the 3685 :include: file contains delivery to a file or program. 3686 Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 3687 Avoid the attempt of trying to send a second SMTP QUIT command if 3688 the remote server responds to the first QUIT with a 4xx 3689 response code and drops the connection. This behavior was 3690 noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg when 3691 sendmail was talking to the Mercury 1.43 MTA. 3692 If a hostname lookup times out and ServiceSwitchFile is set but the 3693 file is not present, the lookup failure would be marked as 3694 a permanent failure instead of a temporary failure. Fix 3695 from Russell King of the ARM Linux Project. 3696 Handle aliases or forwards which deliver to programs using tabs 3697 instead of spaces between arguments. Problem noted by Randy 3698 Wormser. Fix from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois 3699 University. 3700 Allow MaxRecipientsPerMessage option to be set on the command line 3701 by normal users (e.g., sendmail won't drop its root 3702 privileges) to allow overrides for message submission via 3703 'sendmail -bs'. 3704 Set the names for help file and statistics file to "helpfile" and 3705 "statistics", respectively, if no parameters are given for 3706 them in the .cf file. 3707 Avoid bogus 'errbody: I/O Error -7' log messages when sending 3708 success DSN messages for messages relayed to non-DSN aware 3709 systems. Problem noted by Juergen Georgi of RUS University 3710 of Stuttgart and Kyle Tucker of Parexel International. 3711 Prevent +detail information from interfering with local delivery to 3712 multiple users in the same transaction (F=m). 3713 Add H_FORCE flag for the X-Authentication-Warning: header, so it 3714 will be added even if one already exists. Problem noted 3715 by Michal Zalewski of Marchew Industries. 3716 Stop processing SMTP commands if the SMTP connection is dropped. 3717 This prevents a remote system from flooding the connection 3718 with commands and then disconnecting. Previously, the 3719 server would process all of the buffered commands. Problem 3720 noted by Michal Zalewski of Marchew Industries. 3721 Properly process user-supplied headers beginning with '?'. Problem 3722 noted by Michal Zalewski of Marchew Industries. 3723 If multiple header checks resolve to the $#error mailer, use the 3724 last permanent (5XX) failure if any exist. Otherwise, use 3725 the last temporary (4XX) failure. 3726 RFC 1891 requires "hexchar" in a "xtext" to be upper case. Patch 3727 from Ronald F. Guilmette of Infinite Monkeys & Co. 3728 Timeout.ident now defaults to 5 seconds instead of 30 seconds to 3729 prevent the now common delays associated with mailing to a 3730 site which drops IDENT packets. Suggested by many. 3731 Persistent host status data is not reloaded disk when current data 3732 is available in the in-memory cache. Problem noted by Per 3733 Hedeland of Ericsson. 3734 mailq displays unprintable characters in addresses as their octal 3735 representation and a leading backslash. This avoids problems 3736 with "unprintable" characters. Problem noted by Michal 3737 Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project (IdS). 3738 The mail line length limit (L= equate) was adding the '!' indicator 3739 one character past the limit. This would cause subsequent 3740 hops to break the line again. The '!' is now placed in 3741 the last column of the limit if the line needs to be broken. 3742 Problem noted by Joe Pruett of Q7 Enterprises. Based on fix 3743 from Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 3744 If a resolver ANY query is larger than the UDP packet size, the 3745 resolver will fall back to TCP. However, some 3746 misconfigured firewalls black 53/TCP so the ANY lookup 3747 fails whereas an MX or A record might succeed. Therefore, 3748 don't fail on ANY queries. 3749 If an SMTP recipient is rejected due to syntax errors in the 3750 address, do not send an empty postmaster notification DSN 3751 to the postmaster. Problem noted by Neil Rickert of 3752 Northern Illinois University. 3753 Allow '_' and '.' in map names when parsing a sequence map 3754 specification. Patch from William Setzer of North Carolina 3755 State University. 3756 Fix hostname in logging of read timeouts for the QUIT command on 3757 cached connections. Problem noted by Neil Rickert of 3758 Northern Illinois University. 3759 Use a more descriptive entry to log "null" connections, i.e., 3760 "host did not issue MAIL/EXPN/VRFY/ETRN during connection". 3761 Fix a file descriptor leak in ONEX mode. 3762 Portability: 3763 Reverse signal handling logic such that sigaction(2) with 3764 the SA_RESTART flag is the preferred method and the 3765 other signal methods are only tried if SA_RESTART 3766 is not available. Problem noted by Allan E 3767 Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute. 3768 AIX 4.x supports the sa_len member of struct sockaddr. 3769 This allows network interface probing to work 3770 properly. Fix from David Bronder of the 3771 University of Iowa. 3772 AIX 4.3 has snprintf() support. 3773 Use "PPC" as the architecture name when building under 3774 AIX. This will be reflected in the obj.* directory 3775 name. 3776 Apple Darwin support based on Apple Rhapsody port. 3777 Fixed AIX 'make depend' method from Valdis Kletnieks of 3778 Virginia Tech. 3779 Digital UNIX has uname(2). 3780 GNU Hurd updates from Mark Kettenis of the University of 3781 Amsterdam. 3782 Improved HPUX 11.0 portability. 3783 Properly determine the number of CPUs on FreeBSD 2.X, 3784 FreeBSD 3.X, HP/UX 10.X and HP/UX 11.X. 3785 Remove special IRIX ABI cases from Build script and the OS 3786 files. Use the standard 'cc' options used by SGI 3787 in building the operating system. Users can 3788 override the defaults by setting confCC and 3789 confLIBSEARCHPATH appropriately. 3790 IRIX nsd map support from Bob Mende of SGI. 3791 Minor devtools fixes for IRIX from Bob Mende of SGI. 3792 Linux patch for IP_SRCROUTE support from Joerg Dorchain 3793 of MW EDV & ELECTRONIC. 3794 Linux now uses /usr/sbin for confEBINDIR in the build 3795 system. From MATSUURA Takanori of Osaka University. 3796 Remove special treatment for Linux PPC in the build 3797 system. From MATSUURA Takanori of Osaka University. 3798 Motorolla UNIX SYSTEM V/88 Release 4.0 support from 3799 Sergey Rusanov of the Republic of Udmurtia. 3800 NCR MP-RAS 3.x includes regular expression support. From 3801 Tom J. Moore of NCR. 3802 NEC EWS-UX/V series settings for _PATH_VENDOR_CF and 3803 _PATH_SENDMAILPID from Oota Toshiya of 3804 NEC Computers Group Planning Division. 3805 Minor NetBSD owner/group tweaks from Ayamura Kikuchi, M.D. 3806 NEWS-OS 6.X listed SYSLOG_BUFSIZE as 256 in confENVDEF and 3807 1024 in conf.h. Since confENVDEF would be used, 3808 use that value in conf.h. 3809 Use NeXT's NETINFO to get domain name. From Gerd Knops of 3810 BITart Consulting. 3811 Use NeXT's NETINFO for alias and hostname resolution if 3812 AUTO_NETINFO_ALIASES and AUTO_NETINFO_HOSTS are 3813 defined. Patch from Wilfredo Sanchez of Apple 3814 Computer, Inc. 3815 NeXT portability tweaks. Problems reported by Dragan 3816 Milicic of the University of Utah and J. P. McCann 3817 of E I A. 3818 New compile flag FAST_PID_RECYCLE: set this if your system 3819 can reuse the same PID in the same second. 3820 New compile flag HASFCHOWN: set this if your OS has 3821 fchown(2). 3822 New compile flag HASRANDOM: set this to 0 if your OS does 3823 not have random(3). rand() will be used instead. 3824 New compile flag HASSRANDOMDEV: set this if your OS has 3825 srandomdev(3). 3826 New compile flag HASSETLOGIN: set this if your OS has 3827 setlogin(2). 3828 Replace SINIX and ReliantUNIX support with version 3829 specific SINIX files. From Gerald Rinske of 3830 Siemens Business Services. 3831 Use the 60-second load average instead of the 5 second load 3832 average on Compaq Tru64 UNIX (formerly Digital 3833 UNIX). From Chris Teakle of the University of Qld. 3834 Use ANSI C by default for Compaq Tru64 UNIX. Suggested by 3835 Randall Winchester of Swales Aerospace. 3836 Correct setgroups() prototype for Compaq Tru64 UNIX. 3837 Problem noted by Randall Winchester of Swales 3838 Aerospace. 3839 Hitachi 3050R/3050RX and 3500 Workstations running 3840 HI-UX/WE2 4.02, 6.10 and 7.10 from Motonori 3841 NAKAMURA of Kyoto University. 3842 New compile flag NO_GETSERVBYNAME: set this to disable 3843 use of getservbyname() on systems which can 3844 not lookup a service by name over NIS, such as 3845 HI-UX. Patch from Motonori NAKAMURA of Kyoto 3846 University. 3847 Use devtools/bin/install.sh on SCO 5.x. Problem noted 3848 by Sun Wenbing of the China Engineering and 3849 Technology Information Network. 3850 make depend didn't work properly on UNIXWARE 4.2. Problem 3851 noted by Ariel Malik of Netology, Ltd. 3852 Use /usr/lbin as confEBINDIR for Compaq Tru64 (Digital UNIX). 3853 Set confSTDIO_TYPE to torek for BSD-OS, FreeBSD, NetBSD, 3854 and OpenBSD. 3855 A recent Compaq Ultrix 4.5 Y2K patch has broken detection 3856 of local_hostname_length(). See sendmail/README 3857 for more details. Problem noted by Allan E 3858 Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute. 3859 CONFIG: Begin using /etc/mail/ for sendmail related files. This 3860 affects a large number of files. See cf/README for more 3861 details. 3862 CONFIG: New macro MAIL_SETTINGS_DIR contains the path (including 3863 trailing slash) for the mail settings directory. 3864 CONFIG: Increment version number of config file to 9. 3865 CONFIG: OSTYPE(`bsdi1.0') and OSTYPE(`bsdi2.0') have been 3866 deprecated and may be removed from a future release. 3867 BSD/OS users should begin using OSTYPE(`bsdi'). 3868 CONFIG: OpenBSD 2.4 installs mail.local non-set-user-ID root. This 3869 requires a new OSTYPE(`openbsd'). From Todd C. Miller of 3870 Courtesan Consulting. 3871 CONFIG: New OSTYPE(`hpux11') for HP/UX 11.X. 3872 CONFIG: A syntax error in check_mail would cause fake top-level 3873 domains (.BITNET, .DECNET, .FAX, .USENET, and .UUCP) to 3874 be improperly rejected as unresolvable. 3875 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`dnsbl') takes up to two arguments (name of 3876 DNS server, rejection message) and can be included 3877 multiple times. 3878 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`relay_mail_from') allows relaying if the 3879 mail sender is listed as RELAY in the access map (and tagged 3880 with From:). 3881 CONFIG: Optional tagging of LHS in the access map (Connect:, 3882 From:, To:) to enable finer control. 3883 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`ldap_routing') implements LDAP address 3884 routing. See cf/README for a complete description of the 3885 new functionality. 3886 CONFIG: New variables for the new sendmail options: 3887 confAUTH_MECHANISMS AuthMechanisms 3888 confAUTH_OPTIONS AuthOptions 3889 confCLIENT_OPTIONS ClientPortOptions 3890 confCONTROL_SOCKET_NAME ControlSocketName 3891 confDEAD_LETTER_DROP DeadLetterDrop 3892 confDEF_AUTH_INFO DefaultAuthInfo 3893 confDF_BUFFER_SIZE DataFileBufferSize 3894 confLDAP_DEFAULT_SPEC LDAPDefaultSpec 3895 confMAX_ALIAS_RECURSION MaxAliasRecursion 3896 confMAX_HEADERS_LENGTH MaxHeadersLength 3897 confMAX_MIME_HEADER_LENGTH MaxMimeHeaderLength 3898 confPID_FILE PidFile 3899 confPROCESS_TITLE_PREFIX ProcessTitlePrefix 3900 confRRT_IMPLIES_DSN RrtImpliesDsn 3901 confTO_CONTROL Timeout.control 3902 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRANS Timeout.resolver.retrans 3903 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRANS_FIRST Timeout.resolver.retrans.first 3904 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRANS_NORMAL Timeout.resolver.retrans.normal 3905 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRY Timeout.resolver.retry 3906 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRY_FIRST Timeout.resolver.retry.first 3907 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRY_NORMAL Timeout.resolver.retry.normal 3908 confTRUSTED_USER TrustedUser 3909 confXF_BUFFER_SIZE XscriptFileBufferSize 3910 CONFIG: confDAEMON_OPTIONS has been replaced by DAEMON_OPTIONS(), 3911 which takes the options as argument and can be used 3912 multiple times; see cf/README for details. 3913 CONFIG: Add a fifth mailer definition to MAILER(`smtp') called 3914 "dsmtp". This mail provides on-demand delivery using the 3915 F=% mailer flag described above. The "dsmtp" mailer 3916 definition uses the new DSMTP_MAILER_ARGS which defaults 3917 to "IPC $h". 3918 CONFIG: New variables LOCAL_MAILER_MAXMSGS, SMTP_MAILER_MAXMSGS, 3919 and RELAY_MAILER_MAXMSGS for setting the m= equate for the 3920 local, smtp, and relay mailers respectively. 3921 CONFIG: New variable LOCAL_MAILER_DSN_DIAGNOSTIC_CODE for setting 3922 the DSN Diagnostic-Code type for the local mailer. The 3923 value should be changed with care. 3924 CONFIG: FEATURE(`local_lmtp') now sets the DSN Diagnostic-Code type 3925 for the local mailer to the proper value of "SMTP". 3926 CONFIG: All included maps are no longer optional by default; if 3927 there there is a problem with a map, sendmail will 3928 complain. 3929 CONFIG: Removed root from class E; use EXPOSED_USER(`root') 3930 to get the old behavior. Suggested by Joe Pruett 3931 of Q7 Enterprises. 3932 CONFIG: MASQUERADE_EXCEPTION() defines hosts/subdomains which 3933 will not be masqueraded. Proposed by Arne Wichmann 3934 of MPI Saarbruecken, Griff Miller of PGS Tensor, 3935 Jayme Cox of Broderbund Software Inc. 3936 CONFIG: A list of exceptions for FEATURE(`nocanonify') can be 3937 specified by CANONIFY_DOMAIN or CANONIFY_DOMAIN_FILE, 3938 i.e., a list of domains which are passed to $[ ... $] 3939 for canonification. Based on an idea from Neil Rickert 3940 of Northern Illinois University. 3941 CONFIG: If `canonify_hosts' is specified as parameter for 3942 FEATURE(`nocanonify') then addresses which have only 3943 a hostname, e.g., <user@host>, will be canonified. 3944 CONFIG: If FEATURE(`nocanonify') is turned on, a trailing dot is 3945 nevertheless added to addresses with more than one component 3946 in it. 3947 CONFIG: Canonification is no longer attempted for any host or domain 3948 in class 'P' ($=P). 3949 CONFIG: New class for matching virtusertable entries $={VirtHost} that 3950 can be populated by VIRTUSER_DOMAIN or VIRTUSER_DOMAIN_FILE. 3951 FEATURE(`virtuser_entire_domain') can be used to apply this 3952 class also to entire subdomains. Hosts in this class are 3953 treated as canonical in SCanonify2, i.e., a trailing dot 3954 is added. 3955 CONFIG: If VIRTUSER_DOMAIN() or VIRTUSER_DOMAIN_FILE() are used, 3956 include $={VirtHost} in $=R (hosts allowed to relay). 3957 CONFIG: FEATURE(`generics_entire_domain') can be used to apply the 3958 genericstable also to subdomains of $=G. 3959 CONFIG: Pass "+detail" as %2 for virtusertable lookups. 3960 Patch from Noam Freedman from University of Chicago. 3961 CONFIG: Pass "+detail" as %1 for genericstable lookups. Suggested 3962 by Raymond S Brand of rsbx.net. 3963 CONFIG: Allow @domain in genericstable to override masquerading. 3964 Suggested by Owen Duffy from Owen Duffy & Associates. 3965 CONFIG: LOCAL_DOMAIN() adds entries to class w. Suggested by Steve 3966 Hubert of University of Washington. 3967 CONFIG: OSTYPE(`gnuhurd') has been replaced by OSTYPE(`gnu') as 3968 GNU is now the canonical system name. From Mark 3969 Kettenis of the University of Amsterdam. 3970 CONFIG: OSTYPE(`unixware7') updates from Larry Rosenman. 3971 CONFIG: Do not include '=' in option expansion if there is no value 3972 associated with the option. From Andrew Brown of 3973 Graffiti World Wide, Inc. 3974 CONFIG: Add MAILER(`qpage') to define a new pager mailer. Contributed 3975 by Philip A. Prindeville of Enteka Enterprise Technology 3976 Services. 3977 CONFIG: MAILER(`cyrus') was not preserving case for mail folder 3978 names. Problem noted by Randall Winchester of Swales 3979 Aerospace. 3980 CONFIG: RELAY_MAILER_FLAGS can be used to define additional flags 3981 for the relay mailer. Suggested by Doug Hughes of Auburn 3982 University and Brian Candler. 3983 CONFIG: LOCAL_MAILER_FLAGS now includes 'P' (Add Return-Path: 3984 header) by default. Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 3985 CONFIG: Use SMART_HOST for bracketed addresses, e.g., user@[host]. 3986 Suggested by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological 3987 Institute. 3988 CONFIG: New macro MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS to tweak *_MAILER_FLAGS; 3989 i.e., to set, add, or delete flags. 3990 CONFIG: If SMTP AUTH is used then relaying is allowed for any user 3991 who authenticated via a "trusted" mechanism, i.e., one that 3992 is defined via TRUST_AUTH_MECH(`list of mechanisms'). 3993 CONFIG: FEATURE(`delay_checks') delays check_mail and check_relay 3994 after check_rcpt and allows for exceptions from the checks. 3995 CONFIG: Map declarations have been moved into their associated 3996 feature files to allow greater flexibility in use of 3997 sequence maps. Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 3998 CONFIG: New macro LOCAL_MAILER_EOL to override the default end of 3999 line string for the local mailer. Requested by Il Oh of 4000 Willamette Industries, Inc. 4001 CONFIG: Route addresses are stripped, i.e., <@a,@b,@c:user@d> is 4002 converted to <user@d> 4003 CONFIG: Reject bogus return address of <@@hostname>, generated by 4004 Sun's older, broken configuration files. 4005 CONFIG: FEATURE(`nullclient') now provides the full rulesets of a 4006 normal configuration, allowing anti-spam checks to be 4007 performed. 4008 CONFIG: Don't return a permanent error (Relaying denied) if 4009 ${client_name} can't be resolved just temporarily. 4010 Suggested by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological 4011 Institute. 4012 CONFIG: Change numbered rulesets into named (which still can 4013 be accessed by their numbers). 4014 CONFIG: FEATURE(`nouucp') takes one parameter: reject or nospecial 4015 which describes whether to disallow "!" in the local part 4016 of an address. 4017 CONFIG: Call Local_localaddr from localaddr (S5) which can be used 4018 to rewrite an address from a mailer which has the F=5 flag 4019 set. If the ruleset returns a mailer, the appropriate 4020 action is taken, otherwise the returned tokens are ignored. 4021 CONFIG: cf/ostype/solaris.m4 has been renamed to solaris2.pre5.m4 4022 and cf/ostype/solaris2.m4 is now a copy of solaris2.ml.m4. 4023 The latter is kept around for backward compatibility. 4024 CONFIG: Allow ":D.S.N:" for mailer/virtusertable "error:" entries, 4025 where "D.S.N" is an RFC 1893 compliant error code. 4026 CONFIG: Use /usr/lbin as confEBINDIR for Compaq Tru64 (Digital UNIX). 4027 CONFIG: Remove second space between username and date in UNIX From_ 4028 line. Noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic 4029 Institute. 4030 CONFIG: Make sure all of the mailers have complete T= equates. 4031 CONFIG: Extend FEATURE(`local_procmail') so it can now take 4032 arguments overriding the mailer program, arguments, and 4033 mailer definition flags. This makes it possible to use 4034 other programs such as maildrop for local delivery. 4035 CONFIG: Emit warning if FEATURE(`local_lmtp') or 4036 FEATURE(`local_procmail') is given after MAILER(`local'). 4037 Patch from Richard A. Nelson of IBM. 4038 CONFIG: Add SMTP Authentication information to Received: header 4039 default value (confRECEIVED_HEADER). 4040 CONFIG: Remove `l' flag from USENET_MAILER_FLAGS as it is not a 4041 local mailer. Problem noted by Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 4042 CONTRIB: Added bounce-resender.pl from Brian R. Gaeke of the 4043 University of California at Berkeley. 4044 CONTRIB: Added domainmap.m4 from Mark D. Roth of the University of 4045 Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. 4046 CONTRIB: etrn.pl now recognizes bogus host names. Patch from 4047 Bruce Barnett of GE's R&D Lab. 4048 CONTRIB: Patches for re-mqueue.pl by Graeme Hewson of Oracle 4049 Corporation UK. 4050 CONTRIB: Added qtool.pl to assist in managing the queues. 4051 DEVTOOLS: Prevent user environment variables from interfering with 4052 the Build scripts. Problem noted by Ezequiel H. Panepucci of 4053 Yale University. 4054 DEVTOOLS: 'Build -M' will display the obj.* directory which will 4055 be used for building. 4056 DEVTOOLS: 'Build -A' will display the architecture that would be 4057 used for a fresh build. 4058 DEVTOOLS: New variable confRANLIB, set automatically by configure.sh. 4059 DEVTOOLS: New variable confRANLIBOPTS for the options to send to 4060 ranlib. 4061 DEVTOOLS: 'Build -O <path>' will have the object files build in 4062 <path>/obj.*. Suggested by Bryan Costales of Exactis. 4063 DEVTOOLS: New variable confNO_MAN_BUILD which will prevent the 4064 building of the man pages when defined. Suggested by Bryan 4065 Costales. 4066 DEVTOOLS: New variables confNO_HELPFILE_INSTALL and 4067 confNO_STATISTICS_INSTALL which will prevent the 4068 installation of the sendmail helpfile and statistics file 4069 respectively. Suggested by Bryan Costales. 4070 DEVTOOLS: Recognize ReliantUNIX as SINIX. Patch from Gerald Rinske 4071 of Siemens Business Services. 4072 DEVTOOLS: New variable confSTDIO_TYPE which defines the type of 4073 stdio library. The new buffered file I/O depends on the 4074 Torek stdio library. This option can be either portable or 4075 torek. 4076 DEVTOOLS: New variables confSRCADD and confSMSRCADD which 4077 correspond to confOBJADD and confSMOBJADD respectively. 4078 They should contain the C source files for the object files 4079 listed in confOBJADD and confSMOBJADD. These file names 4080 will be passed to the 'make depend' stage of compilation. 4081 DEVTOOLS: New program specific variables for each of the programs 4082 in the sendmail distribution. Each has the form 4083 `conf_prog_ENVDEF', for example, `conf_sendmail_ENVDEF'. 4084 The new variables are conf_prog_ENVDEF, conf_prog_LIBS, 4085 conf_prog_SRCADD, and conf_prog_OBJADD. 4086 DEVTOOLS: Build system redesign. This should have little affect on 4087 building the distribution, but documentation on the changes 4088 are in devtools/README. 4089 DEVTOOLS: Don't allow 'Build -f file' if an object directory already 4090 exists. Suggested by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech. 4091 DEVTOOLS: Rename confSRCDIR to confSMSRCDIR since it only identifies 4092 the path to the sendmail source directory. confSRCDIR is a 4093 new variable which identifies the root of the source 4094 directories for all of the programs in the distribution. 4095 DEVTOOLS: confSRCDIR and confSMSRCDIR are now determined at Build 4096 time. They can both still be overridden by setting the m4 4097 macro. 4098 DEVTOOLS: confSBINGRP now defaults to bin instead of kmem. 4099 DEVTOOLS: 'Build -Q prefix' uses devtools/Site/prefix.*.m4 for 4100 build configurations, and places objects in obj.prefix.*/. 4101 Complains as 'Build -f file' does for existing object 4102 directories. Suggested by Tom Smith of Digital Equipment 4103 Corporation. 4104 DEVTOOLS: Setting confINSTALL_RAWMAN will install unformatted 4105 manual pages in the directory tree specified by 4106 confMANROOTMAN. 4107 DEVTOOLS: If formatting the manual pages fails, copy in the 4108 preformatted pages from the distribution. The new variable 4109 confCOPY specifies the copying program. 4110 DEVTOOLS: Defining confFORCE_RMAIL will install rmail without 4111 question. Suggested by Terry Lambert of Whistle 4112 Communications. 4113 DEVTOOLS: confSTFILE and confHFFILE can be used to change the names 4114 of the installed statistics and help files, respectively. 4115 DEVTOOLS: Remove spaces in `uname -r` output when determining 4116 operating system identity. Problem noted by Erik 4117 Wachtenheim of Dartmouth College. 4118 DEVTOOLS: New variable confLIBSEARCHPATH to specify the paths that 4119 will be search for the libraries specified in confLIBSEARCH. 4120 Defaults to "/lib /usr/lib /usr/shlib". 4121 DEVTOOLS: New variables confSTRIP and confSTRIPOPTS for specifying 4122 how to strip binaries. These are used by the new 4123 install-strip target. 4124 DEVTOOLS: New config file site.post.m4 which is included after 4125 the others (if it exists). 4126 DEVTOOLS: Change order of LIBS: first product specific libraries 4127 then the default ones. 4128 MAIL.LOCAL: Will not be installed set-user-ID root. To use mail.local 4129 as local delivery agent without LMTP mode, use 4130 MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS(`LOCAL', `+S') 4131 to set the S flag. 4132 MAIL.LOCAL: Do not reject addresses which would otherwise be 4133 accepted by sendmail. Suggested by Neil Rickert of 4134 Northern Illinois University. 4135 MAIL.LOCAL: New -7 option which causes LMTP mode not to advertise 4136 8BITMIME in the LHLO response. Suggested by Kari Hurtta of 4137 the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 4138 MAIL.LOCAL: Add support for the maillock() routines by defining 4139 MAILLOCK when compiling. Also requires linking with 4140 -lmail. Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois 4141 University. 4142 MAIL.LOCAL: Create a Content-Length: header if CONTENTLENGTH is 4143 defined when compiling. Automatically set for Solaris 2.3 4144 and later. Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois 4145 University. 4146 MAIL.LOCAL: Move the initialization of the 'notifybiff' address 4147 structure to the beginning of the program. This ensures that 4148 the getservbyname() is done before any seteuid to a possibly 4149 unauthenticated user. If you are using NIS+ and secure RPC 4150 on a Solaris system, this avoids syslog messages such as, 4151 "authdes_refresh: keyserv(1m) is unable to encrypt session 4152 key." Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois 4153 University. 4154 MAIL.LOCAL: Support group writable mail spool files when MAILGID is 4155 set to the gid to use (-DMAILGID=6) when compiling. 4156 Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 4157 MAIL.LOCAL: When a mail message included lines longer than 2046 4158 characters (in LMTP mode), mail.local split the incoming 4159 line up into 2046-character output lines (excluding the 4160 newline). If an input line was 2047 characters long 4161 (excluding CR-LF) and the last character was a '.', 4162 mail.local saw it as the end of input, transfered it to the 4163 user mailbox and tried to write an `ok' back to sendmail. 4164 If the message was much longer, both sendmail and 4165 mail.local would deadlock waiting for each other to read 4166 what they have written. Problem noted by Peter Jeremy of 4167 Alcatel Australia Limited. 4168 MAIL.LOCAL: New option -b to return a permanent error instead of a 4169 temporary error if a mailbox exceeds quota. Suggested by 4170 Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 4171 MAIL.LOCAL: The creation of a lockfile is subject to a global 4172 timeout to avoid starvation. 4173 MAIL.LOCAL: Properly parse addresses with multiple quoted 4174 local-parts. Problem noted by Ronald F. Guilmette of 4175 Infinite Monkeys & Co. 4176 MAIL.LOCAL: NCR MP/RAS 3.X portability from Tom J. Moore of NCR. 4177 MAILSTATS: New -p option to invoke program mode in which stats are 4178 printed in a machine readable fashion and the stats file 4179 is reset. Patch from Kevin Hildebrand of the University 4180 of Maryland. 4181 MAKEMAP: If running as root, automatically change the ownership of 4182 generated maps to the TrustedUser as specified in the 4183 sendmail configuration file. 4184 MAKEMAP: New -C option to accept an alternate sendmail 4185 configuration file to use for finding the TrustedUser 4186 option. 4187 MAKEMAP: New -u option to dump (unmap) a database. Based on 4188 code contributed by Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech. 4189 MAKEMAP: New -e option to allow empty values. Suggested by Philip 4190 A. Prindeville of Enteka Enterprise Technology Services. 4191 MAKEMAP: Compile cleanly on 64-bit operating systems. Problem 4192 noted by Gerald Rinske of Siemens Business Services. 4193 OP.ME: Correctly document interaction between F=S and U= mailer 4194 equates. Problem noted by Bob Halley of Internet Engines. 4195 OP.ME: Fixup Timeout documentation. From Graeme Hewson of Oracle 4196 Corporation UK. 4197 OP.ME: The Timeout [r] option was incorrectly listed as "safe" 4198 (e.g., sendmail would not drop root privileges if the 4199 option was specified on the command line). Problem noted 4200 by Todd C. Miller of Courtesan Consulting. 4201 PRALIASES: Handle the hash and btree map specifications for 4202 Berkeley DB. Patch from Brian J. Coan of the 4203 Institute for Global Communications. 4204 PRALIASES: Read the sendmail.cf file for the location(s) of the 4205 alias file(s) if the -f option is not used. Patch from 4206 John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 4207 PRALIASES: New -C option to specify an alternate sendmail 4208 configuration file to use for finding alias file(s). Patch 4209 from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 4210 SMRSH: allow shell commands echo, exec, and exit. Allow command 4211 lists using || and &&. Based on patch from Brian J. Coan 4212 of the Institute for Global Communications. 4213 SMRSH: Update README for the new Build system. From Tim Pierce 4214 of RootsWeb Genealogical Data Cooperative. 4215 VACATION: Added vacation auto-responder to sendmail distribution. 4216 LIBSMDB: Added abstracted database library. Works with Berkeley 4217 DB 1.85, Berkeley DB 2.X, Berkeley DB 3.X, and NDBM. 4218 Changed Files: 4219 The Build script in the various program subdirectories are 4220 no longer symbolic links. They are now scripts 4221 which execute the actual Build script in 4222 devtools/bin. 4223 All the manual pages are now written against -man and not 4224 -mandoc as they were previously. 4225 Add a simple Makefile to every directory so make instead 4226 of Build will work (unless parameters are 4227 required for Build). 4228 New Directories: 4229 devtools/M4/UNIX 4230 include 4231 libmilter 4232 libsmdb 4233 libsmutil 4234 vacation 4235 Renamed Directories: 4236 BuildTools => devtools 4237 src => sendmail 4238 Deleted Files: 4239 cf/m4/nullrelay.m4 4240 devtools/OS/Linux.ppc 4241 devtools/OS/ReliantUNIX 4242 devtools/OS/SINIX 4243 sendmail/ldap_map.h 4244 New Files: 4245 INSTALL 4246 PGPKEYS 4247 cf/cf/generic-linux.cf 4248 cf/cf/generic-linux.mc 4249 cf/feature/delay_checks.m4 4250 cf/feature/dnsbl.m4 4251 cf/feature/generics_entire_domain.m4 4252 cf/feature/no_default_msa.m4 4253 cf/feature/relay_mail_from.m4 4254 cf/feature/virtuser_entire_domain.m4 4255 cf/mailer/qpage.m4 4256 cf/ostype/bsdi.m4 4257 cf/ostype/hpux11.m4 4258 cf/ostype/openbsd.m4 4259 contrib/bounce-resender.pl 4260 contrib/domainmap.m4 4261 contrib/qtool.8 4262 contrib/qtool.pl 4263 devtools/M4/depend/AIX.m4 4264 devtools/M4/list.m4 4265 devtools/M4/string.m4 4266 devtools/M4/subst_ext.m4 4267 devtools/M4/switch.m4 4268 devtools/OS/Darwin 4269 devtools/OS/GNU 4270 devtools/OS/SINIX.5.43 4271 devtools/OS/SINIX.5.44 4272 devtools/OS/m88k 4273 devtools/bin/find_in_path.sh 4274 mail.local/Makefile 4275 mailstats/Makefile 4276 makemap/Makefile 4277 praliases/Makefile 4278 rmail/Makefile 4279 sendmail/Makefile 4280 sendmail/bf.h 4281 sendmail/bf_portable.c 4282 sendmail/bf_portable.h 4283 sendmail/bf_torek.c 4284 sendmail/bf_torek.h 4285 sendmail/shmticklib.c 4286 sendmail/statusd_shm.h 4287 sendmail/timers.c 4288 sendmail/timers.h 4289 smrsh/Makefile 4290 vacation/Makefile 4291 Renamed Files: 4292 cf/ostype/gnuhurd.m4 => cf/ostype/gnu.m4 4293 sendmail/cdefs.h => include/sendmail/cdefs.h 4294 sendmail/sendmail.hf => sendmail/helpfile 4295 sendmail/mailstats.h => include/sendmail/mailstats.h 4296 sendmail/pathnames.h => include/sendmail/pathnames.h 4297 sendmail/safefile.c => libsmutil/safefile.c 4298 sendmail/snprintf.c => libsmutil/snprintf.c 4299 sendmail/useful.h => include/sendmail/useful.h 4300 cf/ostype/solaris2.m4 => cf/ostype/solaris2.pre5.m4 4301 Copied Files: 4302 cf/ostype/solaris2.ml.m4 => cf/ostype/solaris2.m4 4303 43048.9.3/8.9.3 1999/02/04 4305 SECURITY: Limit message headers to a maximum of 32K bytes (total 4306 of all headers in a single message) to prevent a denial of 4307 service attack. This limit will be configurable in 8.10. 4308 Problem noted by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for 4309 Schools" project (IdS). 4310 Prevent segmentation fault on an LDAP lookup if the LDAP map 4311 was closed due to an earlier failure. Problem noted by 4312 Jeff Wasilko of smoe.org. Fix from Booker Bense of 4313 Stanford University and Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 4314 Preserve the order of the MIME headers in multipart messages 4315 when performing the MIME header length check. This 4316 will allow PGP signatures to function properly. Problem 4317 noted by Lars Hecking of University College, Cork, Ireland. 4318 If ruleset 5 rewrote the local address to an :include: directive, 4319 the delivery would fail with an "aliasing/forwarding loop 4320 broken" error. Problem noted by Eric C Hagberg of Morgan 4321 Stanley. Fix from Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 4322 Allow -T to work for bestmx maps. Fix from Aaron Schrab of 4323 ExecPC Internet Systems. 4324 During the transfer of a message in an SMTP transaction, if a 4325 TCP timeout occurs, the message would be properly queued 4326 for later retry but the failure would be logged as 4327 "Illegal Seek" instead of a timeout. Problem noted by 4328 Piotr Kucharski of the Warsaw School of Economics (SGH) 4329 and Carles Xavier Munyoz Baldo of CTV Internet. 4330 Prevent multiple deliveries on a self-referencing alias if the 4331 F=w mailer flag is not set. Problem noted by Murray S. 4332 Kucherawy of Concentric Network Corporation and Per 4333 Hedeland of Ericsson. 4334 Do not strip empty headers but if there is no value and a 4335 default is defined in sendmail.cf, use the default. 4336 Problem noted by Philip Guenther of Gustavus Adolphus 4337 College and Christopher McCrory of Netus, Inc. 4338 Don't inherit information about the sender (notably the full name) 4339 in SMTP (-bs) mode, since this might be called from inetd. 4340 Accept any 3xx reply code in response to DATA command instead of 4341 requiring 354. This change will match the wording to be 4342 published in the updated SMTP specification from the DRUMS 4343 group of the IETF. 4344 Portability: 4345 AIX 4.2.0 or 4.2.1 may become updated by the fileset 4346 bos.rte.net level 4.2.0.2. This introduces the 4347 softlink /usr/lib/libbind.a which should 4348 not be used. It conflicts with the resolver 4349 built into libc.a. "bind" has been removed 4350 from the confLIBSEARCH BuildTools variable. 4351 Users who have installed BIND 8.X will have 4352 to add it back in their site.config.m4 file. 4353 Problem noted by Ole Holm Nielsen of the 4354 Technical University of Denmark. 4355 CRAY TS 10.0.x from Sven Nielsen of San Diego 4356 Supercomputer Center. 4357 Improved LDAP version 3 integration based on input 4358 from Kurt D. Zeilenga of the OpenLDAP Foundation, 4359 John Beck of Sun Microsystems, and Booker Bense 4360 of Stanford University. 4361 Linux doesn't have a standard way to get the timezone 4362 between different releases. Back out the 4363 change in 8.9.2 and don't attempt to derive 4364 a timezone. Problem reported by Igor S. Livshits 4365 of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign 4366 and Michael Dickens of Tetranet Communications. 4367 Reliant UNIX, the new name for SINIX, from Gert-Jan Looy 4368 of Siemens/SNI. 4369 SunOS 5.8 from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 4370 CONFIG: SCO UnixWare 2.1 and 7.0 need TZ to get the proper 4371 timezone. Problem noted by Petr Lampa of Technical 4372 University of Brno. 4373 CONFIG: Handle <@bestmx-host:user@otherhost> addressing properly 4374 when using FEATURE(bestmx_is_local). Patch from Neil W. 4375 Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 4376 CONFIG: Properly handle source routed and %-hack addresses on 4377 hosts which the mailertable remaps to local:. Patch from 4378 Neil W. Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 4379 CONFIG: Internal fixup of mailertable local: map value. Patch from 4380 Larry Parmelee of Cornell University. 4381 CONFIG: Only add back +detail from host portion of mailer triplet 4382 on local mailer triplets if it was originally +detail. 4383 Patch from Neil W. Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 4384 CONFIG: The bestmx_is_local checking done in check_rcpt would 4385 cause later checks to fail. Patch from Paul J Murphy of 4386 MIDS Europe. 4387 New Files: 4388 BuildTools/OS/CRAYTS.10.0.x 4389 BuildTools/OS/ReliantUNIX 4390 BuildTools/OS/SunOS.5.8 4391 43928.9.2/8.9.2 1998/12/30 4393 SECURITY: Remove five second sleep on accepting daemon connections 4394 due to an accept() failure. This sleep could be used 4395 for a denial of service attack. 4396 Do not silently ignore queue files with names which are too long. 4397 Patch from Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc. 4398 Do not store failures closing an SMTP session in persistent 4399 host status. Reported by Graeme Hewson of Oracle 4400 Corporation UK. 4401 Allow symbolic link forward files if they are in safe directories. 4402 Problem noted by Andreas Schott of the Max Planck Society. 4403 Missing columns in a text map could cause a segmentation fault. 4404 Fix from David Lee of the University of Durham. 4405 Note that for 8.9.X, PrivacyOptions=goaway also includes the 4406 noetrn flag. This is scheduled to change in a future 4407 version of sendmail. Problem noted by Theo Van Dinter of 4408 Chrysalis Symbolic Designa and Alan Brown of Manawatu 4409 Internet Services. 4410 When trying to do host canonification in a Wildcard MX 4411 environment, try an MX lookup of the hostname without the 4412 default domain appended. Problem noted by Olaf Seibert of 4413 Polderland Language & Speech Technology. 4414 Reject SMTP RCPT To: commands with only comments (i.e. 4415 'RCPT TO: (comment)'. Problem noted by Earle Ake of 4416 Hassler Communication Systems Technology, Inc. 4417 Handle any number of %s in the LDAP filter spec. Patch from 4418 Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 4419 Clear ldapx open timeouts even if the map open failed to prevent 4420 a segmentation fault. Patch from Wayne Knowles of the 4421 National Institute of Water & Atmospheric Research Ltd. 4422 Do not syslog envelope clone messages when using address 4423 verification (-bv). Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the 4424 Finnish Meteorological Institute. 4425 Continue to perform queue runs while in daemon mode even if the 4426 daemon is rejecting connections due to a disk full 4427 condition. Problem noted by JR Oldroyd of TerraNet 4428 Internet Services. 4429 Include full filename on installation of the sendmail.hf file 4430 in case the $HFDIR directory does not exist. Problem 4431 noted by Josef Svitak of Montana State University. 4432 Close all maps when exiting the process with one exception. 4433 Berkeley DB can use internal shared memory locking for 4434 its memory pool. Closing a map opened by another process 4435 will interfere with the shared memory and locks of the 4436 parent process leaving things in a bad state. For 4437 Berkeley DB, only close the map if the current process 4438 is also the one that opened the map, otherwise only close 4439 the map file descriptor. Thanks to Yoseff Francus of 4440 Collective Technologies for volunteering his system for 4441 extended testing. 4442 Avoid null pointer dereference on XDEBUG output for SMTP reply 4443 failures. Problem noted by Carlos Canau of EUnet Portugal. 4444 On mailq and hoststat listings being piped to another program, such 4445 as more, if the pipe closes (i.e., the user quits more), 4446 stop sending output and exit. Patch from Allan E Johannesen 4447 of Worcester Polytechnic Institute. 4448 In accordance with the documentation, LDAP map lookup failures 4449 are now considered temporary failures instead of permanent 4450 failures unless the -t flag is used in the map definition. 4451 Problem noted by Booker Bense of Stanford University and 4452 Eric C. Hagberg of Morgan Stanley. 4453 Fix by one error reporting on long alias names. Problem noted by 4454 H. Paul Hammann of the Missouri Research and Education 4455 Network. 4456 Fix DontBlameSendmail=IncludeFileInUnsafeDirPath behavior. Problem 4457 noted by Barry S. Finkel of Argonne National Laboratory. 4458 When automatically converting from 8 bit to quoted printable MIME, 4459 be careful not to miss a multi-part boundary if that 4460 boundary is preceded by a boundary-like line. Problem 4461 noted by Andreas Raschle of Ansid Inc. Fix from 4462 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 4463 Avoid bogus reporting of "LMTP tobuf overflow" when the buffer 4464 has enough space for the additional address. Problem 4465 noted by Steve Cliffe of the University of Wollongong. 4466 Fix DontBlameSendmail=FileDeliveryToSymlink behavior. Problem 4467 noted by Alex Vorobiev of Swarthmore College. 4468 If the check_compat ruleset resolves to the $#discard mailer, 4469 discard the current recipient. Unlike check_relay, 4470 check_mail, and check_rcpt, the entire envelope is not 4471 discarded. Problem noted by RZ D. Rahlfs. Fix from 4472 Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel. 4473 Avoid segmentation fault when reading ServiceSwitchFile files with 4474 bogus formatting. Patch from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 4475 Meteorological Institute. 4476 Support Berkeley DB 2.6.4 API change. 4477 OP.ME: Pages weren't properly output on duplexed printers. Fix 4478 from Matthew Black of CSU Long Beach. 4479 Portability: 4480 Apple Rhapsody from Wilfredo Sanchez of Apple Computer, Inc. 4481 Avoid a clash with IRIX 6.2 getopt.h and the UserDatabase 4482 option structure. Problem noted by Ashley M. 4483 Kirchner of Photo Craft Laboratories, Inc. 4484 Break out IP address to hostname translation for 4485 reading network interface addresses into 4486 class 'w'. Patch from John Kennedy of 4487 Cal State University, Chico. 4488 AIX 4.x use -qstrict with -O3 to prevent the optimized 4489 from changing the semantics of the compiled 4490 program. From Simon Travaglia of the 4491 University of Waikato, New Zealand. 4492 FreeBSD 2.2.2 and later support setusercontext(). From 4493 Peter Wemm of DIALix. 4494 FreeBSD 3.x fix from Peter Wemm of DIALix. 4495 IRIX 5.x has a syslog buffer size of 512 bytes. From 4496 Nao NINOMIYA of Utsunomiya University. 4497 IRIX 6.5 64-bit Build support. 4498 LDAP Version 3 support from John Beck and Ravi Iyer 4499 of Sun Microsystems. 4500 Linux does not implement seteuid() properly. From 4501 John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico. 4502 Linux timezone type was set improperly. From Takeshi Itoh 4503 of Bits Co., Ltd. 4504 NCR MP-RAS 3.x needs -lresolv for confLIBS. From 4505 Tom J. Moore of NCR. 4506 NeXT 4.x correction to man page path. From J. P. McCann 4507 of E I A. 4508 System V Rel 5.x (a.k.a UnixWare7 w/o BSD-Compatibility Libs) 4509 from Paul Gampe of the Asia Pacific Network 4510 Information Center. 4511 ULTRIX now requires an optimization limit of 970 from 4512 Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic 4513 Institute. 4514 Fix extern declaration for sm_dopr(). Fix from Henk 4515 van Oers of Algemeen Nederlands Persbureau. 4516 CONFIG: Catch @hostname,user@anotherhost.domain as relaying. 4517 Problem noted by Mark Rogov of AirMedia, Inc. Fix from 4518 Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel. 4519 CONFIG: Do not refer to http://maps.vix.com/ on RBL rejections as 4520 there are multiple RBL's available and the MAPS RBL may 4521 not be the one in use. Suggested by Alan Brown of 4522 Manawatu Internet Services. 4523 CONFIG: Properly strip route addresses (i.e., @host1:user@host2) 4524 when stripping down a recipient address to check for 4525 relaying. Patch from Claus Assmann of 4526 Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel and Neil W Rickert 4527 of Northern Illinois University. 4528 CONFIG: Allow the access database to override RBL lookups. Patch 4529 from Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of 4530 Kiel. 4531 CONFIG: UnixWare 7 support from Phillip P. Porch of The Porch 4532 Dot Com. 4533 CONFIG: Fixed check for deferred delivery mode warning. Patch 4534 from Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of 4535 Kiel and Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 4536 CONFIG: If a recipient using % addressing is used, e.g. 4537 user%site@othersite, and othersite's MX records are now 4538 checked for local hosts if FEATURE(relay_based_on_MX) is 4539 used. Problem noted by Alexander Litvin of Lucky Net Ltd. 4540 Patch from Alexander Litvin of Lucky Net Ltd and 4541 Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel. 4542 MAIL.LOCAL: Prevent warning messages from appearing in the LMTP 4543 stream. Do not allow more than one response per recipient. 4544 MAIL.LOCAL: Handle routed addresses properly when using LMTP. Fix 4545 from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 4546 MAIL.LOCAL: Properly check for CRLF when using LMTP. Fix from 4547 John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 4548 MAIL.LOCAL: Substitute MAILER-DAEMON for the LMTP empty sender in 4549 the envelope From header. 4550 MAIL.LOCAL: Accept underscores in hostnames in LMTP mode. 4551 Problem noted by Glenn A. Malling of Syracuse University. 4552 MAILSTATS: Document msgsrej and msgsdis fields in the man page. 4553 Problem noted by Richard Wong of Princeton University. 4554 MAKEMAP: Build group list so group writable files are allowed with 4555 the -s flag. Problem noted by Curt Sampson of Internet 4556 Portal Services, Inc. 4557 PRALIASES: Automatically handle alias files created without the 4558 NULL byte at the end of the key. Patch from John Beck of 4559 Sun Microsystems. 4560 PRALIASES: Support Berkeley DB 2.6.4 API change. 4561 New Files: 4562 BuildTools/OS/IRIX64.6.5 4563 BuildTools/OS/UnixWare.5.i386 4564 cf/ostype/unixware7.m4 4565 contrib/smcontrol.pl 4566 src/control.c 4567 45688.9.1/8.9.1 1998/07/02 4569 If both an OS specific site configuration file and a generic 4570 site.config.m4 file existed, only the latter was used 4571 instead of both. Problem noted by Geir Johannessen of 4572 the Norwegian University of Science and Technology. 4573 Fix segmentation fault while converting 8 bit to 7 bit MIME 4574 multipart messages by trying to write to an unopened 4575 file descriptor. Fix from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 4576 Meteorological Institute. 4577 Do not assume Message: and Text: headers indicate the end of 4578 the header area when parsing MIME headers. Problem noted 4579 by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 4580 Setting the confMAN#SRC Build variable would only effect the 4581 installation commands. The man pages would still be 4582 built with .0 extensions. Problem noted by Bryan 4583 Costales of InfoBeat, Inc. 4584 Installation of manual pages didn't honor the DESTDIR environment 4585 variable. Problem noted by Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc. 4586 If the check_relay ruleset resolved to the discard mailer, messages 4587 were still delivered. Problem noted by Mirek Luc of NASK. 4588 Mail delivery to files would fail with an Operating System Error 4589 if sendmail was not running as root, i.e., RunAsUser was set. 4590 Problem noted by Leonard N. Zubkoff of Dandelion Digital. 4591 Prevent MinQueueAge from interfering from queued items created 4592 in the future, i.e., if the system clock was set ahead 4593 and then back. Problem noted by Michael Miller of the 4594 University of Natal, Pietermaritzburg. 4595 Do not advertise ETRN support in ESTMP EHLO reply if noetrn is 4596 set in the PrivacyOptions option. Fix from Ted Rule of 4597 Flextech TV. 4598 Log invalid persistent host status file lines instead of 4599 bouncing the message. Problem noted by David Lindes of 4600 DaveLtd Enterprises. 4601 Move creation of empty sendmail.st file from installation to 4602 compilation. Installation may be done from a read-only 4603 mount. Fix from Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc. and Ric 4604 Anderson of the Oasis Research Center, Inc. 4605 Enforce the maximum number of User Database entries limit. Problem 4606 noted by Gary Buchanan of Credence Systems Inc. 4607 Allow dead.letter files in root's home directory. Problem noted 4608 by Anna Ullman of Sun Microsystems. 4609 Program deliveries in forward files could be marked unsafe if 4610 any directory listed in the ForwardPath option did not 4611 exist. Problem noted by Jorg Bielak of Coastal Web Online. 4612 Do not trust the length of the address structure returned by 4613 gethostbyname(). Problem noted by Chris Evans of Oxford 4614 University. 4615 If the SIZE= MAIL From: ESMTP parameter is too large, use the 4616 5.3.4 DSN status code instead of 5.2.2. Similarly, for 4617 non-local deliveries, if the message is larger than the 4618 mailer maximum message size, use 5.3.4 instead of 5.2.3. 4619 Suggested by Antony Bowesman of 4620 Fujitsu/TeaWARE Mail/MIME System. 4621 Portability: 4622 Fix the check for an IP address reverse lookup for 4623 use in $&{client_name} on 64 bit platforms. 4624 From Gilles Gallot of Institut for Development 4625 and Resources in Intensive Scientific computing. 4626 BSD-OS uses .0 for man page extensions. From Jeff Polk 4627 of BSDI. 4628 DomainOS detection for Build. Also, version 10.4 and later 4629 ship a unistd.h. Fixes from Takanobu Ishimura of 4630 PICT Inc. 4631 NeXT 4.x uses /usr/lib/man/cat for its man pages. From 4632 J. P. McCann of E I A. 4633 SCO 4.X and 5.X include NDBM support. From Vlado Potisk 4634 of TEMPEST, Ltd. 4635 CONFIG: Do not pass spoofed PTR results through resolver for 4636 qualification. Problem noted by Michiel Boland of 4637 Digital Valley Internet Professionals; fix from 4638 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 4639 CONFIG: Do not try to resolve non-DNS hostnames such as UUCP, 4640 BITNET, and DECNET addresses for resolvable senders. 4641 Problem noted by Alexander Litvin of Lucky Net Ltd. 4642 CONFIG: Work around Sun's broken configuration which sends bounce 4643 messages as coming from @@hostname instead of <>. LMTP 4644 would not accept @@hostname. 4645 OP.ME: Corrections to complex sendmail startup script from Rick 4646 Troxel of the National Institutes of Health. 4647 RMAIL: Do not install rmail by default, require 'make force-install' 4648 as this rmail isn't the same as others. Suggested by 4649 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 4650 New Files: 4651 BuildTools/OS/DomainOS.10.4 4652 46538.9.0/8.9.0 1998/05/19 4654 SECURITY: To prevent users from reading files not normally 4655 readable, sendmail will no longer open forward, :include:, 4656 class, ErrorHeader, or HelpFile files located in unsafe 4657 (i.e., group or world writable) directory paths. Sites 4658 which need the ability to override security can use the 4659 DontBlameSendmail option. See the README file for more 4660 information. 4661 SECURITY: Problems can occur on poorly managed systems, specifically, 4662 if maps or alias files are in world writable directories. 4663 This fixes the change added to 8.8.6 to prevent links in these 4664 world writable directories. 4665 SECURITY: Make sure ServiceSwitchFile option file is not a link if 4666 it is in a world writable directory. 4667 SECURITY: Never pass a tty to a mailer -- if a mailer can get at the 4668 tty it may be able to push bytes back to the senders input. 4669 Unfortunately this breaks -v mode. Problem noted by 4670 Wietse Venema of the Global Security Analysis Lab at 4671 IBM T.J. Watson Research. 4672 SECURITY: Empty group list if DontInitGroups is set to true to 4673 prevent program deliveries from picking up extra group 4674 privileges. Problem reported by Wolfgang Ley of DFN-CERT. 4675 SECURITY: The default value for DefaultUser is now set to the uid and 4676 gid of the first existing user mailnull, sendmail, or daemon 4677 that has a non-zero uid. If none of these exist, sendmail 4678 reverts back to the old behavior of using uid 1 and gid 1. 4679 This is a security problem for Linux which has chosen that 4680 uid and gid for user bin instead of daemon. If DefaultUser 4681 is set in the configuration file, that value overrides this 4682 default. 4683 SECURITY: Since 8.8.7, the check for non-set-user-ID binaries 4684 interfered with setting an alternate group id for the 4685 RunAsUser option. Problem noted by Randall Winchester of 4686 the University of Maryland. 4687 Add support for Berkeley DB 2.X. Based on patch from John Kennedy 4688 of Cal State University, Chico. 4689 Remove support for OLD_NEWDB (pre-1.5 version of Berkeley DB). Users 4690 which previously defined OLD_NEWDB=1 must now upgrade to the 4691 current version of Berkeley DB. 4692 Added support for regular expressions using the new map class regex. 4693 From Jan Krueger of Unix-AG of University of Hannover. 4694 Support for BIND 8.1.1's hesiod for hesiod maps and hesiod 4695 UserDatabases from Randall Winchester of the University 4696 of Maryland. 4697 Allow any shell for user shell on program deliveries on V1 4698 configurations for backwards compatibility on machines which 4699 do not have getusershell(). Fix from John Beck of Sun 4700 Microsystems. 4701 On operating systems which change the process title by reusing the 4702 argument vector memory, sendmail could corrupt memory if the 4703 last argument was either "-q" or "-d". Problem noted by 4704 Frank Langbein of the University of Stuttgart. 4705 Support Local Mail Transfer Protocol (LMTP) between sendmail and 4706 mail.local on the F=z flag. 4707 Macro-expand the contents of the ErrMsgFile. Previously this was 4708 only done if you had magic characters (0x81) to indicate 4709 macro expansion. Now $x will be expanded. This means that 4710 real dollar signs have to be backslash escaped. 4711 TCP Wrappers expects "unknown" in the hostname argument if the 4712 reverse DNS lookup for the incoming connection fails. 4713 Problem noted by Randy Grimshaw of Syracuse University and 4714 Wietse Venema of the Global Security Analysis Lab at 4715 IBM T.J. Watson Research. 4716 DSN success bounces generated from an invocation of sendmail -t 4717 would be sent to both the sender and MAILER-DAEMON. 4718 Problem noted by Claus Assmann of 4719 Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel. 4720 Avoid "Error 0" messages on delivery mailers which exit with a 4721 valid exit value such as EX_NOPERM. Fix from Andreas Luik 4722 of ISA Informationssysteme GmbH. 4723 Tokenize $&x expansions on right hand side of rules. This eliminates 4724 the need to use tricks like $(dequote "" $&{client_name} $) 4725 to cause the ${client_name} macro to be properly tokenized. 4726 Add the MaxRecipientsPerMessage option: this limits the number of 4727 recipients that will be accepted in a single SMTP 4728 transaction. After this number is reached, sendmail 4729 starts returning "452 Too many recipients" to all RCPT 4730 commands. This can be used to limit the number of recipients 4731 per envelope (in particular, to discourage use of the server 4732 for spamming). Note: a better approach is to restrict 4733 relaying entirely. 4734 Fixed pointer initialization for LDAP lmap struct, fixed -s option 4735 to ldapx map and added timeout for ldap_open call to 4736 avoid hanging sendmail in the event of hung LDAP servers. 4737 Patch from Booker Bense of Stanford University. 4738 Allow multiple -qI, -qR, or -qS queue run limiters. For example, 4739 '-qRfoo -qRbar' would deliver mail to recipients with foo or 4740 bar in their address. Patch from Allan E Johannesen of 4741 Worcester Polytechnic Institute. 4742 The bestmx map will now return a list of the MX servers for a host if 4743 passed a column delimiter via the -z map flag. This can be 4744 used to check if the server is an MX server for the recipient 4745 of a message. This can be used to help prevent relaying. 4746 Patch from Mitchell Blank Jr of Exec-PC. 4747 Mark failures for the *file* mailer and return bounce messages to the 4748 sender for those failures. 4749 Prevent bogus syslog timestamps on errors in sendmail.cf by 4750 preserving the TZ environment variable until TimeZoneSpec 4751 has been determined. Problem noted by Ralf Hildebrandt of 4752 Technical University of Braunschweig. Patch from Per Hedeland 4753 of Ericsson. 4754 Print test input in address test mode when input is not from the tty 4755 when the -v flag is given (i.e., sendmail -bt -v) to make 4756 output easier to decipher. Problem noted by Aidan Nichol 4757 of Procter & Gamble. 4758 The LDAP map -s flag was not properly parsed and the error message 4759 given included the remainder of the arguments instead of 4760 solely the argument in error. Problem noted by Aidan Nichol 4761 of Procter & Gamble. 4762 New DontBlameSendmail option. This option allows administrators to 4763 bypass some of sendmail's file security checks at the expense 4764 of system security. This should only be used if you are 4765 absolutely sure you know the consequences. The available 4766 DontBlameSendmail options are: 4767 Safe 4768 AssumeSafeChown 4769 ClassFileInUnsafeDirPath 4770 ErrorHeaderInUnsafeDirPath 4771 GroupWritableDirPathSafe 4772 GroupWritableForwardFileSafe 4773 GroupWritableIncludeFileSafe 4774 GroupWritableAliasFile 4775 HelpFileinUnsafeDirPath 4776 WorldWritableAliasFile 4777 ForwardFileInGroupWritableDirPath 4778 IncludeFileInGroupWritableDirPath 4779 ForwardFileInUnsafeDirPath 4780 IncludeFileInUnsafeDirPath 4781 ForwardFileInUnsafeDirPathSafe 4782 IncludeFileInUnsafeDirPathSafe 4783 MapInUnsafeDirPath 4784 LinkedAliasFileInWritableDir 4785 LinkedClassFileInWritableDir 4786 LinkedForwardFileInWritableDir 4787 LinkedIncludeFileInWritableDir 4788 LinkedMapInWritableDir 4789 LinkedServiceSwitchFileInWritableDir 4790 FileDeliveryToHardLink 4791 FileDeliveryToSymLink 4792 WriteMapToHardLink 4793 WriteMapToSymLink 4794 WriteStatsToHardLink 4795 WriteStatsToSymLink 4796 RunProgramInUnsafeDirPath 4797 RunWritableProgram 4798 New DontProbeInterfaces option to turn off the inclusion of all the 4799 interface names in $=w on startup. In particular, if you 4800 have lots of virtual interfaces, this option will speed up 4801 startup. However, unless you make other arrangements, mail 4802 sent to those addresses will be bounced. 4803 Automatically create alias databases if they don't exist and 4804 AutoRebuildAliases is set. 4805 Add PrivacyOptions=noetrn flag to disable the SMTP ETRN command. 4806 Suggested by Christophe Wolfhugel of the Institut Pasteur. 4807 Add PrivacyOptions=noverb flag to disable the SMTP VERB command. 4808 When determining the client host name ($&{client_name} macro), do 4809 a forward (A) DNS lookup on the result of the PTR lookup 4810 and compare results. If they differ or if the PTR lookup 4811 fails, &{client_name} will contain the IP address 4812 surrounded by square brackets (e.g., [127.0.0.1]). 4813 New map flag: -Tx appends "x" to lookups that return temporary failure 4814 (i.e, it is like -ax for the temporary failure case, in 4815 contrast to the success case). 4816 New syntax to do limited checking of header syntax. A config line 4817 of the form: 4818 HHeader: $>Ruleset 4819 causes the indicated Ruleset to be invoked on the Header 4820 when read. This ruleset works like the check_* rulesets -- 4821 that is, it can reject mail on the basis of the contents. 4822 Limit the size of the HELO/EHLO parameter to prevent spammers 4823 from hiding their connection information in Received: 4824 headers. 4825 When SingleThreadDelivery is active, deliveries to locked hosts 4826 are skipped. This will cause the delivering process to 4827 try the next MX host or queue the message if no other MX 4828 hosts are available. Suggested by Alexander Litvin. 4829 The [FILE] mailer type now delivers to the file specified in the 4830 A= equate of the mailer definition instead of $u. It also 4831 obeys all of the F= mailer flags such as the MIME 4832 7/8 bit conversion flags. This is useful for defining 4833 a mailer which delivers to the same file regardless of the 4834 recipient (e.g., 'A=FILE /dev/null' to discard unwanted mail). 4835 Do not assume the identity of a remote connection is root@localhost 4836 if the remote connection closes the socket before the 4837 remote identity can be queried. 4838 Change semantics of the F=S mailer flag back to 8.7.5 behavior. 4839 Some mailers, including procmail, require that the real 4840 uid is left unchanged by sendmail. Problem noted by Per 4841 Hedeland of Ericsson. 4842 No longer is the src/obj*/Makefile selected from a large list -- it 4843 is now generated using the information in BuildTools/OS/ -- 4844 some of the details are determined dynamically via 4845 BuildTools/bin/configure.sh. 4846 The other programs in the sendmail distribution -- mail.local, 4847 mailstats, makemap, praliases, rmail, and smrsh -- now use 4848 the new Build method which creates an operating system 4849 specific Makefile using the information in BuildTools. 4850 Make 4xx reply codes to the SMTP MAIL command be non-sticky (i.e., 4851 a failure on one message won't affect future messages to the 4852 same host). This is necessary if the remote host sends 4853 a 451 error if the domain of the sender does not resolve 4854 as is common in anti-spam configurations. Problem noted 4855 by Mitchell Blank Jr of Exec-PC. 4856 New "discard" mailer for check_* rulesets and header checking 4857 rulesets. If one of the above rulesets resolves to the 4858 $#discard mailer, the commands will be accepted but the 4859 message will be completely discarded after it is accepting. 4860 This means that even if only one of the recipients 4861 resolves to the $#discard mailer, none of the recipients 4862 will receive the mail. Suggested by Brian Kantor. 4863 All but the last cloned envelope of a split envelope were queued 4864 instead of being delivered. Problem noted by John Caruso 4865 of CNET: The Computer Network. 4866 Fix deadlock situation in persistent host status file locking. 4867 Syslog an error if a user forward file could not be read due to 4868 an error. Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 4869 Use the first name returned on machine lookups when canonifying a 4870 hostname via NetInfo. Patch from Timm Wetzel of GWDG. 4871 Clear the $&{client_addr}, $&{client_name}, and $&{client_port} 4872 macros when delivering a bounce message to prevent 4873 rejection by a check_compat ruleset which uses these macros. 4874 Problem noted by Jens Hamisch of AgiX Internetservices GmbH. 4875 If the check_relay ruleset resolves to the the error mailer, the 4876 error in the $: portion of the resolved triplet is used 4877 in the rejection message given to the remote machine. 4878 Suggested by Scott Gifford of The Internet Ramp. 4879 Set the $&{client_addr}, $&{client_name}, and $&{client_port} macros 4880 before calling the check_relay ruleset. Suggested by Scott 4881 Gifford of The Internet Ramp. 4882 Sendmail would get a segmentation fault if a mailer exited with an 4883 exit code of 79. Problem noted by Aaron Schrab of ExecPC 4884 Internet. Fix from Christophe Wolfhugel of the Pasteur 4885 Institute. 4886 Separate snprintf/vsnprintf routines into separate file for use by 4887 mail.local. 4888 Allow multiple map lookups on right hand side, e.g., 4889 R$* $( host $1 $) $| $( passwd $1 $). Patch from 4890 Christophe Wolfhugel of the Pasteur Institute. 4891 Properly generate success DSN messages if requested for aliases 4892 which have owner- aliases. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta 4893 of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 4894 Properly display delayed-expansion macros ($&{macroname}) in 4895 address test mode (-bt). Problem noted by Bryan Costales 4896 of InfoBeat, Inc. 4897 -qR could sometimes match names incorrectly. Problem noted by 4898 Lutz Euler of Lavielle EDV Systemberatung GmbH & Co. 4899 Include a magic number and version in the StatusFile for the 4900 mailstats command. 4901 Record the number of rejected and discarded messages in the 4902 StatusFile for display by the mailstats command. Patch 4903 from Randall Winchester of the University of Maryland. 4904 IDENT returns where the OSTYPE field equals "OTHER" now list the 4905 user portion as IDENT:username@site instead of 4906 username@site to differentiate the two. Suggested by 4907 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 4908 Enforce timeout for LDAP queries. Patch from Per Hedeland of 4909 Ericsson. 4910 Change persistent host status filename substitution so '/' is 4911 replaced by ':' instead of '|' to avoid clashes. Also 4912 avoid clashes with hostnames with leading dots. Fix from 4913 Mitchell Blank Jr. of Exec-PC. 4914 If the system lock table is full, only attempt to create a new 4915 queue entry five times before giving up. Previously, it 4916 was attempted indefinitely which could cause the partition 4917 to run out of inodes. Problem noted by Suzie Weigand of 4918 Stratus Computer, Inc. 4919 In verbose mode, warn if the sendmail.cf version is less than the 4920 currently supported version. 4921 Sorting for QueueSortOrder=host is now case insensitive. Patch 4922 from Randall S. Winchester of the University of Maryland. 4923 Properly quote a full name passed via the -F command line option, 4924 the Full-Name: header, or the NAME environment variable if 4925 it contains characters which must be quoted. Problem noted 4926 by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 4927 Avoid possible race condition that unlocked a mail job before 4928 releasing the transcript file on systems that use flock(2). 4929 In some cases, this might result in a "Transcript Unavailable" 4930 message in error bounces. 4931 Accept SMTP replies which contain only a reply code and no 4932 accompanying text. Problem noted by Fernando Fraticelli of 4933 Digital Equipment Corporation. 4934 Portability: 4935 AIX 4.1 uses int for SOCKADDR_LEN_T from Motonori Nakamura 4936 of Kyoto University. 4937 AIX 4.2 requires <userpw.h> before <usersec.h>. Patch from 4938 Randall S. Winchester of the University of 4939 Maryland. 4940 AIX 4.3 from Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech CNS. 4941 CRAY T3E from Manu Mahonen of Center for Scientific Computing 4942 in Finland. 4943 Digital UNIX now uses statvfs for determining free 4944 disk space. Patch from Randall S. Winchester of 4945 the University of Maryland. 4946 HP-UX 11.x from Richard Allen of Opin Kerfi HF and 4947 Regis McEwen of Progress Software Corporation. 4948 IRIX 64 bit fixes from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 4949 Meteorological Institute. 4950 IRIX 6.2 configuration fix for mail.local from Michael Kyle 4951 of CIC/Advanced Computing Laboratory. 4952 IRIX 6.5 from Thomas H Jones II of SGI. 4953 IRIX 6.X load average code from Bob Mende of SGI. 4954 QNX from Glen McCready <glen@qnx.com>. 4955 SCO 4.2 and 5.x use /usr/bin instead of /usr/ucb for links 4956 to sendmail. Install with group bin instead of kmem 4957 as kmem does not exist. From Guillermo Freige of 4958 Gobernacion de la Pcia de Buenos Aires and Paul 4959 Fischer of BTG, Inc. 4960 SunOS 4.X does not include memmove(). Patch from 4961 Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 4962 SunOS 5.7 includes getloadavg() function for determining 4963 load average. Patch from John Beck of Sun 4964 Microsystems. 4965 CONFIG: Increment version number of config file. 4966 CONFIG: add DATABASE_MAP_TYPE to set the default type of database 4967 map for the various maps. The default is hash. Patch from 4968 Robert Harker of Harker Systems. 4969 CONFIG: new confEBINDIR m4 variable for defining the executable 4970 directory for certain programs. 4971 CONFIG: new FEATURE(local_lmtp) to use the new LMTP support for 4972 local mail delivery. By the default, /usr/libexec/mail.local 4973 is used. This is expected to be the mail.local shipped 4974 with 8.9 which is LMTP capable. The path is based on the 4975 new confEBINDIR m4 variable. 4976 CONFIG: Use confEBINDIR in determining path to smrsh for 4977 FEATURE(smrsh). Note that this changes the default from 4978 /usr/local/etc/smrsh to /usr/libexec/smrsh. To obtain the 4979 old path for smrsh, use FEATURE(smrsh, /usr/local/etc/smrsh). 4980 CONFIG: DOMAIN(generic) changes the default confFORWARD_PATH to 4981 include $z/.forward.$w+$h and $z/.forward+$h which allow 4982 the user to setup different .forward files for 4983 user+detail addressing. 4984 CONFIG: add confMAX_RCPTS_PER_MESSAGE, confDONT_PROBE_INTERFACES, 4985 and confDONT_BLAME_SENDMAIL to set MaxRecipientsPerMessage, 4986 DontProbeInterfaces, and DontBlameSendmail options. 4987 CONFIG: by default do not allow relaying (that is, accepting mail 4988 from outside your domain and sending it to another host 4989 outside your domain). 4990 CONFIG: new FEATURE(promiscuous_relay) to allow mail relaying from 4991 any site to any site. 4992 CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_entire_domain) allows any host in your 4993 domain as defined by the 'm' class ($=m) to relay. 4994 CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_based_on_MX) to allow relaying based on 4995 the MX records of the host portion of an incoming recipient. 4996 CONFIG: new FEATURE(access_db) which turns on the access database 4997 feature. This database gives you the ability to allow 4998 or refuse to accept mail from specified domains for 4999 administrative reasons. By default, names that are listed 5000 as "OK" in the access db are domain names, not host names. 5001 CONFIG: new confCR_FILE m4 variable for defining the name of the file 5002 used for class 'R'. Defaults to /etc/mail/relay-domains. 5003 CONFIG: new command RELAY_DOMAIN(domain) and RELAY_DOMAIN_FILE(file) 5004 to add items to class 'R' ($=R) for hosts allowed to relay. 5005 CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_hosts_only) to change the behavior 5006 of FEATURE(access_db) and class 'R' to lookup individual 5007 host names only. 5008 CONFIG: new FEATURE(loose_relay_check). Normally, if a recipient 5009 using % addressing is used, e.g. user%site@othersite, 5010 and othersite is in class 'R', the check_rcpt ruleset 5011 will strip @othersite and recheck user@site for relaying. 5012 This feature changes that behavior. It should not be 5013 needed for most installations. 5014 CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_local_from) to allow relaying if the 5015 domain portion of the mail sender is a local host. This 5016 should only be used if absolutely necessary as it opens 5017 a window for spammers. Patch from Randall S. Winchester of 5018 the University of Maryland. 5019 CONFIG: new FEATURE(blacklist_recipients) turns on the ability to 5020 block incoming mail destined for certain recipient 5021 usernames, hostnames, or addresses. 5022 CONFIG: By default, MAIL FROM: commands in the SMTP session will be 5023 refused if the host part of the argument to MAIL FROM: cannot 5024 be located in the host name service (e.g., DNS). 5025 CONFIG: new FEATURE(accept_unresolvable_domains) accepts 5026 unresolvable hostnames in MAIL FROM: SMTP commands. 5027 CONFIG: new FEATURE(accept_unqualified_senders) accepts 5028 MAIL FROM: senders which do not include a domain. 5029 CONFIG: new FEATURE(rbl) Turns on rejection of hosts found in the 5030 Realtime Blackhole List. You can specify the RBL name 5031 server to contact by specifying it as an optional argument. 5032 The default is rbl.maps.vix.com. For details, see 5033 http://maps.vix.com/rbl/. 5034 CONFIG: Call Local_check_relay, Local_check_mail, and 5035 Local_check_rcpt from check_relay, check_mail, and 5036 check_rcpt. Users with local rulesets should place the 5037 rules using LOCAL_RULESETS. If a Local_check_* ruleset 5038 returns $#OK, the message is accepted. If the ruleset 5039 returns a mailer, the appropriate action is taken, else 5040 the return of the ruleset is ignored. 5041 CONFIG: CYRUS_MAILER_FLAGS now includes the /:| mailer flags by 5042 default to support file, :include:, and program deliveries. 5043 CONFIG: Remove the default for confDEF_USER_ID so the binary can 5044 pick the proper default value. See the SECURITY note 5045 above for more information. 5046 CONFIG: FEATURE(nodns) now warns the user that the feature is a 5047 no-op. Patch from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 5048 Meteorological Institute. 5049 CONFIG: OSTYPE(osf1) now sets DefaultUserID (confDEF_USER_ID) to 5050 daemon since DEC's /bin/mail will drop the envelope 5051 sender if run as mailnull. See the Digital UNIX section 5052 of src/README for more information. Problem noted by 5053 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 5054 CONFIG: .cf files are now stored in the same directory with the 5055 .mc files instead of in the obj directory. 5056 CONFIG: New options confSINGLE_LINE_FROM_HEADER, 5057 confALLOW_BOGUS_HELO, and confMUST_QUOTE_CHARS for 5058 setting SingleLineFromHeader, AllowBogusHELO, and 5059 MustQuoteChars respectively. 5060 MAIL.LOCAL: support -l flag to run LMTP on stdin/stdout. This 5061 SMTP-like protocol allows detailed reporting of delivery 5062 status on a per-user basis. Code donated by John Myers of 5063 CMU (now of Netscape). 5064 MAIL.LOCAL: HP-UX support from Randall S. Winchester of the 5065 University of Maryland. NOTE: mail.local is not 5066 compatible with the stock HP-UX mail format. Be sure to 5067 read mail.local/README. 5068 MAIL.LOCAL: Prevent other mail delivery agents from stealing a 5069 mailbox lock. Patch from Randall S. Winchester of the 5070 University of Maryland. 5071 MAIL.LOCAL: glibc portability from John Kennedy of Cal State 5072 University, Chico. 5073 MAIL.LOCAL: IRIX portability from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 5074 Meteorological Institute. 5075 MAILSTATS: Display the number of rejected and discarded messages 5076 in the StatusFile. Patch from Randall Winchester of the 5077 University of Maryland. 5078 MAKEMAP: New -s flag to ignore safety checks on database map files 5079 such as linked files in world writable directories. 5080 MAKEMAP: Add support for Berkeley DB 2.X. Remove OLD_NEWDB support. 5081 PRALIASES: Add support for Berkeley DB 2.X. 5082 PRALIASES: Do not automatically include NDBM support. Problem 5083 noted by Ralf Hildebrandt of the Technical University of 5084 Braunschweig. 5085 RMAIL: Improve portability for other platforms. Patches from 5086 Randall S. Winchester of the University of Maryland and 5087 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 5088 Changed Files: 5089 src/Makefiles/Makefile.* files have been modified to use 5090 the new build mechanism and are now BuildTools/OS/*. 5091 src/makesendmail changed to symbolic link to src/Build. 5092 New Files: 5093 BuildTools/M4/header.m4 5094 BuildTools/M4/depend/BSD.m4 5095 BuildTools/M4/depend/CC-M.m4 5096 BuildTools/M4/depend/NCR.m4 5097 BuildTools/M4/depend/Solaris.m4 5098 BuildTools/M4/depend/X11.m4 5099 BuildTools/M4/depend/generic.m4 5100 BuildTools/OS/AIX.4.2 5101 BuildTools/OS/AIX.4.x 5102 BuildTools/OS/CRAYT3E.2.0.x 5103 BuildTools/OS/HP-UX.11.x 5104 BuildTools/OS/IRIX.6.5 5105 BuildTools/OS/NEXTSTEP.4.x 5106 BuildTools/OS/NeXT.4.x 5107 BuildTools/OS/NetBSD.8.3 5108 BuildTools/OS/QNX 5109 BuildTools/OS/SunOS.5.7 5110 BuildTools/OS/dcosx.1.x.NILE 5111 BuildTools/README 5112 BuildTools/Site/README 5113 BuildTools/bin/Build 5114 BuildTools/bin/configure.sh 5115 BuildTools/bin/find_m4.sh 5116 BuildTools/bin/install.sh 5117 Makefile 5118 cf/cf/Build 5119 cf/cf/generic-hpux10.cf 5120 cf/feature/accept_unqualified_senders.m4 5121 cf/feature/accept_unresolvable_domains.m4 5122 cf/feature/access_db.m4 5123 cf/feature/blacklist_recipients.m4 5124 cf/feature/loose_relay_check.m4 5125 cf/feature/local_lmtp.m4 5126 cf/feature/promiscuous_relay.m4 5127 cf/feature/rbl.m4 5128 cf/feature/relay_based_on_MX.m4 5129 cf/feature/relay_entire_domain.m4 5130 cf/feature/relay_hosts_only.m4 5131 cf/feature/relay_local_from.m4 5132 cf/ostype/qnx.m4 5133 contrib/doublebounce.pl 5134 mail.local/Build 5135 mail.local/Makefile.m4 5136 mail.local/README 5137 mailstats/Build 5138 mailstats/Makefile.m4 5139 makemap/Build 5140 makemap/Makefile.m4 5141 praliases/Build 5142 praliases/Makefile.m4 5143 rmail/Build 5144 rmail/Makefile.m4 5145 rmail/rmail.0 5146 smrsh/Build 5147 smrsh/Makefile.m4 5148 src/Build 5149 src/Makefile.m4 5150 src/snprintf.c 5151 Deleted Files: 5152 cf/cf/Makefile (replaced by Makefile.dist) 5153 mail.local/Makefile 5154 mail.local/Makefile.dist 5155 mailstats/Makefile 5156 mailstats/Makefile.dist 5157 makemap/Makefile 5158 makemap/Makefile.dist 5159 praliases/Makefile 5160 praliases/Makefile.dist 5161 rmail/Makefile 5162 smrsh/Makefile 5163 smrsh/Makefile.dist 5164 src/Makefile 5165 src/Makefiles/Makefile.AIX.4 (split into AIX.4.x and AIX.4.2) 5166 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SMP_DC.OSx.NILE 5167 (renamed BuildTools/OS/dcosx.1.x.NILE) 5168 src/Makefiles/Makefile.Utah (obsolete platform) 5169 Renamed Files: 5170 READ_ME => README 5171 cf/cf/Makefile.dist => Makefile 5172 cf/cf/obj/* => cf/cf/* 5173 src/READ_ME => src/README 5174 51758.8.8/8.8.8 1997/10/24 5176 If the check_relay ruleset failed, the relay= field was logged 5177 incorrectly. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 5178 Meteorological Institute. 5179 If /usr/tmp/dead.letter already existed, sendmail could not 5180 add additional bounces to it. Problem noted by Thomas J. 5181 Arseneault of SRI International. 5182 If an SMTP mailer used a non-standard port number for the outgoing 5183 connection, it would be displayed incorrectly in verbose mode. 5184 Problem noted by John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico. 5185 Log the ETRN parameter specified by the client before altering them 5186 to internal form. Suggested by Bob Kupiec of GES-Verio. 5187 EXPN and VRFY SMTP commands on malformed addresses were logging as 5188 User unknown with bogus delay= values. Change them to log 5189 the same as compliant addresses. Problem noted by Kari E. 5190 Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 5191 Ignore the debug resolver option unless using sendmail debug trace 5192 option for resolver. Problem noted by Greg Nichols of Wind 5193 River Systems. 5194 If SingleThreadDelivery was enabled and the remote server returned a 5195 protocol error on the DATA command, the connection would be 5196 closed but the persistent host status file would not be 5197 unlocked so other sendmail processes could not deliver to 5198 that host. Problem noted by Peter Wemm of DIALix. 5199 If queueing up a message due to an expensive mailer, don't increment 5200 the number of delivery attempts or set the last delivery 5201 attempt time so the message will be delivered on the next 5202 queue run regardless of MinQueueAge. Problem noted by 5203 Brian J. Coan of the Institute for Global Communications. 5204 Authentication warnings of "Processed from queue _directory_" and 5205 "Processed by _username_ with -C _filename_" would be logged 5206 with the incorrect timestamp. Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta 5207 of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 5208 Use a better heuristic for detecting GDBM. 5209 Log null connections on dropped connections. Problem noted by 5210 Jon Lewis of Florida Digital Turnpike. 5211 If class dbm maps are rebuilt, sendmail will now detect this and 5212 reopen the map. Previously, they could give stale 5213 results during a single message processing (but would 5214 recover when the next message was received). Fix from 5215 Joe Pruett of Q7 Enterprises. 5216 Do not log failures such as "User unknown" on -bv or SMTP VRFY 5217 requests. Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the 5218 Finnish Meteorological Institute. 5219 Do not send a bounce message back to the sender regarding bad 5220 recipients if the SMTP connection is dropped before the 5221 message is accepted. Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the 5222 Finnish Meteorological Institute. 5223 Use "localhost" instead of "[UNIX: localhost]" when connecting to 5224 sendmail via a UNIX pipe. This will allow rulesets using 5225 $&{client_name} to process without sending the string through 5226 dequote. Problem noted by Alan Barrett of Internet Africa. 5227 A combination of deferred delivery mode, a double bounce situation, 5228 and the inability to save a bounce message to 5229 /var/tmp/dead.letter would cause sendmail to send a bounce 5230 to postmaster but not remove the offending envelope from the 5231 queue causing it to create a new bounce message each time the 5232 queue was run. Problem noted by Brad Doctor of Net Daemons 5233 Associates. 5234 Remove newlines from hostname information returned via DNS. There are 5235 no known security implications of newlines in hostnames as 5236 sendmail filters newlines in all vital areas; however, this 5237 could cause confusing error messages. 5238 Starting with sendmail 8.8.6, mail sent with the '-t' option would be 5239 rejected if any of the specified addresses were bad. This 5240 behavior was modified to only reject the bad addresses and not 5241 the entire message. Problem noted by Jozsef Hollosi of 5242 SuperNet, Inc. 5243 Use Timeout.fileopen when delivering mail to a file. Suggested by 5244 Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc. 5245 Display the proper Final-Recipient on DSN messages for non-SMTP 5246 mailers. Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the 5247 Finnish Meteorological Institute. 5248 An error in calculating the available space in the list of addresses 5249 for logging deliveries could cause an address to be silently 5250 dropped. 5251 Include the initial user environment if sendmail is restarted via 5252 a HUP signal. This will give room for the process title. 5253 Problem noted by Jon Lewis of Florida Digital Turnpike. 5254 Mail could be delivered without a body if the machine does not 5255 support flock locking and runs out of processes during 5256 delivery. Fix from Chuck Lever of the University of Michigan. 5257 Drop recipient address from 251 and 551 SMTP responses per RFC 821. 5258 Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological 5259 Institute. 5260 Make sure non-rebuildable database maps are opened before the 5261 rebuildable maps (i.e., alias files) in case the database maps 5262 are needed for verifying the left hand side of the aliases. 5263 Problem noted by Lloyd Parkes of Victoria University. 5264 Make sure sender RFC822 source route addresses are alias expanded for 5265 bounce messages. Problem noted by Juergen Georgi of 5266 RUS University of Stuttgart. 5267 Minor lint fixes. 5268 Return a temporary error instead of a permanent error if an LDAP map 5269 search returns an error. This will allow sequenced maps which 5270 use other LDAP servers to be checked. Fix from Booker Bense 5271 of Stanford University. 5272 When automatically converting from quoted printable to 8bit text do 5273 not pad bare linefeeds with a space. Problem noted by Theo 5274 Nolte of the University of Technology Aachen, Germany. 5275 Portability: 5276 Non-standard C compilers may have had a problem compiling 5277 conf.c due to a standard C external declaration of 5278 setproctitle(). Problem noted by Ted Roberts of 5279 Electronic Data Systems. 5280 AUX: has a broken O_EXCL implementation. Reported by Jim 5281 Jagielski of jaguNET Access Services. 5282 BSD/OS: didn't compile if HASSETUSERCONTEXT was defined. 5283 Digital UNIX: Digital UNIX (and possibly others) moves 5284 loader environment variables into the loader memory 5285 area. If one of these environment variables (such as 5286 LD_LIBRARY_PATH) was the last environment variable, 5287 an invalid memory address would be used by the process 5288 title routine causing memory corruption. Problem 5289 noted by Sam Hartman of Mesa Internet Systems. 5290 GNU libc: uses an enum for _PC_CHOWN_RESTRICTED which caused 5291 chownsafe() to always return 0 even if the OS does 5292 not permit file giveaways. Problem noted by 5293 Yasutaka Sumi of The University of Tokyo. 5294 IRIX6: Syslog buffer size set to 512 bytes. Reported by 5295 Gerald Rinske of Siemens Business Services VAS. 5296 Linux: Pad process title with NULLs. Problem noted by 5297 Jon Lewis of Florida Digital Turnpike. 5298 SCO OpenServer 5.0: SIOCGIFCONF ioctl call returns an 5299 incorrect value for the number of interfaces. 5300 Problem noted by Chris Loelke of JetStream Internet 5301 Services. 5302 SINIX: Update for Makefile and syslog buffer size from Gerald 5303 Rinske of Siemens Business Services VAS. 5304 Solaris: Make sure HASGETUSERSHELL setting for SunOS is not 5305 used on a Solaris machine. Problem noted by 5306 Stephen Ma of Jtec Pty Limited. 5307 CONFIG: SINIX: Update from Gerald Rinske of Siemens Business 5308 Services VAS. 5309 MAKEMAP: Use a better heuristic for detecting GDBM. 5310 CONTRIB: expn.pl: Updated version from the author, David Muir Sharnoff. 5311 OP.ME: Document the F=i mailer flag. Problem noted by Per Hedeland of 5312 Ericsson. 5313 53148.8.7/8.8.7 1997/08/03 5315 If using Berkeley DB on systems without O_EXLOCK (open a file with 5316 an exclusive lock already set -- i.e., almost all systems 5317 except 4.4-BSD derived systems), the initial attempt at 5318 rebuilding aliases file if the database didn't already 5319 exist would fail. Patch from Raymund Will of LST Software 5320 GmbH. 5321 Bogus incoming SMTP commands would reset the SMTP conversation. 5322 Problem noted by Fredrik J�nsson of the Royal Institute 5323 of Technology, Stockholm. 5324 Since TCP Wrappers includes setenv(), unsetenv(), and putenv(), 5325 some environments could give "multiple definitions" for these 5326 routines during compilation. If using TCP Wrappers, assume 5327 that these routines are included as though they were in the 5328 C library. Patch from Robert La Ferla. 5329 When a NEWDB database map was rebuilt at the same time it was being 5330 used by a queue run, the maps could be left locked for the 5331 duration of the queue run, causing other processes to hang. 5332 Problem noted by Kendall Libby of Shore.NET. 5333 In some cases, NoRecipientAction=add-bcc was being ignored, so the 5334 mail was passed on without any recipient header. This could 5335 cause problems downstream. Problem noted by Xander Jansen 5336 of SURFnet ExpertiseCentrum. 5337 Give error when GDBM is used with sendmail. GDBM's locking and 5338 linking of the .dir and .pag files interferes with sendmail's 5339 locking and security checks. Problems noted by Fyodor 5340 Yarochkin of the Kyrgyz Republic FreeNet. 5341 Don't fsync qf files if SuperSafe option is not set. 5342 Avoid extra calls to gethostbyname for addresses for which a 5343 gethostbyaddr found no value. Also, ignore any returns 5344 from gethostbyaddr that look like a dotted quad. 5345 If PTR lookup fails when looking up an SMTP peer, don't tag it as 5346 "may be forged", since at the network level we pretty much 5347 have to assume that the information is good. 5348 In some cases, errors during an SMTP session could leave files 5349 open or locked. 5350 Better handling of missing file descriptors (0, 1, 2) on startup. 5351 Better handling of non-set-user-ID binaries -- avoids certain obnoxious 5352 errors during testing. 5353 Errors in file locking of NEWDB maps had the incorrect file name 5354 printed in the error message. 5355 If the AllowBogusHELO option were set and an EHLO with a bad or 5356 missing parameter were issued, the EHLO behaved like a HELO. 5357 Load limiting never kicked in for incoming SMTP transactions if the 5358 DeliveryMode=background and any recipient was an alias or 5359 had a .forward file. From Nik Conwell of Boston University. 5360 On some non-Posix systems, the decision of whether chown(2) permits 5361 file giveaway was undefined. From Tetsu Ushijima of the 5362 Tokyo Institute of Technology. 5363 Fix race condition that could cause the body of a message to be 5364 lost (so only the header was delivered). This only occurs 5365 on systems that do not use flock(2), and only when a queue 5366 runner runs during a critical section in another message 5367 delivery. Based on a patch from Steve Schweinhart of 5368 Results Computing. 5369 If a qf file was found in a mail queue directory that had a problem 5370 (wrong ownership, bad format, etc.) and the file name was 5371 exactly MAXQFNAME bytes long, then instead of being tried 5372 once, it would be tried on every queue run. Problem noted 5373 by Bryan Costales of Mercury Mail. 5374 If the system supports an st_gen field in the status structure, 5375 include it when reporting that a file has changed after open. 5376 This adds a new compile flag, HAS_ST_GEN (0/1 option). 5377 This out to be checked as well as reported, since it is 5378 theoretically possible for an attacker to remove a file after 5379 it is opened and replace it with another file that has the 5380 same i-number, but some filesystems (notably AFS) return 5381 garbage in this field, and hence always look like the file 5382 has changed. As a practical matter this is not a security 5383 problem, since the files can be neither hard nor soft links, 5384 and on no filesystem (that I am aware of) is it possible to 5385 have two files on the same filesystem with the same i-number 5386 simultaneously. 5387 Delete the root Makefile from the distribution -- it is only for 5388 use internally, and does not work at customer sites. 5389 Fix botch that caused the second MAIL FROM: command in a single 5390 transaction to clear the entire transaction. Problem 5391 noted by John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico. 5392 Work properly on machines that have _PATH_VARTMP defined without 5393 a trailing slash. (And a pox on vendors that decide to 5394 ignore the established conventions!) Problem noted by 5395 Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. 5396 Internal changes to make it easier to add another protocol family 5397 (intended for IPv6). Patches are from John Kennedy of 5398 CSU Chico. 5399 In certain cases, 7->8 bit MIME decoding of Base64 text could leave 5400 an extra space at the beginning of some lines. Problem 5401 noted by Charles Karney of Princeton University; fix based 5402 on a patch from Christophe Wolfhugel. 5403 Portability: 5404 Allow _PATH_VENDOR_CF to be set in Makefile for consistency 5405 with the _Sendmail_ book, 2nd edition. Note that 5406 the book is actually wrong: _PATH_SENDMAILCF should 5407 be used instead. 5408 AIX 3.x: Include <sys/select.h>. Patch from Gene Rackow 5409 of Argonne National Laboratory. 5410 OpenBSD from from Paul DuBois of the University of Wisconsin. 5411 RISC/os 4.0 from Paul DuBois of the University of Wisconsin. 5412 SunOS: Include <memory.h> to fix warning from util.c. From 5413 James Aldridge of EUnet Ltd. 5414 Solaris: Change STDIR (location of status file) to /etc/mail 5415 in Makefiles. 5416 Linux, Dynix, UNICOS: Remove -DNDBM and -lgdbm from 5417 Makefiles. Use NEWDB on Linux instead. 5418 NCR MP-RAS 3.x with STREAMware TCP/IP: SIOCGIFNUM ioctl 5419 exists but behaves differently than other OSes. 5420 Add SIOCGIFNUM_IS_BROKEN compile flag to get 5421 around the problem. Problem noted by Tom Moore of 5422 NCR Corp. 5423 HP-UX 9.x: fix compile warnings for old select API. Problem 5424 noted by Tom Smith of Digital Equipment Corp. 5425 UnixWare 2.x: compile warnings on offsetof macro. Problem 5426 noted by Tom Good of the Community Access Information 5427 Resource Network 5428 SCO 4.2: compile problems caused by a change in the type of 5429 the "length" parameters passed to accept, getpeername, 5430 getsockname, and getsockopt. Adds new compile flags 5431 SOCKADDR_SIZE_T and SOCKOPT_SIZE_T. Problem reported 5432 by Tom Good of St. Vincent's North Richmond Community 5433 Mental Health Center Residential Services. 5434 AIX 4: Use size_t for SOCKADDR_SIZE_T and SOCKOPT_SIZE_T. 5435 Suggested by Brett Hogden of Rochester Gas & Electric 5436 Corp. 5437 Linux: avoid compile problem for versions of <setjmp.h> that 5438 #define both setjmp and longjmp. Problem pointed out 5439 by J.R. Oldroyd of TerraNet. 5440 CONFIG: SCO UnixWare 2.1: Support for OSTYPE(sco-uw-2.1) 5441 from Christopher Durham of SCO. 5442 CONFIG: NEXTSTEP: define confCW_FILE to 5443 /etc/sendmail/sendmail.cw to match the usual 5444 configuration. Patch from Dennis Glatting of 5445 PlainTalk. 5446 CONFIG: MAILER(fax) called a program that hasn't existed for a long 5447 time. Convert to use the HylaFAX 4.0 conventions. Suggested 5448 by Harry Styron. 5449 CONFIG: Improve sample anti-spam rulesets in cf/cf/knecht.mc. These 5450 are the rulesets in use on sendmail.org. 5451 MAKEMAP: give error on GDBM files. 5452 MAIL.LOCAL: Make error messages a bit more explicit, for example, 5453 telling more details on what actually changed when "file 5454 changed after open". 5455 CONTRIB: etrn.pl: Ignore comments in Fw files. Support multiple Fw 5456 files. 5457 CONTRIB: passwd-to-alias.pl: Handle 8 bit characters and '-'. 5458 NEW FILES: 5459 src/Makefiles/Makefile.OpenBSD 5460 src/Makefiles/Makefile.RISCos.4_0 5461 test/t_exclopen.c 5462 cf/ostype/sco-uw-2.1.m4 5463 DELETED FILES: 5464 Makefile 5465 54668.8.6/8.8.6 1997/06/14 5467 ************************************************************* 5468 * The extensive assistance of Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI * 5469 * in preparing this release is gratefully appreciated. * 5470 * Sun Microsystems has also provided resources toward * 5471 * continued sendmail development. * 5472 ************************************************************* 5473 SECURITY: A few systems allow an open with the O_EXCL|O_CREAT open 5474 mode bits set to create a file that is a symbolic link that 5475 points nowhere. This makes it possible to create a root 5476 owned file in an arbitrary directory by inserting the symlink 5477 into a writable directory after the initial lstat(2) check 5478 determined that the file did not exist. The only verified 5479 example of a system having these odd semantics for O_EXCL 5480 and symbolic links was HP-UX prior to version 9.07. Most 5481 systems do not have the problem, since a exclusive create 5482 of a file disallows symbolic links. Systems that have been 5483 verified to NOT have the problem include AIX 3.x, *BSD, 5484 DEC OSF/1, HP-UX 9.07 and higher, Linux, SunOS, Solaris, 5485 and Ultrix. This is a potential exposure on systems that 5486 have this bug and which do not have a MAILER-DAEMON alias 5487 pointing at a legitimate account, since this will cause old 5488 mail to be dropped in /var/tmp/dead.letter. 5489 SECURITY: Problems can occur on poorly managed systems, specifically, 5490 if maps or alias files are in world writable directories. 5491 If your system has alias maps in writable directories, it 5492 is potentially possible for an attacker to replace the .db 5493 (or .dir and .pag) files by symbolic links pointing at 5494 another database; this can be used either to expose 5495 information (e.g., by pointing an alias file at /etc/spwd.db 5496 and probing for accounts), or as a denial-of-service attack 5497 (by trashing the password database). The fix disallows 5498 symbolic links entirely when rebuilding alias files or on 5499 maps that are in writable directories, and always warns on 5500 writable directories; 8.9 will probably consider writable 5501 directories to be fatal errors. This does not represent an 5502 exposure on systems that have alias files in unwritable 5503 system directories. 5504 SECURITY: disallow .forward or :include: files that are links (hard 5505 or soft) if the parent directory (or any directory in the 5506 path) is writable by anyone other than the owner. This is 5507 similar to the previous case for user files. This change 5508 should not affect most systems, but is necessary to prevent 5509 an attacker who can write the directory from pointing such 5510 files at other files that are readable only by the owner. 5511 SECURITY: Tighten safechown rules: many systems will say that they 5512 have a safe (restricted to root) chown even on files that 5513 are mounted from another system that allows owners to give 5514 away files. The new rules are very strict, trusting file 5515 ownership only in those few cases where the system has 5516 been verified to be at least as paranoid as necessary. 5517 However, it is possible to relax the rules to partially 5518 trust the ownership if the directory path is not world or 5519 group writable. This might allow someone who has a legitimate 5520 :include: file (referenced directly from /etc/aliases) to 5521 become another non-root user if the :include: file is in a 5522 non-writable directory on an NFS-mounted filesystem where 5523 the local system says that giveaway is denied but it is 5524 actually permitted. I believe this to be a very small set 5525 of cases. If in doubt, do not point :include: aliases at 5526 NFS-mounted filesystems. 5527 SECURITY: When setting a numeric group id using the RunAsUser option 5528 (e.g., "O RunAsUser=10:20", the group id would not be set. 5529 Implicit group ids (e.g., "O RunAsUser=mailnull") or alpha 5530 group ids (e.g., "O RunAsUser=mailuser:mailgrp") worked fine. 5531 The user id was still set properly. Problem noted by Uli 5532 Pralle of the Technical University of Berlin. 5533 Save the initial gid set for use when checking for if the 5534 PrivacyOptions=restrictmailq option is set. Problem reported 5535 by Wolfgang Ley of DFN-CERT. 5536 Make 55x reply codes to the SMTP DATA-"." be non-sticky (i.e., a 5537 failure on one message won't affect future messages to the 5538 same host). 5539 IP source route printing had an "off by one" error that would 5540 affect any options that came after the route option. Patch 5541 from Theo de Raadt. 5542 The "Message is too large" error didn't successfully bounce the error 5543 back to the sender. Problem reported by Stephen More of 5544 PSI; patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. 5545 Change SMTP status code 553 to map into Extended code 5.1.0 (instead 5546 of 5.1.3); it apparently gets used in multiple ways. 5547 Suggested by John Myers of Portola Communications. 5548 Fix possible extra null byte generated during collection if errors 5549 occur at the beginning of the stream. Patch contributed by 5550 Andrey A. Chernov and Gregory Neil Shapiro. 5551 Code changes to avoid possible reentrant call of malloc/free within 5552 a signal handler. Problem noted by John Beck of Sun 5553 Microsystems. 5554 Move map initialization to be earlier so that check_relay ruleset 5555 will have the latest version of the map data. Problem noted 5556 by Paul Forgey of Metainfo; patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro. 5557 If there are fatal errors during the collection phase (e.g., message 5558 too large) don't send the bogus message. 5559 Avoid "cannot open xfAAA00000" messages when sending to aliases that 5560 have errors and have owner- aliases. Problem noted by Michael 5561 Barber of MTU; fix from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. 5562 Avoid null pointer dereference on illegal Boundary= parameters in 5563 multipart/mixed Content-Type: header. Problem noted by 5564 Richard Muirden of RMIT University. 5565 Always print error messages during newaliases (-bi) even if the 5566 ErrorMode is not set to "print". Fix from Gregory Neil 5567 Shapiro. 5568 Test mode could core dump if you did a /map lookup in an optional map 5569 that could not be opened. Based on a fix from John Beck of 5570 Sun Microsystems. 5571 If DNS is misconfigured so that the last MX record tried points to 5572 a host that does not have an A record, but other MX records 5573 pointed to something reasonable, don't bounce the message 5574 with a "host unknown" error. Note that this should really 5575 be fixed in the zone file for the domain. Problem noted by 5576 Joe Rhett of Navigist, Inc. 5577 If a map fails (e.g., DNS times out) on all recipient addresses, mark 5578 the message as having been tried; otherwise the next queue 5579 run will not realize that this is a second attempt and will 5580 retry immediately. Problem noted by Bryan Costales of 5581 Mercury Mail. 5582 If the clock is set backwards, and a MinQueueAge is set, no jobs 5583 will be run until the later setting of the clock is reached. 5584 "Problem" (I use the term loosely) noted by Eric Hagberg of 5585 Morgan Stanley. 5586 If the load average rises above the cutoff threshold (above which 5587 sendmail will not process the queue at all) during a queue 5588 run, abort the queue run immediately. Problem noted by 5589 Bryan Costales of Mercury Mail. 5590 The variable queue processing algorithm (based on the message size, 5591 number of recipients, message precedence, and job age) was 5592 non-functional -- either the entire queue was processed or 5593 none of the queue was processed. The updated algorithm 5594 does no queue run if a single recipient zero size job will 5595 not be run. 5596 If there is a fatal ("panic") message that will cause sendmail to 5597 die immediately, never hold the error message for future 5598 printing. 5599 Force ErrorMode=print in -bt mode so that all errors are printed 5600 regardless of the setting of the ErrorMode option in the 5601 configuration file. Patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro. 5602 New compile flag HASSTRERROR says that this OS has the strerror(3) 5603 routine available in one of the libraries. Use it in conf.h. 5604 The -m (match only) flag now works on host class maps. 5605 If class hash or btree maps are rebuilt, sendmail will now detect 5606 this and reopen the map. Previously, they could give 5607 erroneous results during a single message processing 5608 (but would recover when the next message was received). 5609 Don't delete zero length queue files when doing queue runs until the 5610 files are at least ten minutes old. This avoids a potential 5611 race condition: the creator creates the qf file, getting back 5612 a file descriptor. The queue runner locks it and deletes it 5613 because it is zero length. The creator then writes the 5614 descriptor that is now for a disconnected file, and the 5615 job goes away. Based on a suggestion by Bryan Costales. 5616 When determining the "validated" host name ($_ macro), do a forward 5617 (A) DNS lookup on the result of the PTR lookup and compare 5618 results. If they differ or if the PTR lookup fails, tag the 5619 address as "may be forged". 5620 Log null connections (i.e., hosts that connect but do not do any 5621 substantive activity on the connection before disconnecting; 5622 "substantive" is defined to be MAIL, EXPN, VRFY, or ETRN. 5623 Always permit "writes" to /dev/null regardless of the link count. 5624 This is safe because /dev/null is special cased, and no open 5625 or write is ever actually attempted. Patch from Villy Kruse 5626 of TwinCom. 5627 If a message cannot be sent because of a 552 (exceeded storage 5628 allocation) response to the MAIL FROM:<>, and a SIZE= parameter 5629 was given, don't return the body in the bounce, since there 5630 is a very good chance that the message will double-bounce. 5631 Fix possible line truncation if a quoted-printable had an =00 escape 5632 in the body. Problem noted by Charles Karney of the Princeton 5633 Plasma Physics Laboratory. 5634 Notify flags (e.g., -NSUCCESS) were lost on user+detail addresses. 5635 Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological 5636 Institute. 5637 The MaxDaemonChildren option wasn't applying to queue runs as 5638 documented. Note that this increases the potential denial 5639 of service problems with this option: an attacker can 5640 connect many times, and thereby lock out queue runs as well 5641 as incoming connections. If you use this option, you should 5642 run the "sendmail -bd" and "sendmail -q30m" jobs separately 5643 to avoid this attack. Failure to limit noted by Matthew 5644 Dillon of BEST Internet Communications. 5645 Always give a message in newaliases if alias files cannot be 5646 opened instead of failing silently. Suggested by Gregory 5647 Neil Shapiro. This change makes the code match the O'Reilly 5648 book (2nd edition). 5649 Some older versions of the resolver could return with h_errno == -1 5650 if no name server could be reached, causing mail to bounce 5651 instead of queueing. Treat this like TRY_AGAIN. Fix from 5652 John Beck of SunSoft. 5653 If a :include: file is owned by a user that does not have an entry 5654 in the passwd file, sendmail could dereference a null pointer. 5655 Problem noted by Satish Mynam of Sun Microsystems. 5656 Take precautions to make sure that the SMTP protocol cannot get out 5657 of sync if (for example) an alias file cannot be opened. 5658 Fix a possible race condition that can cause a SIGALRM to come in 5659 immediately after a SIGHUP, causing the new sendmail to die. 5660 Avoid possible hang on SVr3 systems when doing child reaping. Patch 5661 from Villy Kruse of TwinCom. 5662 Ignore improperly formatted SMTP reply codes. Previously these were 5663 partially processed, which could cause confusing error 5664 returns. 5665 Fix possible bogus pointer dereference when doing ldapx map lookups 5666 on some architectures. 5667 Portability: 5668 A/UX: from Jim Jagielski of NASA/GSFC. 5669 glibc: SOCK_STREAM was changed from a #define to an enum, 5670 thus breaking #ifdef SOCK_STREAM. Only option seems 5671 to be to assume SOCK_STREAM if __GNU_LIBRARY__ is 5672 defined. Problem reported by A Sun of the University 5673 of Washington. 5674 Solaris: use SIOCGIFNUM to get the number of interfaces on 5675 the system rather than guessing at compile time. 5676 Patch contributed by John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 5677 Intel Paragon: from Wendy Lin of Purdue University. 5678 GNU Hurd: from Miles Bader of the GNU project. 5679 RISC/os 4.50 from Harlan Stenn of PFCS Corporation. 5680 ISC Unix: wait never returns if SIGCLD signals are blocked. 5681 Unfortunately releasing them opens a race condition, 5682 but there appears to be no fix for this. Patch from 5683 Gregory Neil Shapiro. 5684 BIND 8.1 for IPv6 compatibility from John Kennedy. 5685 Solaris: a bug in strcasecmp caused characters with the 5686 high order bit set to apparently randomly match 5687 letters -- for example, $| (0233) matches "i" and "I". 5688 Problem noted by John Gregson of the University of 5689 Cambridge. 5690 IRIX 6.x: make Makefile.IRIX.6.2 apply to all 6.x. From 5691 Kari Hurtta. 5692 IRIX 6.x: Create Makefiles for systems that claim to be 5693 IRIX64 but are 6.2 or higher (so use the regular 5694 IRIX Makefile). 5695 IRIX 6.x: Fix load average computation on 64 bit kernels. 5696 Problem noted by Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley. 5697 CONFIG: Some canonification was still done for UUCP-like addresses 5698 even if FEATURE(nocanonify) was set. Problem pointed out by 5699 Brian Candler. 5700 CONFIG: In some cases UUCP mailers wouldn't properly recognize all 5701 local names as local. Problem noted by Jeff Polk of BSDI; 5702 fix provided by Gregory Neil Shapiro. 5703 CONFIG: The "local:user" syntax entries in mailertables and other 5704 "mailer:user" syntax locations returned an incorrect value 5705 for the $h macro. Problem noted by Gregory Neil Shapiro. 5706 CONFIG: Retain "+detail" information when forwarding mail to a 5707 MAIL_HUB, LUSER_RELAY, or LOCAL_RELAY. Patch from Philip 5708 Guenther of Gustavus Adolphus College. 5709 CONFIG: Make sure user+detail works for FEATURE(virtusertable); 5710 rules are the same as for aliasing. Based on a patch from 5711 Gregory Neil Shapiro. 5712 CONFIG: Break up parsing rules into several pieces; this should 5713 have no functional change in this release, but makes it 5714 possible to have better anti-spam rulesets in the future. 5715 CONFIG: Disallow double dots in host names to avoid having the 5716 HostStatusDirectory store status under the wrong name. 5717 In some cases this can be used as a denial-of-service attack. 5718 Problem noted by Ron Jarrell of Virginia Tech, patch from 5719 Gregory Neil Shapiro. 5720 CONFIG: Don't use F=m (multiple recipients per invocation) for 5721 MAILER(procmail), but do pass F=Pn9 (include Return-Path:, 5722 don't include From_, and convert to 8-bit). Suggestions 5723 from Kimmo Suominen and Roderick Schertler. 5724 CONFIG: Domains under $=M (specified with MASQUERADE_DOMAIN) were 5725 being masqueraded as though FEATURE(masquerade_entire_domain) 5726 was specified, even when it wasn't. 5727 MAIL.LOCAL: Solaris 2.6 has snprintf. From John Beck of SunSoft. 5728 MAIL.LOCAL: SECURITY: check to make sure that an attacker doesn't 5729 "slip in" a symbolic link between the lstat(2) call and the 5730 exclusive open. This is only a problem on System V derived 5731 systems that allow an exclusive create on files that are 5732 symbolic links pointing nowhere. 5733 MAIL.LOCAL: If the final mailbox close() failed, the user id was 5734 not reset back to root, which on some systems would cause 5735 later mailboxes to fail. Also, any partial message would 5736 not be truncated, which could result in repeated deliveries. 5737 Problem noted by Bruce Evans via Peter Wemm (FreeBSD 5738 developers). 5739 MAKEMAP: Handle cases where O_EXLOCK is #defined to be 0. A similar 5740 change to the sendmail map code was made in 8.8.3. Problem 5741 noted by Gregory Neil Shapiro. 5742 MAKEMAP: Give warnings on file problems such as map files that are 5743 symbolic links; although makemap is not set-user-ID root, it is 5744 often run as root and hence has the potential for the same 5745 sorts of problems as alias rebuilds. 5746 MAKEMAP: Change compilation so that it will link properly on 5747 NEXTSTEP. 5748 CONTRIB: etrn.pl: search for Cw as well as Fw lines in sendmail.cf. 5749 Accept an optional list of arguments following the server 5750 name for the ETRN arguments to use (instead of $=w). Other 5751 miscellaneous bug fixes. From Christian von Roques via 5752 John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 5753 CONTRIB: Add passwd-to-alias.pl, contributed by Kari Hurtta. This 5754 Perl script converts GECOS information in the /etc/passwd 5755 file into aliases, allowing for faster access to full name 5756 lookups; it is also clever about adding aliases (to root) 5757 for system accounts. 5758 NEW FILES: 5759 src/safefile.c 5760 cf/ostype/gnuhurd.m4 5761 cf/ostype/irix6.m4 5762 contrib/passwd-to-alias.pl 5763 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64.6.1 5764 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64.6.x 5765 RENAMED FILES: 5766 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX.6.2 => Makefile.IRIX.6.x 5767 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64 => Makefile.IRIX64.6.0 5768 57698.8.5/8.8.5 1997/01/21 5770 SECURITY: Clear out group list during startup. Without this, sendmail 5771 will continue to run with the group permissions of the caller, 5772 even if RunAsUser is specified. 5773 SECURITY: Make purgestat (-bH) be root-only. This is not in response 5774 to any known attack, but it's best to be conservative. 5775 Suggested by Peter Wemm of DIALix. 5776 SECURITY: Fix buffer overrun problem in MIME code that has possible 5777 security implications. Patch from Alex Garthwaite of the 5778 University of Pennsylvania. 5779 Use of a -f flag with a phrase attached (e.g., "-f 'Full Name <addr>'") 5780 would truncate the address after "Full". Although the -f 5781 syntax is incorrect (since it is in the envelope, it 5782 shouldn't have comments and full names), the failure mode 5783 was unnecessarily awful. 5784 Fix a possible null pointer dereference when converting 8-bit data 5785 to a 7-bit format. Problem noted by Jim Hutchins of 5786 Sandia National Labs and David James of British Telecom. 5787 Clear out stale state that affected F=9 on SMTP mailers in queue 5788 runs. Although this really shouldn't be used (F=9 is for 5789 final delivery only, and using it on an SMTP mailer makes 5790 it possible for a message to be converted from 8->7->8->7 5791 bits several times), it shouldn't have failed with a syserr. 5792 Problem noted by Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley. 5793 _Really_ fix the multiple :maildrop code in the user database 5794 module. Patch from Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech. 5795 Let F lines in the configuration file actually read root-only 5796 files if the configuration file is safe. Based on a 5797 patch from Keith Reynolds of SCO. 5798 ETRN followed by QUIT would hold the connection open until the queue 5799 run completed. Problem noted by Truck Lewis of TDK 5800 Semiconductor Corp. 5801 It turns out that despite the documentation, the TCP wrappers library 5802 does _not_ log rejected connections. Do the logging ourselves. 5803 Problem noted by Fletcher Mattox of the University of Texas 5804 at Austin. 5805 If sendmail finds a qf file in its queue directory that is an unknown 5806 version (e.g., when backing out to an old version), the 5807 error is reported on every queue run. Change it to only 5808 give the error once (and rename the qf => Qf). Patch from 5809 William A. Gianopoulos of Raytheon Company. 5810 Start a new session when doing background delivery; currently it 5811 ignored signals but didn't start a new signal, that caused 5812 some problems if a background process tried to send mail 5813 under certain circumstances. Problem noted by Eric Hagberg 5814 of Morgan Stanley; fix from Kari Hurtta. 5815 Simplify test for skipping a queue run to just check if the current 5816 load average is >= the queueing load average. Previously 5817 the check factored in some other parameters that caused it 5818 to essentially never skip the queue run. Patch from Bryan 5819 Costales. 5820 If the SMTP server is running in "nullserver" mode (that is, it is 5821 rejecting all commands), start sleeping after MAXBADCOMMAND 5822 (25) commands; this helps prevent a bad guy from putting 5823 you into a tight loop as a denial-of-service attack. Based 5824 on an e-mail conversation with Brad Knowles of AOL. 5825 Slow down when too many "light weight" commands have been issued; 5826 this helps prevent a class of denial-of-service attacks. 5827 The current values and defaults are: 5828 MAXNOOPCOMMANDS 20 NOOP, VERB, ONEX, XUSR 5829 MAXHELOCOMMANDS 3 HELO, EHLO 5830 MAXVRFYCOMMANDS 6 VRFY, EXPN 5831 MAXETRNCOMMANDS 8 ETRN 5832 These will probably be configurable in a future release. 5833 On systems that have uid_t typedefed to be an unsigned short, programs 5834 that had the F=S flag and no U= equate would be invoked with 5835 the real uid set to 65535 rather than being left unchanged. 5836 In some cases, NOTIFY=NEVER was not being honored. Problem noted 5837 by Steve Hubert of the University of Washington, Seattle. 5838 Mail that was Quoted-Printable encoded and had a soft line break on 5839 the last line (i.e., an incomplete continuation) had the last 5840 line dropped. Since this appears to be illegal it isn't 5841 clear what to do with it, but flushing the last line seems 5842 to be a better "fail soft" approach. Based on a patch from 5843 Eric Hagberg. 5844 If AllowBogusHELO and PrivacyOptions=needmailhelo are both set, a 5845 bogus HELO command still causes the "Polite people say HELO 5846 first" error message. Problem pointed out by Chris Thomas 5847 of UCLA; patch from John Beck of SunSoft. 5848 Handle "sendmail -bp -qSfoobar" properly if restrictqrun is set 5849 in PrivacyOptions. The -q shouldn't turn this command off. 5850 Problem noted by Murray Kucherawy of Pacific Bell Internet; 5851 based on a patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. 5852 Don't consider SMTP reply codes 452 or 552 (exceeded storage allocation) 5853 in a DATA transaction to be sticky; these can occur because 5854 a message is too large, and smaller messages should still go 5855 through. Problem noted by Matt Dillon of Best Internet 5856 Communications. 5857 In some cases bounces were saved in /var/tmp/dead.letter even if they 5858 had been successfully delivered to the envelope sender. 5859 Problem noted Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley; solution from 5860 Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. 5861 Give better diagnostics on long alias lines. Based on code contributed 5862 by Patrick Gosling of the University of Cambridge. 5863 Increase the number of virtual interfaces that will be probed for 5864 alternate names. Problem noted by Amy Rich of Shore.Net. 5865 PORTABILITY: 5866 UXP/DS V20L10 for Fujitsu DS/90: Makefile patches from 5867 Toshiaki Nomura of Fujitsu Limited. 5868 SunOS with LDAP support: compile problems with struct timeval. 5869 Patch from Nick Cuccia of TCSI Corporation. 5870 SCO: from Keith Reynolds of SCO. 5871 Solaris: kstat load average computation wasn't being used. 5872 Fixes from Michael Ju. Tokarev of Telecom Service, JSC 5873 (Moscow). 5874 OpenBSD: from Jason Downs of teeny.org. 5875 Altos System V: from Tim Rice. 5876 Solaris 2.5: from Alan Perry of SunSoft. 5877 Solaris 2.6: from John Beck of SunSoft. 5878 Harris Nighthawk PowerUX (mh6000 box): from Bob Miorelli 5879 of Pratt & Whitney <miorelli@pweh.com>. 5880 CONFIG: It seems that I hadn't gotten the Received: line syntax 5881 _just_right_ yet. Tweak it again. I'll omit the names 5882 of the "contributors" (quantity two) in this one case. 5883 As of now, NO MORE DISCUSSION about the syntax of the 5884 Received: line. 5885 CONFIG: Although FEATURE(nullclient) uses EXPOSED_USER (class $=E), 5886 it never inserts that class into the output file. Fix it 5887 so it will honor EXPOSED_USER but will _not_ include root 5888 automatically in this class. Problem noted by Ronan KERYELL 5889 of Centre de Recherche en Informatique de l'�cole Nationale 5890 Sup�rieure des Mines de Paris (CRI-ENSMP). 5891 CONFIG: Clean up handling of "local:" syntax in relay specifications 5892 such as LUSER_RELAY. This change permits the following 5893 syntaxes: ``local:'' will send to the same user on the 5894 local machine (e.g., in a mailertable entry for "host", 5895 ``local:'' will cause an address addressed to user@host to 5896 go to user on the local machone). ``local:user'' will send 5897 to the named user on the local machine. ``local:user@host'' 5898 is equivalent to ``local:user'' (the host is ignored). In 5899 all cases, the original user@host is passed in $@ (i.e., the 5900 detail information). Inspired by a report from Michael Fuhr. 5901 CONFIG: Strip quotes from the first word of an "error:" host 5902 indication. This lets you set (for example) the LUSER_RELAY 5903 to be ``error:\"5.1.1\" Your Message Here''. Note the use 5904 of the \" so that the resulting string is properly quoted. 5905 Problem noted by Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. 5906 OP.ME: documentation was inconsistent about whether sendmail did a 5907 NOOP or a RSET to probe the connection (it does a RSET). 5908 Inconsistency noted by Deeran Peethamparam. 5909 OP.ME: insert additional blank pages so it will print properly on 5910 a duplex printer. From Matthew Black of Cal State University, 5911 Long Beach. 5912 59138.8.4/8.8.4 1996/12/02 5914 SECURITY: under some circumstances, an attacker could get additional 5915 permissions by hard linking to files that were group 5916 writable by the attacker. The solution is to disallow any 5917 files that have hard links -- this will affect .forward, 5918 :include:, and output files. Problem noted by Terry 5919 Kyriacopoulos of Interlog Internet Services. As a 5920 workaround, set UnsafeGroupWrites -- always a good idea. 5921 SECURITY: the TryNullMXList (w) option should not be safe -- if it 5922 is, it is possible to do a denial-of-service attack on 5923 MX hosts that rely on the use of the null MX list. There 5924 is no danger if you have this option turned off (the default). 5925 Problem noted by Dan Bernstein. Also, make the DontInitGroups 5926 unsafe. I know of no specific attack against this, although 5927 a denial-of-service attack is probably possible, but in theory 5928 you should not be able to safely tweak anything that affects 5929 the permissions that are used when mail is delivered. 5930 Purgestat could go into an infinite loop if one of the host status 5931 directories somehow became empty. Problem noted by Roy 5932 Mongiovi of Georgia Tech. 5933 Processes got "lost" when counting children due to a race condition. 5934 This caused "proc_list_probe: lost pid" messages to be logged. 5935 Problem noted by several people. 5936 On systems with System V SIGCLD child signal semantics (notably AIX 5937 and HP-UX), mail transactions would print the message "451 5938 SMTP-MAIL: lost child: No child processes". Problem noted 5939 by several people. 5940 Miscellaneous compiler warnings on picky compilers (or when setting 5941 gcc to high warning levels). From Tom Moore of NCR Corp. 5942 SMTP protocol errors, and most errors on MAIL FROM: lines should 5943 not be persistent between runs, since they are based on the 5944 message rather than the host. Problem noted by Matt Dillon 5945 of Best Internet Communications. 5946 The F=7 flag was ignored on SMTP mailers. Problem noted by Tom Moore 5947 of NCR (a.k.a., AT&T Global Information Solutions). 5948 Avoid the possibility of having a child daemon run to completion 5949 (including closing the SMTP socket) before the parent has 5950 had a chance to close the socket; this can cause the parent 5951 to hang for a long time waiting for the socket to drain. 5952 Patch from Don Lewis of TDK Semiconductor. 5953 If the fork() failed in a queue run, the queue runners would not be 5954 rescheduled (so queue runs would stop). Patch from Don Lewis. 5955 Some error conditions in ETRN could cause output without an SMTP 5956 status code. Problem noted by Don Lewis. 5957 Multiple :maildrop addresses in the user database didn't work properly. 5958 Patch from Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech. 5959 Add ".db" automatically onto any user database spec that does not 5960 already have it; this is for consistency with makemap, the 5961 K line, and the documentation. Inconsistency pointed out 5962 by Roy Mongiovi. 5963 Allow sendmail to be properly called in nohup mode. Patch from 5964 Kyle Jones of UUNET. 5965 Change ETRN to ignore but still update host status files; previously 5966 it would ignore them and not save the updated status, which 5967 caused stale information to be maintained. Based on a patch 5968 from Christopher Davis of Kapor Enterprises Inc. Also, have 5969 ETRN ignore the MinQueueAge option. 5970 Patch long term host status to recover more gracefully from an empty 5971 host status file condition. Patch from NAKAMURA Motonori 5972 of Kyoto University. 5973 Several patches to signal handling code to fix potential race 5974 conditions from Don Lewis. 5975 Make it possible to compile with -DDAEMON=0 (previously it had some 5976 compile errors). This turns DAEMON, QUEUE, and SMTP into 5977 0/1 compilation flags. Note that DAEMON is an obsolete 5978 compile flag; use NETINET instead. Solution based on a 5979 patch from Bryan Costales. 5980 PORTABILITY FIXES: 5981 AIX4: getpwnam() and getpwuid() do a sequential scan of the 5982 /etc/security/passwd file when called as root. This 5983 is very slow on some systems. To speed it up, use the 5984 (undocumented) _getpw{nam,uid}_shadow() routines. 5985 Patch from Chris Thomas of UCLA/OAC Systems Group. 5986 SCO 5.x: include -lprot in the Makefile. Patch from Bill 5987 Glicker of Burrelle's Information Service. 5988 NEWS-OS 4.x: need a definition for MODE_T to compile. Patch 5989 from Makoto MATSUSHITA of Osaka University. 5990 SunOS 4.0.3: compile problems. Patches from Andrew Cole of 5991 Leeds University and SASABE Tetsuro of the University 5992 of Tokyo. 5993 DG/UX 5.4.4.11 from Brian J. Murrell of InterLinx Support 5994 Services, Inc. 5995 Domain/OS from Don (Truck) Lewis of TDK Semiconductor Corp. 5996 I believe this to have only been a problem if you 5997 compiled with -DUSE_VENDOR_CF_PATH -- another reason 5998 to stick with /etc/sendmail.cf as your One True Path. 5999 Digital UNIX (OSF/1 on Alpha) load average computation from 6000 Martin Laubach of the Technischen Universit�t Wien. 6001 CONFIG: change default Received: line to be multiple lines rather 6002 than one long one. By popular demand. 6003 MAIL.LOCAL: warnings weren't being logged on some systems. Patch 6004 from Jerome Berkman of U.C. Berkeley. 6005 MAKEMAP: be sure to zero hinfo to avoid cruft that can cause runs 6006 to take a very long time. Problem noted by Yoshiro YONEYA 6007 of NTT Software Corporation. 6008 CONTRIB: add etrn.pl, contributed by John Beck. 6009 NEW FILES: 6010 contrib/etrn.pl 6011 60128.8.3/8.8.3 1996/11/17 6013 SECURITY: it was possible to get a root shell by lying to sendmail 6014 about argv[0] and then sending it a signal. Problem noted 6015 by Leshka Zakharoff <leshka@leshka.chuvashia.su> on the 6016 best-of-security list. 6017 Log sendmail binary version number in "Warning: .cf version level 6018 (%d) exceeds program functionality (%d) message" -- this 6019 should make it clearer to people that they are running 6020 the wrong binary. 6021 Fix a problem that occurs when you open an SMTP connection and then 6022 do one or more ETRN commands followed by a MAIL command; at 6023 the end of the DATA phase sendmail would incorrectly report 6024 "451 SMTP-MAIL: lost child: No child processes". Problem 6025 noted by Eric Bishop of Virginia Tech. 6026 When doing text-based host canonification (typically /etc/hosts 6027 lookup), a null host name would match any /etc/hosts entry 6028 with space at the end of the line. Problem noted by Steve 6029 Hubert of the University of Washington, Seattle. 6030 7 to 8 bit BASE64 MIME conversions could duplicate bits of text. 6031 Problem reported by Tom Smith of Digital Equipment Corp. 6032 Increase the size of the DNS answer buffer -- the standard UDP packet 6033 size PACKETSZ (512) is not sufficient for some nameserver 6034 answers containing very many resource records. The resolver 6035 may also switch to TCP and retry if it detects UDP packet 6036 overflow. Also, allow for the fact that the resolver 6037 routines res_query and res_search return the size of the 6038 *un*truncated answer in case the supplied answer buffer it 6039 not big enough to accommodate the entire answer. Patch from 6040 Eric Wassenaar. 6041 Improvements to MaxDaemonChildren code. If you think you have too 6042 many children, probe the ones you have to verify that they 6043 are still around. Suggested by Jared Mauch of CICnet, Inc. 6044 Also, do this probe before growing the vector of children 6045 pids; this previously caused the vector to grow indefinitely 6046 due to a race condition. Problem reported by Kyle Jones of 6047 UUNET. 6048 On some architectures, <db.h> (from the Berkeley DB library) defines 6049 O_EXLOCK to zero; this fools the map compilation code into 6050 thinking that it can avoid race conditions by locking on open. 6051 Change it to check for O_EXLOCK non-zero. Problem noted by 6052 Leif Erlingsson of Data Lege. 6053 Always call res_init() on startup (if compiled in, of course) to 6054 allow the sendmail.cf file to tweak resolver flags; without 6055 it, flag tweaks in ResolverOptions are ignored. Patch from 6056 Andrew Sun of Merrill Lynch. 6057 Improvements to host status printing code. Suggested by Steve Hubert 6058 of the University of Washington, Seattle. 6059 Change MinQueueAge option processing to do the check for the job age 6060 when reading the queue file, rather than at the end; this 6061 avoids parsing the addresses, which can do DNS lookups. 6062 Problem noted by John Beck of InReference, Inc. 6063 When MIME was being 7->8 bit decoded, "From " lines weren't being 6064 properly escaped. Problem noted by Peter Nilsson of the 6065 University of Linkoping. 6066 In some cases, sendmail would retain root permissions during queue 6067 runs even if RunAsUser was set. Problem noted by Mark 6068 Thomas of Mark G. Thomas Consulting. 6069 If the F=l flag was set on an SMTP mailer to indicate that it is 6070 actually local delivery, and NOTIFY=SUCCESS is specified in 6071 the envelope, and the receiving SMTP server speaks DSN, then 6072 the DSN would be both generated locally and propagated to the 6073 other end. 6074 The U= mailer field didn't correctly extract the group id if the 6075 user id was numeric. Problem noted by Kenneth Herron of 6076 MCI Telecommunications Communications. 6077 If a message exceeded the fixed maximum size on input, the body of 6078 the message was included in the bounce. Note that this did 6079 not occur if it exceeded the maximum _output_ size. Problem 6080 reported by Kyle Jones of UUNET. 6081 PORTABILITY FIXES: 6082 AIX4: 4.1 doesn't have a working setreuid(2); change the 6083 AIX4 defines to use seteuid(2) instead, which 6084 works on 4.1 as well as 4.2. Problem noted by 6085 H�kan Lindholm of interAF, Sweden. 6086 AIX4: use tzname[] vector to determine time zone name. 6087 Patch from NAKAMURA Motonori of Kyoto University. 6088 MkLinux: add Makefile.Linux.ppc and OSTYPE(mklinux) support. 6089 Contributed by Paul DuBois <dubois@primate.wisc.edu>. 6090 Solaris: kstat(3k) support for retrieving the load average. 6091 This adds the LA_KSTAT definition for LA_TYPE. 6092 The outline of the implementation was contributed 6093 by Michael Tokarev of Telecom Service, JSC, Moscow. 6094 HP-UX 10.0 gripes about the (perfectly legal!) forward 6095 declaration of struct rusage at the top of conf.h; 6096 change it to only be included if you are using gcc, 6097 which is apparently the only compiler that requires 6098 it in the first place. Problem noted by Jeff 6099 Earickson of Colby College. 6100 IRIX: don't default to using gcc. IRIX is a civilized 6101 operating system that comes with a decent compiler 6102 by default. Problem noted by Barry Bouwsma and 6103 Kari Hurtta. 6104 CONFIG: specify F=9 as default in FEATURE(local_procmail) for 6105 consistency with other local mailers. Inconsistency 6106 pointed out by Teddy Hogeborn <teddy@fukt.hk-r.se>. 6107 CONFIG: if the "limited best mx" feature is used (to reduce DNS 6108 overhead) as part of the bestmx_is_local feature, the 6109 domain part was dropped from the name. Patch from Steve 6110 Hubert of the University of Washington, Seattle. 6111 CONFIG: catch addresses of the form "user@.dom.ain"; these could 6112 end up being translated to the null host name, which would 6113 return any entry in /etc/hosts that had a space at the end 6114 of the line. Problem noted by Steve Hubert of the 6115 University of Washington, Seattle. 6116 CONFIG: add OSTYPE(aix4). From Michael Sofka of Rensselaer 6117 Polytechnic Institute. 6118 MAKEMAP: tweak hash and btree parameters for better performance. 6119 Patch from Matt Dillon of Best Internet Communications. 6120 NEW FILES: 6121 src/Makefiles/Makefile.Linux.ppc 6122 cf/ostype/aix4.m4 6123 cf/ostype/mklinux.m4 6124 61258.8.2/8.8.2 1996/10/18 6126 SECURITY: fix a botch in the 7-bit MIME patch; the previous patch 6127 changed the code but didn't fix the problem. 6128 PORTABILITY FIXES: 6129 Solaris: Don't use the system getusershell(3); it can 6130 apparently corrupt the heap in some circumstances. 6131 Problem found by Ken Pizzini of Spry, Inc. 6132 OP.ME: document several mailer flags that were accidentally omitted 6133 from this document. These flags were F=d, F=j, F=R, and F=9. 6134 CONFIG: no changes. 6135 61368.8.1/8.8.1 1996/10/17 6137 SECURITY: unset all environment variables that the resolver will 6138 examine during queue runs and daemon mode. Problem noted 6139 by Dan Bernstein of the University of Illinois at Chicago. 6140 SECURITY: in some cases an illegal 7-bit MIME-encoded text/plain 6141 message could overflow a buffer if it was converted back 6142 to 8 bits. This caused core dumps and has the potential 6143 for a remote attack. Problem first noted by Gregory Shapiro 6144 of WPI. 6145 Avoid duplicate deliveries of error messages on systems that don't 6146 have flock(2) support. Patch from Motonori Nakamura of 6147 Kyoto University. 6148 Ignore null FallBackMX (V) options. If this option is null (as 6149 opposed to undefined) it can cause "null signature" syserrs 6150 on illegal host names. 6151 If a Base64 encoded text/plain message has no trailing newline in 6152 the encoded text, conversion back to 8 bits will drop the 6153 final line. Problem noted by Pierre David. 6154 If running with a RunAsUser, sendmail would give bogus "cannot 6155 setuid" (or seteuid, or setreuid) messages on some systems. 6156 Problem pointed out by Jordan Mendelson of Web Services, Inc. 6157 Always print error messages in -bv mode -- previously, -bv would 6158 be absolutely silent on errors if the error mode was sent 6159 to (say) mail-back. Problem noted by Kyle Jones of UUNET. 6160 If -qI/R/S is set (or the ETRN command is used), ignore all long 6161 term host status. This is necessary because it is common 6162 to do this when you know a host has just come back up. 6163 Disallow duplicate HELO/EHLO commands as required by RFC 1651 section 6164 4.2. Excessive permissiveness noted by Lee Flight of the 6165 University of Leicester. 6166 If a service (such as NIS) is specified as the last entry in the 6167 service switch, but that service is not compiled in, sendmail 6168 would return a temporary failure when an entry was not found 6169 in the map. This caused the message to be queued instead of 6170 bouncing immediately. Problem noted by Harry Edmon of the 6171 University of Washington. 6172 PORTABILITY FIXES: 6173 Solaris 2.3 had compilation problems in conf.c. Several 6174 people pointed this out. 6175 NetBSD from Charles Hannum of MIT. 6176 AIX4 improvements based on info from Steve Bauer of South 6177 Dakota School of Mines & Technology. 6178 CONFIG: ``error:code message'' syntax was broken in virtusertable. 6179 Patch from Gil Kloepfer Jr. 6180 CONFIG: if FEATURE(nocanonify) was specified, hosts in $=M (set 6181 using MASQUERADE_DOMAIN) were not masqueraded unless they 6182 were also in $=w. Problem noted by Zoltan Basti of 6183 Softec. 6184 MAIL.LOCAL: patches to compile and link cleanly on AIX. Based 6185 on a patch from Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley. 6186 MAIL.LOCAL: patches to compile on NEXTSTEP. From Patrick Nolan 6187 of Stanford via Robert La Ferla. 6188 61898.8.0/8.8.0 1996/09/26 6190 Under some circumstances, Bcc: headers would not be properly 6191 deleted. Pointed out by Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision. 6192 Log a warning if the sendmail daemon is invoked without a full 6193 pathname, which prevents "kill -1" from working. I was 6194 urged to put this in by Andrey A. Chernov of DEMOS (Russia). 6195 Fix small buffer overflow. Since the data in this buffer was not 6196 read externally, there was no security problem (and in fact 6197 probably wouldn't really overflow on most compilers). Pointed 6198 out by KIZU takashi of Osaka University. 6199 Fix problem causing domain literals such as [1.2.3.4] to be ignored 6200 if a FallbackMXHost was specified in the configuration file 6201 -- all mail would be sent to the fallback even if the original 6202 host was accessible. Pointed out by Munenari Hirayama of 6203 NSC (Japan). 6204 A message that didn't terminate with a newline would (sometimes) not 6205 have the trailing "." added properly in the SMTP dialogue, 6206 causing SMTP to hang. Patch from Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 6207 The DaemonPortOptions suboption to bind to a particular address was 6208 incorrect and nonfunctional due to a misunderstanding of the 6209 semantics of binding on a passive socket. Patch from 6210 NIIBE Yutaka of Mitsubishi Research Institute. 6211 Increase the number of MX hosts for a single name to 100 to better 6212 handle the truly huge service providers such as AOL, which 6213 has 13 at the moment (and climbing). In order to avoid 6214 trashing memory, the buffer for all names has only been 6215 slightly increased in size, to 12.8K from 10.2K -- this means 6216 that if a single name had 100 MX records, the average size 6217 of those records could not exceed 128 bytes. Requested by 6218 Brad Knowles of America On Line. 6219 Restore use of IDENT returns where the OSTYPE field equals "OTHER". 6220 Urged by Dan Bernstein of U.C. Berkeley. 6221 Print q_statdate and q_specificity in address structure debugging 6222 printout. 6223 Expand MCI structure flag bits for debugging output. 6224 Support IPv6-style domain literals, which can have colons between 6225 square braces. 6226 Log open file descriptors for the "cannot dup" messages in deliver(); 6227 this is an attempt to track down a bug that one person seems 6228 to be having (it may be a Solaris bug!). 6229 DSN NOTIFY parameters were not properly propagated across queue runs; 6230 this caused the NOTIFY info to sometimes be lost. Problem 6231 pointed out by Claus Assmann of the 6232 Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel. 6233 The statistics gathered in the sendmail.st file were too high; in 6234 some cases failures (e.g., user unknown or temporary failure) 6235 would count as a delivery as far as the statistics were 6236 concerned. Problem noted by Tom Moore of AT&T GIS. 6237 Systems that don't have flock() would not send split envelopes in 6238 the initial run. Problem pointed out by Leonard Zubkoff of 6239 Dandelion Digital. 6240 Move buffer overflow checking -- these primarily involve distrusting 6241 results that may come from NIS and DNS. 6242 4.4-BSD-derived systems, including FreeBSD, NetBSD, and BSD/OS didn't 6243 include <paths.h> and hence had the wrong pathnames for a few 6244 things like /var/tmp. Reported by Matthew Green. 6245 Conditions were reversed for the Priority: header, resulting in all 6246 values being interpreted as non-urgent except for non-urgent, 6247 which was interpreted as normal. Patch from Bryan Costales. 6248 The -o (optional) flag was being ignored on hash and btree maps 6249 since 8.7.2. Fix from Bryan Costales. 6250 Content-Types listed in class "q" will always be encoded as 6251 Quoted-Printable (or more accurately, will never be encoded 6252 as base64). The class can have primary types (e.g., "text") 6253 or full types (e.g., "text/plain"). Based on a suggestion by 6254 Marius Olafsson of the University of Iceland. 6255 Define ${envid} to be the original envelope id (from the ESMTP DSN 6256 dialogue) so it can be passed to programs in mailers. 6257 Define ${bodytype} to be the body type (from the -B flag or the 6258 BODY= ESMTP parameter) so it can be passed to programs in 6259 mailers. 6260 Cause the VRFY command to return 252 instead of 250 unless the F=q 6261 flag is set in the mailer descriptor. Suggested by John 6262 Myers of CMU. 6263 Implement ESMTP ETRN command to flush the queue for a specific host. 6264 The command takes a host name; data for that host is 6265 immediately (and asynchronously) flushed. Because this shares 6266 the -qR implementation, other hosts may be attempted, but 6267 there should be no security implications. Implementation 6268 from John Beck of InReference, Inc. See RFC 1985 for details. 6269 Add three new command line flags to pass in DSN parameters: -V envid 6270 (equivalent to ENVID=envid on the MAIL command), -R ret 6271 (equivalent to RET=ret on the MAIL command), and -Nnotify 6272 (equivalent to NOTIFY=notify on the RCPT command). Note 6273 that the -N flag applies to all recipients; there is no way 6274 to specify per-address notifications on the command line, 6275 nor is there an equivalent for the ORCPT= per-address 6276 parameter. 6277 Restore LogLevel option to be safe (it can only be increased); 6278 apparently I went into paranoid mode between 8.6 and 8.7 6279 and made it unsafe. Pointed out by Dabe Murphy of the 6280 University of Maryland. 6281 New logging on log level 15: all SMTP traffic. Patches from 6282 Andrew Gross of San Diego Supercomputer Center. 6283 NetInfo property value searching code wasn't stopping when it found 6284 a match. This was causing the wrong values to be found (and 6285 had a memory leak). Found by Bastian Schleuter of TU-Berlin. 6286 Add new F=0 (zero) mailer flag to turn off MX lookups. It was pointed 6287 out by Bill Wisner of Electronics for Imaging that you can't 6288 use the bracket address form for the MAIL_HUB macro, since 6289 that causes the brackets to remain in the envelope recipient 6290 address used for delivery. The simple fix (stripping off the 6291 brackets in the config file) breaks the use of IP literal 6292 addresses. This flag will solve that problem. 6293 Add MustQuoteChars option. This is a list of characters that must 6294 be quoted if they are found in the phrase part of an address 6295 (that is, the full name part). The characters @,;:\()[] are 6296 always in this list and cannot be removed. The default is 6297 this list plus . and ' to match RFC 822. 6298 Add AllowBogusHELO option; if set, sendmail will allow HELO commands 6299 that do not include a host name for back compatibility with 6300 some stupid SMTP clients. Setting this violates RFC 1123 6301 section 5.2.5. 6302 Add MaxDaemonChildren option; if this is set, sendmail will start 6303 rejecting connections if it has more than this many 6304 outstanding children accepting mail. Note that you may 6305 see more processes than this because of outgoing mail; this 6306 is for incoming connections only. 6307 Add ConnectionRateThrottle option. If set to a positive value, the 6308 number of incoming SMTP connections that will be permitted 6309 in a single second is limited to this number. Connections are 6310 not refused during this time, just deferred. The intent is to 6311 flatten out demand so that load average limiting can kick in. 6312 It is less radical than MaxDaemonChildren, which will stop 6313 accepting connections even if all the connections are idle 6314 (e.g., due to connection caching). 6315 Add Timeout.hoststatus option. This interval (defaulting to 30m) 6316 specifies how long cached information about the state of a 6317 host will be kept before they are considered stale and the 6318 host is retried. If you are using persistent host status 6319 (i.e., the HostStatusDirectory option is set) this will apply 6320 between runs; otherwise, it applies only within a single queue 6321 run and hence is useful only for hosts that have large queues 6322 that take a very long time to run. 6323 Add SingleLineFromHeader option. If set, From: headers are coerced 6324 into being a single line even if they had newlines in them 6325 when read. This is to get around a botch in Lotus Notes. 6326 Text class maps were totally broken -- if you ever retrieved the last 6327 item in a table it would be truncated. Problem noted by 6328 Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. 6329 Extend the lines printed by the mailq command (== the -bp flag) when 6330 -v is given to 120 characters; this allows more information 6331 to be displayed. Suggested by Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. 6332 Allow macro definitions (`D' lines) with unquoted commas; previously 6333 this was treated as end-of-input. Problem noted by Bryan 6334 Costales. 6335 The RET= envelope parameter (used for DSNs) wasn't properly written 6336 to the queue file. Fix from John Hughes of Atlantic 6337 Technologies, Inc. 6338 Close /var/tmp/dead.letter after a successful write -- otherwise 6339 if this happens in a queue run it can cause nasty delays. 6340 Problem noted by Mark Horton of AT&T. 6341 If userdb entries pointed to userdb entries, and there were multiple 6342 values for a given key, the database cursor would get 6343 trashed by the recursive call. Problem noted by Roy Mongiovi 6344 of Georgia Tech. Fixed by reading all the values and creating 6345 a comma-separated list; thus, the -v output will be somewhat 6346 different for this case. 6347 Fix buffer allocation problem with Hesiod-based userdb maps when 6348 HES_GETMAILHOST is defined. Based on a patch by Betty Lee 6349 of Stanford University. 6350 When envelopes were split due to aliases with owner- aliases, and 6351 there was some error on one of the lists, more than one of 6352 the owners would get the message. Problem pointed out by 6353 Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech. 6354 Detect excessive recursion in macro expansions, e.g., $X defined 6355 in terms of $Y which is defined in terms of $X. Problem 6356 noted by Bryan Costales; patch from Eric Wassenaar. 6357 When using F=U to get "ugly UUCP" From_ lines, a buffer could in 6358 some cases get trashed causing bogus From_ lines. Fix from 6359 Kyle Jones of UUNET. 6360 When doing load average initialization, if the nlist call for avenrun 6361 failed, the second and subsequent lookups wouldn't notice 6362 that fact causing bogus load averages to be returned. Noted 6363 by Casper Dik of Sun Holland. 6364 Fix problem with incompatibility with some versions of inet_aton that 6365 have changed the return value to unsigned, so a check for an 6366 error return of -1 doesn't work. Use INADDR_NONE instead. 6367 This could cause mail to addresses such as [foo.com] to bounce 6368 or get dropped. Problem noted by Christophe Wolfhugel of the 6369 Pasteur Institute. 6370 DSNs were inconsistent if a failure occurred during the DATA phase 6371 rather than the RCPT phase: the Action: would be correct, but 6372 the detailed status information would be wrong. Problem noted 6373 by Bob Snyder of General Electric Company. 6374 Add -U command line flag and the XUSR ESMTP extension, both indicating 6375 that this is the initial MUA->MTA submission. The flag current 6376 does nothing, but in future releases (when MUAs start using 6377 these flags) it will probably turn on things like DNS 6378 canonification. 6379 Default end-of-line string (E= specification on mailer [M] lines) 6380 to \r\n on SMTP mailers. Default remains \n on non-SMTP 6381 mailers. 6382 Change the internal definition for the *file* and *include* mailers 6383 to have $u in the argument vectors so that they aren't 6384 misinterpreted as SMTP mailers and thus use \r\n line 6385 termination. This will affect anyone who has redefined 6386 either of these in their configuration file. 6387 Don't assume that IDENT servers close the connection after a query; 6388 responses can be newline terminated. From Terry Kennedy of 6389 St. Peter's College. 6390 Avoid core dumps on erroneous configuration files that have 6391 $#mailer with nothing following. From Bryan Costales. 6392 Avoid null pointer dereference with high debug values in unlockqueue. 6393 Fix from Randy Martin of Clemson University. 6394 Fix possible buffer overrun when expanding very large macros. Fix 6395 from Kyle Jones of UUNET. 6396 After 25 EXPN or VRFY commands, start pausing for a second before 6397 processing each one. This avoids a certain form of denial 6398 of service attack. Potential attack pointed out by Bryan 6399 Costales. 6400 Allow new named (not numbered!) config file rules to do validity 6401 checking on SMTP arguments: check_mail for MAIL commands and 6402 check_rcpt for RCPT commands. These rulesets can do anything 6403 they want; their result is ignored unless they resolve to the 6404 $#error mailer, in which case the indicated message is printed 6405 and the command is rejected. Similarly, the check_compat 6406 ruleset is called before delivery with "from_addr $| to_addr" 6407 (the $| is a meta-symbol used to separate the two addresses); 6408 it can give a "this sender can't send to this recipient" 6409 notification. Note that this patch allows $| to stand alone 6410 in rulesets. 6411 Define new macros ${client_name}, ${client_addr}, and ${client_port} 6412 that have the name, IP address, and port number (respectively) 6413 of the SMTP client (that is, the entity at the other end of 6414 the connection. These can be used in (e.g.) check_rcpt to 6415 verify that someone isn't trying to relay mail through your 6416 host inappropriately. Be sure to use the deferred evaluation 6417 form, for example $&{client_name}, to avoid having these bound 6418 when sendmail reads the configuration file. 6419 Add new config file rule check_relay to check the incoming connection 6420 information. Like check_compat, it is passed the host name 6421 and host address separated by $| and can reject connections 6422 on that basis. 6423 Allow IDA-style recursive function calls. Code contributed by Mark 6424 Lovell and Paul Vixie. 6425 Eliminate the "No ! in UUCP From address!" message" -- instead, create 6426 a virtual UUCP address using either a domain address or the $k 6427 macro. Based on code contributed by Mark Lovell and Paul 6428 Vixie. 6429 Add Stanford LDAP map. Requires special libraries that are not 6430 included with sendmail. Contributed by Booker C. Bense 6431 <bbense@networking.stanford.edu>; contact him for support. 6432 See also the src/READ_ME file. 6433 Allow -dANSI to turn on ANSI escape sequences in debug output; this 6434 puts metasymbols (e.g., $+) in reverse video. Really useful 6435 only for debugging deep bits of code where it is important to 6436 distinguish between the single-character metasymbol $+ and the 6437 two characters $, +. 6438 Changed ruleset 89 (executed in dumpstate()) to a named ruleset, 6439 debug_dumpstate. 6440 Add new UnsafeGroupWrites option; if set, .forward and :include: 6441 files that are group writable are considered "unsafe" -- that 6442 is, programs and files referenced from such files are not 6443 valid recipients. 6444 Delete bogosity test for FallBackMX host; this prevented it to be a 6445 name that was not in DNS or was a domain-literal. Problem 6446 noted by Tom May. 6447 Change the introduction to error messages to more clearly delineate 6448 permanent from temporary failures; if both existed in a 6449 single message it could be confusing. Suggested by John 6450 Beck of InReference, Inc. 6451 The IngoreDot (i) option didn't work for lines that were terminated 6452 with CRLF. Problem noted by Ted Stockwell of Secure 6453 Computing Corporation. 6454 Add a heuristic to improve the handling of unbalanced `<' signs in 6455 message headers. Problem reported by Matt Dillon of Best 6456 Internet Communications. 6457 Check for bogus characters in the 0200-0237 range; since these are 6458 used internally, very strange errors can occur if those 6459 characters appear in headers. Problem noted by Anders Gertz 6460 of Lysator. 6461 Implement 7 -> 8 bit MIME conversions. This only takes place if the 6462 recipient mailer has the F=9 flag set, and only works on 6463 text/plain body types. Code contributed by Marius Olafsson 6464 of the University of Iceland. 6465 Special case "postmaster" name so that it is always treated as lower 6466 case in alias files regardless of configuration settings; 6467 this prevents some potential problems where "Postmaster" or 6468 "POSTMASTER" might not match "postmaster". In most cases 6469 this change is a no-op. 6470 The -o map flag was ignored for text maps. Problem noted by Bryan 6471 Costales. 6472 The -a map flag was ignored for dequote maps. Problem noted by 6473 Bryan Costales. 6474 Fix core dump when a lookup of a class "prog" map returns no 6475 response. Patch from Bryan Costales. 6476 Log instances where sendmail is deferring or rejecting connections 6477 on LogLevel 14. Suggested by Kyle Jones of UUNET. 6478 Include port number in process title for network daemons. Suggested 6479 by Kyle Jones of UUNET. 6480 Send ``double bounces'' (errors that occur when sending an error 6481 message) to the address indicated in the DoubleBounceAddress 6482 option (default: postmaster). Previously they were always 6483 sent to postmaster. Suggested by Kyle Jones of UUNET. 6484 Add new mode, -bD, that acts like -bd in all respects except that 6485 it runs in foreground. This is useful for using with a 6486 wrapper that "watches" system services. Suggested by Kyle 6487 Jones of UUNET. 6488 Fix botch in spacing around (parenthesized) comments in addresses 6489 when the comment comes before the address. Patch from 6490 Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 6491 Use the prefix "Postmaster notify" on the Subject: lines of messages 6492 that are being bounced to postmaster, rather than "Returned 6493 mail". This permits the person who is postmaster more 6494 easily determine what messages are to their role as 6495 postmaster versus bounces to mail they actually sent. Based 6496 on a suggestion by Motonori Nakamura. 6497 Add new value "time" for QueueSortOrder option; this causes the queue 6498 to be sorted strictly by the time of submission. Note that 6499 this can cause very bad behavior over slow lines (because 6500 large jobs will tend to delay small jobs) and on nodes with 6501 heavy traffic (because old things in the queue for hosts that 6502 are down delay processing of new jobs). Also, this does not 6503 guarantee that jobs will be delivered in submission order 6504 unless you also set DeliveryMode=queue. In general, it should 6505 probably only be used on the command line, and only in 6506 conjunction with -qRhost.domain. In fact, there are very few 6507 cases where it should be used at all. Based on an 6508 implementation by Motonori Nakamura. 6509 If a map lookup in ruleset 5 returns tempfail, queue the message in 6510 the same manner as other rulesets. Previously a temporary 6511 failure in ruleset 5 was ignored. Patch from Booker Bense 6512 of Stanford University. 6513 Don't proceed to the next MX host if an SMTP MAIL command returns a 6514 5yz (permanent failure) code. The next MX host will still be 6515 tried if the connection cannot be opened in the first place 6516 or if the MAIL command returns a 4yz (temporary failure) code. 6517 (It's hard to know what to do here, since neither RFC 974 nor 6518 RFC 1123 specify when to proceed to the next MX host.) 6519 Suggested by Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision, Inc. 6520 Add new "-t" flag for map definitions (the "K" line in the .cf file). 6521 This causes map lookups that get a temporary failure (e.g., 6522 name server failure) to _not_ defer the delivery of the 6523 message. This should only be used if your configuration file 6524 is prepared to do something sensible in this case. Based on 6525 an idea by Gregory Shapiro of WPI. 6526 Fix problem finding network interface addresses. Patch from 6527 Motonori Nakamura. 6528 Don't reject qf entries that are not owned by your effective uid if 6529 you are not running set-user-ID; this makes management of 6530 certain kinds of firewall setups difficult. Patch 6531 suggested by Eamonn Coleman of Qualcomm. 6532 Add persistent host status. This keeps the information normally 6533 maintained within a single queue run in disk files that are 6534 shared between sendmail instances. The HostStatusDirectory 6535 is the directory in which the information is maintained. If 6536 not set, persistent host status is turned off. If not a full 6537 pathname, it is relative to the queue directory. A common 6538 value is ".hoststat". 6539 There are also two new operation modes: 6540 * -bh prints the status of hosts that have had recent 6541 connections. 6542 * -bH purges the host statuses. No attempt is made to save 6543 recent status information. 6544 This feature was originally written by Paul Vixie of Vixie 6545 Enterprises for KJS and adapted for V8 by Mark Lovell of 6546 Bigrock Consulting. Paul's funding of Mark and Mark's patience 6547 with my insistence that things fit cleanly into the V8 6548 framework is gratefully appreciated. 6549 New SingleThreadDelivery option (requires HostStatusDirectory to 6550 operate). Avoids letting two sendmails on the local machine 6551 open connections to the same remote host at the same time. 6552 This reduces load on the other machine, but can cause mail to 6553 be delayed (for example, if one sendmail is delivering a huge 6554 message, other sendmails won't be able to send even small 6555 messages). Also, it requires another file descriptor (for the 6556 lock file) per connection, so you may have to reduce 6557 ConnectionCacheSize to avoid running out of per-process 6558 file descriptors. Based on the persistent host status code 6559 contributed by Paul Vixie and Mark Lovell. 6560 Allow sending to non-simple files (e.g., /dev/null) even if the 6561 SafeFileEnvironment option is set. Problem noted by Bryan 6562 Costales. 6563 The -qR flag mistakenly matched flags in the "R" line of the queue 6564 file. Problem noted by Bryan Costales. 6565 If a job was aborted using the interrupt signal (e.g., control-C from 6566 the keyboard), on some occasions an empty df file would be 6567 left around; these would collect in the queue directory. 6568 Problem noted by Bryan Costales. 6569 Change the makesendmail script to enhance the search for Makefiles 6570 based on release number. For example, on SunOS 5.5.1, it will 6571 search for Makefile.SunOS.5.5.1, Makefile.SunOS.5.5, and then 6572 Makefile.SunOS.5.x (in addition to the other rules, e.g., 6573 adding $arch). Problem noted by Jason Mastaler of Atlanta 6574 Webmasters. 6575 When creating maps using "newaliases", always map the keys to lower 6576 case when creating the map unless the -f flag is specified on 6577 the map itself. Previously this was done based on the F=u 6578 flag in the local mailer, which meant you could create aliases 6579 that you could never access. Problem noted by Bob Wu of DEC. 6580 When a job was read from the queue, the bits causing notification on 6581 failure or delay were always set. This caused those 6582 notifications to be sent even if NOTIFY=NEVER had been 6583 specified. Problem noted by Steve Hubert of the University 6584 of Washington, Seattle. 6585 Add new configurable routine validate_connection (in conf.c). This 6586 lets you decide if you are willing to accept traffic from 6587 this host. If it returns FALSE, all SMTP commands will return 6588 "550 Access denied". -DTCPWRAPPERS will include support for 6589 TCP wrappers; you will need to add -lwrap to the link line. 6590 (See src/READ_ME for details.) 6591 Don't include the "THIS IS A WARNING MESSAGE ONLY" banner on postmaster 6592 bounces. Some people seemed to think that this could be 6593 confusing (even though it is true). Suggested by Motonori 6594 Nakamura. 6595 Add new RunAsUser option; this causes sendmail to do a setuid to that 6596 user early in processing to avoid potential security problems. 6597 However, this means that all .forward and :include: files must 6598 be readable by that user, and all files to be written must be 6599 writable by that user and all programs will be executed by that 6600 user. It is also incompatible with the SafeFileEnvironment 6601 option. In other words, it may not actually add much to 6602 security. However, it should be useful on firewalls and other 6603 places where users don't have accounts and the aliases file is 6604 well constrained. 6605 Add Timeout.iconnect. This is like Timeout.connect except it is used 6606 only on the first attempt to delivery to an address. It could 6607 be set to be lower than Timeout.connect on the principle that 6608 the mail should go through quickly to responsive hosts; less 6609 responsive hosts get to wait for the next queue run. 6610 Fix a problem on Solaris that occasionally causes programs 6611 (such as vacation) to hang with their standard input connected 6612 to a UDP port. It also created some signal handling problems. 6613 The problems turned out to be an interaction between vfork(2) 6614 and some of the libraries, particularly NIS/NIS+. I am 6615 indebted to Tor Egge <tegge@idt.ntnu.no> for this fix. 6616 Change user class map to do the same matching that actual delivery 6617 will do instead of just a /etc/passwd lookup. This adds 6618 fuzzy matching to the user map. Patch from Dan Oscarsson. 6619 The Timeout.* options are not safe -- they can be used to create a 6620 denial-of-service attack. Problem noted by Christophe 6621 Wolfhugel. 6622 Don't send PostmasterCopy messages in the event of a "delayed" 6623 notification. Suggested by Barry Bouwsma. 6624 Don't advertise "VERB" ESMTP extension if the "noexpn" privacy 6625 option is set, since this disables VERB mode. Suggested 6626 by John Hawkinson of MIT. 6627 Complain if the QueueDirectory (Q) option is not set. Problem noted 6628 by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 6629 Only queue messages on transient .forward open failures if there 6630 were no successful opens. The previous behavior caused it 6631 to queue even if a "fall back" .forward was found. Problem 6632 noted by Ann-Kian Yeo of the Dept. of Information Systems 6633 and Computer Science (DISCS), NUS, Singapore. 6634 Don't do 8->7 bit conversions when bouncing a MIME message that 6635 is bouncing because of a MIME error during 8->7 bit conversion; 6636 the encapsulated message will bounce again, causing a loop. 6637 Problem noted by Steve Hubert of the University of Washington. 6638 Create xf (transcript) files using the TempFileMode option value 6639 instead of 0644. Suggested by Ann-Kian Yeo of the 6640 National University of Singapore. 6641 Print errors if setgid/setuid/etc. fail during delivery. This helps 6642 detect cases where DefaultUid is set to something that the 6643 system can't cope with. 6644 PORTABILITY FIXES: 6645 Support for AIX/RS 2.2.1 from Mark Whetzel of Western 6646 Atlas International. 6647 Patches for Intel Paragon OSF/1 1.3 from Leo Bicknell 6648 <bicknell@ufp.org>. 6649 On DEC OSF/1 3.2 and earlier, the MatchGECOS code would only 6650 work on the first recipient of a message due to a 6651 bug in the getpwent family. If this is something you 6652 use, you can define DEC_OSF_BROKEN_GETPWENT=1 for a 6653 workaround. From Maximum Entropy of Sanford C. 6654 Bernstein and Associates. 6655 FreeBSD 1.1.5.1 uname -r returns a string containing 6656 parentheses, which breaks makesendmail. Reported 6657 by Piero Serini <piero@strider.ibenet.it>. 6658 Sequent DYNIX/ptx 4.0.2 patches from Jack Woolley of 6659 Systems and Computer Technology Corporation. 6660 Solaris 2.x: omit the UUCP grade parameter (-g flag) because 6661 it is system-dependent. Problem noted by J.J. Bailey 6662 of Bailey Computer Consulting. 6663 Pyramid NILE running DC/OSx support from Earle F. Ake of 6664 Hassler Communication Systems Technology, Inc. 6665 HP-UX 10.x compile glitches, reported by Anne Brink of the 6666 U.S. Army and James Byrne of Harte & Lyne Limited. 6667 NetBSD from Matthew Green of the NetBSD crew. 6668 SCO 5.x from Keith Reynolds of SCO. 6669 IRIX 6.2 from Robert Tarrall of the University of 6670 Colorado and Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological 6671 Institute. 6672 UXP/DS (Fujitsu/ICL DS/90 series) support from Diego R. 6673 Lopez, CICA (Seville). 6674 NCR SVR4 MP-RAS 3.x support from Tom Moore of NCR. 6675 PTX 3.2.0 from Kenneth Stailey of the US Department of Labor 6676 Employment Standards Administration. 6677 Altos System V (5.3.1) from Tim Rice of Multitalents. 6678 Concurrent Systems Corporation Maxion from Donald R. Laster 6679 Jr. 6680 NetInfo maps (improved debugging and multi-valued aliases) 6681 from Adrian Steinmann of Steinmann Consulting. 6682 ConvexOS 11.5 (including SecureWare C2 and the Share Scheduler) 6683 from Eric Schnoebelen of Convex. 6684 Linux 2.0 mail.local patches from Horst von Brand. 6685 NEXTSTEP 3.x compilation from Robert La Ferla. 6686 NEXTSTEP 3.x code changes from Allan J. Nathanson of NeXT. 6687 Solaris 2.5 configuration fixes for mail.local by Jim Davis 6688 of the University of Arizona. 6689 Solaris 2.5 has a working setreuid. Noted by David Linn of 6690 Vanderbilt University. 6691 Solaris changes for praliases, makemap, mailstats, and smrsh. 6692 Previously you had to add -DSOLARIS in Makefile.dist; 6693 this auto-detects. Based on a patch from Randall 6694 Winchester of the University of Maryland. 6695 CONFIG: add generic-nextstep3.3.mc file. Contributed by 6696 Robert La Ferla of Hot Software. 6697 CONFIG: allow mailertables to resolve to ``error:code message'' 6698 (where "code" is an exit status) on domains (previously 6699 worked only on hosts). Patch from Cor Bosman of Xs4all 6700 Foundation. 6701 CONFIG: hooks for IPv6-style domain literals. 6702 CONFIG: predefine ALIAS_FILE and change the prototype file so that 6703 if it is undefined the AliasFile option is never set; this 6704 should be transparent for most everyone. Suggested by John 6705 Myers of CMU. 6706 CONFIG: add FEATURE(limited_masquerade). Without this feature, any 6707 domain listed in $=w is masqueraded. With it, only those 6708 domains listed in a MASQUERADE_DOMAIN macro are masqueraded. 6709 CONFIG: add FEATURE(masquerade_entire_domain). This causes 6710 masquerading specified by MASQUERADE_DOMAIN to apply to all 6711 hosts under those domains as well as the domain headers 6712 themselves. For example, if a configuration had 6713 MASQUERADE_DOMAIN(foo.com), then without this feature only 6714 foo.com would be masqueraded; with it, *.foo.com would be 6715 masqueraded as well. Based on an implementation by Richard 6716 (Pug) Bainter of U. Texas. 6717 CONFIG: add FEATURE(genericstable) to do a more general rewriting of 6718 outgoing addresses. Defaults to ``hash -o /etc/genericstable''. 6719 Keys are user names; values are outgoing mail addresses. Yes, 6720 this does overlap with the user database, and figuring out 6721 just when to use which one may be tricky. Based on code 6722 contributed by Richard (Pug) Bainter of U. Texas with updates 6723 from Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 6724 CONFIG: add FEATURE(virtusertable) to do generalized rewriting of 6725 incoming addresses. Defaults to ``hash -o /etc/virtusertable''. 6726 Keys are either fully qualified addresses or just the host 6727 part (with the @ sign). For example, a table containing: 6728 info@foo.com foo-info 6729 info@bar.com bar-info 6730 @baz.org jane@elsewhere.net 6731 would send all mail destined for info@foo.com to foo-info 6732 (which is presumably an alias), mail addressed to info@bar.com 6733 to bar-info, and anything addressed to anyone at baz.org will 6734 be sent to jane@elsewhere.net. The names foo.com, bar.com, 6735 and baz.org must all be in $=w. Based on discussions with 6736 a great many people. 6737 CONFIG: add nullclient configurations to define SMTP_MAILER_FLAGS. 6738 Suggested by Richard Bainter. 6739 CONFIG: add FAX_MAILER_ARGS to tweak the arguments passed to the 6740 "fax" mailer. 6741 CONFIG: allow mailertable entries to resolve to local:user; this 6742 passes the original user@host in to procmail-style local 6743 mailers as the "detail" information to allow them to do 6744 additional clever processing. From Joe Pruett of 6745 Teleport Corporation. Delivery to the original user can 6746 be done by specifying "local:" (with nothing after the colon). 6747 CONFIG: allow any context that takes "mailer:domain" to also take 6748 "mailer:user@domain" to force mailing to the given user; 6749 "local:user" can also be used to do local delivery. This 6750 applies on *_RELAY and in the mailertable entries. Based 6751 on a suggestion by Ribert Kiessling of Easynet. 6752 CONFIG: Allow FEATURE(bestmx_is_local) to take an argument that 6753 limits the possible domains; this reduces the number of DNS 6754 lookups required to support this feature. For example, 6755 FEATURE(bestmx_is_local, my.site.com) limits the lookups 6756 to domains under my.site.com. Code contributed by Anthony 6757 Thyssen <anthony@cit.gu.edu.au>. 6758 CONFIG: LOCAL_RULESETS introduces any locally defined rulesets, 6759 such as the check_rcpt ruleset. Suggested by Gregory Shapiro 6760 of WPI. 6761 CONFIG: MAILER_DEFINITIONS introduces any mailer definitions, in the 6762 event you have to define local mailers. Suggested by 6763 Gregory Shapiro of WPI. 6764 CONFIG: fix cases where a three- (or more-) stage route-addr could 6765 be misinterpreted as a list:...; syntax. Based on a patch by 6766 Vlado Potisk <Vlado_Potisk@tempest.sk>. 6767 CONFIG: Fix masquerading of UUCP addresses when the UUCP relay is 6768 remotely connected. The address host!user was being 6769 converted to host!user@thishost instead of host!user@uurelay. 6770 Problem noted by William Gianopoulos of Raytheon Company. 6771 CONFIG: add confTO_ICONNECT to set Timeout.iconnect. 6772 CONFIG: change FEATURE(redirect) message from "User not local" to 6773 "User has moved"; the former wording was confusing if the 6774 new address is still on the local host. Based on a suggestion 6775 by Andreas Luik. 6776 CONFIG: add support in FEATURE(nullclient) for $=E (exposed users). 6777 However, the class is not pre-initialized to contain root. 6778 Suggested by Gregory Neil Shapiro. 6779 CONTRIB: Remove XLA code at the request of the author, Christophe 6780 Wolfhugel. 6781 CONTRIB: Add re-mqueue.pl, contributed by Paul Pomes of Qualcomm. 6782 MAIL.LOCAL: make it possible to compile mail.local on Solaris. Note 6783 well: this produces a slightly different mailbox format (no 6784 Content-Length: headers), file ownerships and modes are 6785 different (not owned by group mail; mode 600 instead of 660), 6786 and the local mailer flags will have to be tweaked (make them 6787 match bsd4.4) in order to use this mailer. Patches from Paul 6788 Hammann of the Missouri Research and Education Network. 6789 MAIL.LOCAL: in some cases it could return EX_OK even though there 6790 was a delivery error, such as if the ownership on the file 6791 was wrong or the mode changed between the initial stat and 6792 the open. Problem reported by William Colburn of the New 6793 Mexico Institute of Mining and Technology. 6794 MAILSTATS: handle zero length files more reliably. Patch from Bryan 6795 Costales. 6796 MAILSTATS: add man page contributed by Keith Bostic of BSDI. 6797 MAKEMAP: The -d flag (to allow duplicate keys) to a btree map wasn't 6798 honored. Fix from Michael Scott Shappe. 6799 PRALIASES: add man page contributed by Keith Bostic of BSDI. 6800 NEW FILES: 6801 src/Makefiles/Makefile.AIX.2 6802 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX.6.2 6803 src/Makefiles/Makefile.maxion 6804 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NCR.MP-RAS.3.x 6805 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SCO.5.x 6806 src/Makefiles/Makefile.UXPDSV20 6807 mailstats/mailstats.8 6808 praliases/praliases.8 6809 cf/cf/generic-nextstep3.3.mc 6810 cf/feature/genericstable.m4 6811 cf/feature/limited_masquerade.m4 6812 cf/feature/masquerade_entire_domain.m4 6813 cf/feature/virtusertable.m4 6814 cf/ostype/aix2.m4 6815 cf/ostype/altos.m4 6816 cf/ostype/maxion.m4 6817 cf/ostype/solaris2.ml.m4 6818 cf/ostype/uxpds.m4 6819 contrib/re-mqueue.pl 6820 DELETED FILES: 6821 src/Makefiles/Makefile.Solaris 6822 contrib/xla/README 6823 contrib/xla/xla.c 6824 RENAMED FILES: 6825 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NCR3000 => Makefile.NCR.MP-RAS.2.x 6826 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SCO.3.2v4.2 => Makefile.SCO.4.2 6827 src/Makefiles/Makefile.UXPDS => Makefile.UXPDSV10 6828 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NeXT => Makefile.NeXT.2.x 6829 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEXTSTEP => Makefile.NeXT.3.x 6830 68318.7.6/8.7.3 1996/09/17 6832 SECURITY: It is possible to force getpwuid to fail when writing the 6833 queue file, causing sendmail to fall back to running programs 6834 as the default user. This is not exploitable from off-site. 6835 Workarounds include using a unique user for the DefaultUser 6836 (old u & g options) and using smrsh as the local shell. 6837 SECURITY: fix some buffer overruns; in at least one case this allows 6838 a local user to get root. This is not known to be exploitable 6839 from off-site. The workaround is to disable chfn(1) commands. 6840 68418.7.5/8.7.3 1996/03/04 6842 Fix glitch in 8.7.4 when putting certain internal lines; this can 6843 in some case cause connections to hang or messages to have 6844 extra spaces in odd places. Patch from Eric Wassenaar; 6845 reports from Eric Hall of Chiron Corporation, Stephen 6846 Hansen of Stanford University, Dean Gaudet of HotWired, 6847 and others. 6848 68498.7.4/8.7.3 1996/02/18 6850 SECURITY: In some cases it was still possible for an attacker to 6851 insert newlines into a queue file, thus allowing access to 6852 any user (except root). 6853 CONFIG: no changes -- it is not a bug that the configuration 6854 version number is unchanged. 6855 68568.7.3/8.7.3 1995/12/03 6857 Fix botch in name server timeout in RCPT code; this problem caused 6858 two responses in SMTP, which breaks things horribly. Fix 6859 from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. 6860 Verify that L= value on M lines cannot be negative, which could cause 6861 negative array subscripting. Not a security problem since 6862 this has to be in the config file, but it could have caused 6863 core dumps. Pointed out by Bryan Costales. 6864 Fix -d21 debug output for long macro names. Pointed out by Bryan 6865 Costales. 6866 PORTABILITY FIXES: 6867 SCO doesn't have ftruncate. From Bill Aten of Computerizers. 6868 IBM's version of arpa/nameser.h defaults to the wrong byte 6869 order. Tweak it to work properly. Based on fixes 6870 from Fletcher Mattox of UTexas and Betty Lee of 6871 Stanford University. 6872 CONFIG: add confHOSTS_FILE m4 variable to set HostsFile option. 6873 Deficiency pointed out by Bryan Costales of ICSI. 6874 68758.7.2/8.7.2 1995/11/19 6876 REALLY fix the backslash escapes in SmtpGreetingMessage, 6877 OperatorChars, and UnixFromLine options. They were not 6878 properly repaired in 8.7.1. 6879 Completely delete the Bcc: header if and only if there are other 6880 valid recipient headers (To:, Cc: or Apparently-To:, the 6881 last being a historic botch, of course). If Bcc: is the 6882 only recipient header in the message, its value is tossed, 6883 but the header name is kept. The old behavior (always keep 6884 the header name and toss the value) allowed primary recipients 6885 to see that a Bcc: went to _someone_. 6886 Include queue id on ``Authentication-Warning: <host>: <user> set 6887 sender to <address> using -f'' syslog messages. Suggested 6888 by Kari Hurtta. 6889 If a sequence or switch map lookup entry gets a tempfail but then 6890 continues on to another map type, but the name is not found, 6891 return a temporary failure from the sequence or switch map. 6892 For example, if hosts search ``dns files'' and DNS fails 6893 with a tempfail, the hosts map will go on and search files, 6894 but if it fails the whole thing should be a tempfail, not 6895 a permanent (host unknown) failure, even though that is the 6896 failure in the hosts.files map. This error caused hard 6897 bounces when it should have requeued. 6898 Aliases to files such as /users/bar/foo/inbox, with /users/bar/foo 6899 owned by bar mode 700 and inbox being set-user-ID bar stopped 6900 working properly due to excessive paranoia. Pointed out by 6901 John Hawkinson of Panix. 6902 An SMTP RCPT command referencing a host that gave a nameserver 6903 timeout would return a 451 command (8.6 accepted it and 6904 queued it locally). Revert to the 8.6 behavior in order 6905 to simplify queue management for clustered systems. Suggested 6906 by Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. The same problem could break 6907 MH, which assumes that the SMTP session will succeed (tsk, tsk 6908 -- mail gets lost!); this was pointed out by Stuart Pook of 6909 Infobiogen. 6910 Fix possible buffer overflow in munchstring(). This was not a security 6911 problem because you couldn't specify any argument to this 6912 without first giving up root privileges, but it is still a 6913 good idea to avoid future problems. Problem noted by John 6914 Hawkinson and Sam Hartman of MIT. 6915 ``452 Out of disk space for temp file'' messages weren't being 6916 printed. Fix from David Perlin of Nanosoft. 6917 Don't advertise the ESMTP DSN extension if the SendMimeErrors option 6918 is not set, since this is required to get the actual DSNs 6919 created. Problem pointed out by John Gardiner Myers of CMU. 6920 Log permission problems that cause .forward and :include: files to 6921 be untrusted or ignored on log level 12 and higher. Suggested 6922 by Randy Martin of Clemson University. 6923 Allow user ids in U= clauses of M lines to have hyphens and 6924 underscores. 6925 Fix overcounting of recipients -- only happened when sending to an 6926 alias. Pointed out by Mark Andrews of SGI and Jack Woolley 6927 of Systems and Computer Technology Corporation. 6928 If a message is sent to an address that fails, the error message that 6929 is returned could show some extraneous "success" information 6930 included even if the user did not request success notification, 6931 which was confusing. Pointed out by Allan Johannesen of WPI. 6932 Config files that had no AliasFile definition were defaulting to 6933 using /etc/aliases; this caused problems with nullclient 6934 configurations. Change it back to the 8.6 semantics of 6935 having no local alias file unless it is declared. Problem 6936 noted by Charles Karney of Princeton University. 6937 Fix compile problem if NOTUNIX is defined. Pointed out by Bryan 6938 Costales of ICSI. 6939 Map lookups of class "userdb" maps were always case sensitive; they 6940 should be controlled by the -f flag like other maps. Pointed 6941 out by Bjart Kvarme <bjart.kvarme@usit.uio.no>. 6942 Fix problem that caused some addresses to be passed through ruleset 5 6943 even when they were tagged as "sticky" by prefixing the 6944 address with an "@". Patch from Thomas Dwyer III of Michigan 6945 Technological University. 6946 When converting a message to Quoted-Printable, prevent any lines with 6947 dots alone on a line by themselves. This is because of the 6948 preponderance of broken mailers that still get this wrong. 6949 Code contributed by Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 6950 Fix F{macro}/file construct -- it previously did nothing. Pointed 6951 out by Bjart Kvarme of USIT/UiO (Norway). 6952 Announce whether a cached connection is SMTP or ESMTP (in -v mode). 6953 Requested by Allan Johannesen. 6954 Delete check for text format of alias files -- it should be legal 6955 to have the database format of the alias files without the 6956 text version. Problem pointed out by Joe Rhett of Navigist, 6957 Inc. 6958 If "Ot" was specified with no value, the TZ variable was not properly 6959 imported from the environment. Pointed out by Frank Crawford 6960 <frank@ansto.gov.au>. 6961 Some architectures core dumped on "program" maps that didn't have 6962 extra arguments. Patch from Booker C. Bense of Stanford 6963 University. 6964 Queue run processes would re-spawn daemons when given a SIGHUP; only 6965 the parent should do this. Fix from Brian Coan of the 6966 Association for Progressive Communications. 6967 If MinQueueAge was set and a message was considered but not run 6968 during a queue run and the Timeout.queuereturn interval was 6969 reached, a "timed out" error message would be returned that 6970 didn't include the failed address (and claimed to be a warning 6971 even though it was fatal). The fix is to not return such 6972 messages until they are actually tried, i.e., in the next 6973 MinQueueAge interval. Problem noted by Rein Tollevik of 6974 SINTEF RUNIT, Oslo. 6975 Add HES_GETMAILHOST compile flag to support MIT Hesiod distributions 6976 that have the hes_getmailhost() routine. DEC Hesiod 6977 distributions do not have this routine. Based on a patch 6978 from Betty Lee of Stanford University. 6979 Extensive cleanups to map open code to handle a locking race condition 6980 in ndbm, hash, and btree format database files on some (most 6981 non-4.4-BSD based) OS architectures. This should solve the 6982 occasional "user unknown" problem during alias rebuilds that 6983 has plagued me for quite some time. Based on a patch from 6984 Thomas Dwyer III of Michigan Technological University. 6985 PORTABILITY FIXES: 6986 Solaris: Change location of newaliases and mailq from 6987 /usr/ucb to /usr/bin to match Sun settings. From 6988 James B. Davis of TCI. 6989 DomainOS: Makefile.DomainOS doesn't require -ldbm. From 6990 Don Lewis of Silicon Systems. 6991 HP-UX 10: rename Makefile.HP-UX.10 => Makefile.HP-UX.10.x 6992 so that the makesendmail script will find it. Pointed 6993 out by Richard Allen of the University of Iceland. 6994 Also, use -Aa -D_HPUX_SOURCE instead of -Ae, which 6995 isn't supported on all compilers. 6996 UXPDS: compilation fixes from Diego R. Lopez. 6997 CONFIG: FAX mailer wasn't setting .FAX as a pseudo-domain unless 6998 you also had a FAX_RELAY. From Thomas.Tornblom@Hax.SE. 6999 CONFIG: Minor glitch in S21 -- attachment of local domain name 7000 didn't have trailing dot. From Jim Hickstein of Teradyne. 7001 CONFIG: Fix best_mx_is_local feature to allow nested addresses such as 7002 user%host@thishost. From Claude Scarpelli of Infobiogen 7003 (France). 7004 CONFIG: OSTYPE(hpux10) failed to define the location of the help file. 7005 Pointed out by Hannu Martikka of Nokia Telecommunications. 7006 CONFIG: Diagnose some inappropriate ordering in configuration files, 7007 such as FEATURE(smrsh) listed after MAILER(local). Based on 7008 a bug report submitted by Paul Hoffman of Proper Publishing. 7009 CONFIG: Make OSTYPE files consistently not override settings that 7010 have already been set. Previously it worked differently 7011 for different files. 7012 CONFIG: Change relay mailer to do masquerading like 8.6 did. My take 7013 is that this is wrong, but the change was causing problems 7014 for some people. From Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 7015 CONTRIB: bitdomain.c patch from John Gardiner Myers <jgm+@CMU.EDU>; 7016 portability changes for Posix environments (no functional 7017 changes). 7018 70198.7.1/8.7.1 1995/10/01 7020 Old macros that have become options (SmtpGreetingMessage, 7021 OperatorChars, and UnixFromLine) didn't allow backslash 7022 escapes in the options, where they previously had. Bug 7023 pointed out by John Hawkinson of MIT. 7024 Fix strange case of an executable called by a program map that 7025 returns a value but also a non-zero exit status; this 7026 would give contradictory results in the higher level; in 7027 particular, the default clause in the map lookup would be 7028 ignored. Change to ignore the value if the program returns 7029 non-zero exit status. From Tom Moore of AT&T GIS. 7030 Shorten parameters passed to syslog() in some contexts to avoid a 7031 bug in many vendors' implementations of that routine. Although 7032 this isn't really a bug in sendmail per se, and my solution 7033 has to assume that syslog() has at least a 1K buffer size 7034 internally (I know some vendors have shortened this 7035 dramatically -- they're on their own), sendmail is a popular 7036 target. Also, limit the size of %s arguments in sprintf. 7037 These both have possible security implications. Solutions 7038 suggested by Casper Dik of Sun's Network Security Group 7039 (Holland), Mark Seiden, and others. 7040 Fix a problem that might cause a non-standard -B (body type) 7041 parameter to be passed to the next server with undefined 7042 results. This could have security implications. 7043 If a filesystem was at > 100% utilization, the freediskspace() 7044 routine incorrectly returned an error rather than zero. 7045 Problem noted by G. Paul Ziemba of Alantec. 7046 Change MX sort order so that local hostnames (those in $=w) always 7047 sort first within a given preference. This forces the bestmx 7048 map to always return the local host first, if it is included 7049 in the list of highest priority MX records. From K. Robert 7050 Elz. 7051 Avoid some possible null pointer dereferences. Fixes from Randy 7052 Martin <WOLF@CLEMSON.EDU> 7053 When sendmail starts up on systems that have no fully qualified 7054 domain name (FQDN) anywhere in the first matching host map 7055 (e.g., /etc/hosts if the hosts service searches "files dns"), 7056 sendmail would sleep to try to find a FQDN, which it really 7057 really needs. This has been changed to fall through to the 7058 next map type if it can't find a FQDN -- i.e., if the hosts 7059 file doesn't have a FQDN, it will try dns even though the 7060 short name was found in /etc/hosts. This is probably a crock, 7061 but many people have hosts files without FQDNs. Remember: 7062 domain names are your friends. 7063 Log a high-priority message if you can't find your FQDN during startup. 7064 Suggested by Simon Barnes of Schlumberger Limited. 7065 When using Hesiod, initialize it early to improve error reporting. 7066 Patch from Don Lewis of Silicon Systems, Inc. 7067 Apparently at least some versions of Linux have a 90 !minute! TCP 7068 connection timeout in the kernel. Add a new "connect" timeout 7069 to limit this time. Defaults to zero (use whatever the 7070 kernel provides). Based on code contributed by J.R. Oldroyd 7071 of TerraNet. 7072 Under some circumstances, a failed message would not be properly 7073 removed from the queue, causing tons of bogus error messages. 7074 (This fix eliminates the problematic EF_KEEPQUEUE flag.) 7075 Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen and Gregory Neil Shapiro 7076 of WPI. 7077 PORTABILITY FIXES: 7078 On IRIX 5.x, there was an inconsistency in the setting 7079 of sendmail.st location. Change the Makefile to 7080 install it in /var/sendmail.st to match the OSTYPE 7081 file and SGI standards. From Andre 7082 <andre@curry.zfe.siemens.de>. 7083 Support for Fujitsu/ICL UXP/DS (For the DS/90 Series) 7084 from Diego R. Lopez <drlopez@cica.es>. 7085 Linux compilation patches from J.R. Oldroyd of TerraNet, Inc. 7086 LUNA 2 Mach patches from Motonori Nakamura. 7087 SunOS Makefile was including -ldbm, which is for the old 7088 dbm library. The ndbm library is part of libc. 7089 CONFIG: avoid bouncing ``user@host.'' (note trailing dot) with 7090 ``local configuration error'' in nullclient configuration. 7091 Patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. 7092 CONFIG: don't allow an alias file in nullclient configurations -- 7093 since all addresses are relayed, they give errors during 7094 rebuild. Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 7095 CONFIG: local mailer on Solaris 2 should always get a -f flag because 7096 otherwise the F=S causes the From_ line to imply that root is 7097 the sender. Problem pointed out by Claude Scarpelli of 7098 Infobiogen (France). 7099 NEW FILES: 7100 cf/feature/use_ct_file.m4 (omitted from 8.7 by mistake) 7101 src/Makefiles/Makefile.KSR (omitted from 8.7 by mistake) 7102 src/Makefiles/Makefile.UXPDS 7103 71048.7/8.7 1995/09/16 7105 Fix a problem that could cause sendmail to run out of file 7106 descriptors due to a trashed data structure after a 7107 vfork. Fix from Brian Coan of the Institute for 7108 Global Communications. 7109 Change the VRFY response if you have disabled VRFY -- some 7110 people seemed to think that it was too rude. 7111 Avoid reference to uninitialized file descriptor if HASFLOCK 7112 was not defined. This was used "safely" in the sense 7113 that it only did a stat, but it would have set the 7114 map modification time improperly. Problem pointed out 7115 by Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech. 7116 Clean up the Subject: line on warning messages and return 7117 receipts so that they don't say "Returned mail:"; this 7118 can be confusing. 7119 Move ruleset entry/exit debugging from 21.2 to 21.1 -- this is 7120 useful enough to make it worthwhile printing on "-d". 7121 Avoid logging alias statistics every time you read the alias 7122 file on systems with no database method compiled in. 7123 If you have a name with a trailing dot, and you try looking it 7124 up using gethostbyname without the dot (for /etc/hosts 7125 compatibility), be sure to turn off RES_DEFNAMES and 7126 RES_DNSRCH to avoid finding the wrong name accidentally. 7127 Problem noted by Charles Amos of the University of 7128 Maryland. 7129 Don't do timeouts in collect if you are not running SMTP. 7130 There is nothing that says you can't have a long 7131 running program piped into sendmail (possibly via 7132 /bin/mail, which just execs sendmail). Problem reported 7133 by Don "Truck" Lewis of Silicon Systems. 7134 Try gethostbyname() even if the DNS lookup fails iff option I 7135 is not set. This allows you to have hosts listed in 7136 NIS or /etc/hosts that are not known to DNS. It's normally 7137 a bad idea, but can be useful on firewall machines. This 7138 should really be broken out on a separate flag, I suppose. 7139 Avoid compile warnings against BIND 4.9.3, which uses function 7140 prototypes. From Don Lewis of Silicon Systems. 7141 Avoid possible incorrect diagnosis of DNS-related errors caused 7142 by things like attempts to resolve uucp names using 7143 $[ ... $] -- the fix is to clear h_errno at appropriate 7144 times. From Kyle Jones of UUNET. 7145 SECURITY: avoid denial-of-service attacks possible by destroying 7146 the alias database file by setting resource limits low. 7147 This involves adding two new compile-time options: 7148 HASSETRLIMIT (indicating that setrlimit(2) support is 7149 available) and HASULIMIT (indicating that ulimit(2) support 7150 is available -- the Release 3 form is used). The former 7151 is assumed on BSD-based systems, the latter on System 7152 V-based systems. Attack noted by Phil Brandenberger of 7153 Swarthmore University. 7154 New syntaxes in test (-bt) mode: 7155 ``.Dmvalue'' will define macro "m" to "value". 7156 ``.Ccvalue'' will add "value" to class "c". 7157 ``=Sruleset'' will dump the contents of the indicated 7158 ruleset. 7159 ``=M'' will display the known mailers. 7160 ``-ddebug-spec'' is equivalent to the command-line 7161 -d debug flag. 7162 ``$m'' will print the value of macro $m. 7163 ``$=c'' will print the contents of class $=c. 7164 ``/mx host'' returns the MX records for ``host''. 7165 ``/parse address'' will parse address, returning the value of 7166 crackaddr (essentially, the comment information) 7167 and the parsed address. 7168 ``/try mailer address'' will rewrite address into the form 7169 it will have when presented to the indicated mailer. 7170 ``/tryflags flags'' will set flags used by parsing. The 7171 flags can be `H' for header or `E' for envelope, 7172 and `S' for sender or `R' for recipient. These 7173 can be combined, so `HR' sets flags for header 7174 recipients. 7175 ``/canon hostname'' will try to canonify hostname and 7176 return the result. 7177 ``/map mapname key'' will look up `key' in the indicated 7178 `mapname' and return the result. 7179 Somewhat better handling of UNIX-domain socket addresses -- it 7180 should show the pathname rather than hex bytes. 7181 Restore ``-ba'' mode -- this reads a file from stdin and parses 7182 the header for envelope sender information and uses 7183 CR-LF as message terminators. It was thought to be 7184 obsolete (used only for Arpanet NCP protocols), but it 7185 turns out that the UK ``Grey Book'' protocols require 7186 that functionality. 7187 Fix a fix in previous release -- if gethostname and gethostbyname 7188 return a name without dots, and if an attempt to canonify 7189 that name fails, wait one minute and try again. This can 7190 result in an extra 60 second delay on startup if your system 7191 hostname (as returned by hostname(1)) has no dot and no names 7192 listed in /etc/hosts or your NIS map have a dot. 7193 Check for proper domain name on HELO and EHLO commands per 7194 RFC 1123 section 5.2.5. Problem noted by Thomas Dwyer III 7195 of Michigan Technological University. 7196 Relax chownsafe rules slightly -- old version said that if you 7197 can't tell if _POSIX_CHOWN_RESTRICTED is set (that is, 7198 if fpathconf returned EINVAL or ENOSYS), assume that 7199 chown is not safe. The new version falls back to whether 7200 you are on a BSD system or not. This is important for 7201 SunOS, which apparently always returns one of those 7202 error codes. This impacts whether you can mail to files 7203 or not. 7204 Syntax errors such as unbalanced parentheses in the configuration 7205 file could be omitted if you had "Oem" prior to the 7206 syntax error in the config file. Change to always print 7207 the error message. It was especially weird because it 7208 would cause a "warning" message to be sent to the Postmaster 7209 for every message sent (but with no transcript). Problem 7210 noted by Gregory Paris of Motorola. 7211 Rewrite collect and putbody to handle full 8-bit data, including 7212 zero bytes. These changes are internally extensive, but 7213 should have minimal impact on external function. 7214 Allow full words for option names -- if the option letter is 7215 (apparently) a space, then take the word following -- e.g., 7216 O MatchGECOS=TRUE 7217 The full list of old and new names is as follows: 7218 7 SevenBitInput 7219 8 EightBitMode 7220 A AliasFile 7221 a AliasWait 7222 B BlankSub 7223 b MinFreeBlocks/MaxMessageSize 7224 C CheckpointInterval 7225 c HoldExpensive 7226 D AutoRebuildAliases 7227 d DeliveryMode 7228 E ErrorHeader 7229 e ErrorMode 7230 f SaveFromLine 7231 F TempFileMode 7232 G MatchGECOS 7233 H HelpFile 7234 h MaxHopCount 7235 i IgnoreDots 7236 I ResolverOptions 7237 J ForwardPath 7238 j SendMimeErrors 7239 k ConnectionCacheSize 7240 K ConnectionCacheTimeout 7241 L LogLevel 7242 l UseErrorsTo 7243 m MeToo 7244 n CheckAliases 7245 O DaemonPortOptions 7246 o OldStyleHeaders 7247 P PostmasterCopy 7248 p PrivacyOptions 7249 Q QueueDirectory 7250 q QueueFactor 7251 R DontPruneRoutes 7252 r, T Timeout 7253 S StatusFile 7254 s SuperSafe 7255 t TimeZoneSpec 7256 u DefaultUser 7257 U UserDatabaseSpec 7258 V FallbackMXHost 7259 v Verbose 7260 w TryNullMXList 7261 x QueueLA 7262 X RefuseLA 7263 Y ForkEachJob 7264 y RecipientFactor 7265 z ClassFactor 7266 Z RetryFactor 7267 The old macros that passed information into sendmail have 7268 been changed to options; those correspondences are: 7269 $e SmtpGreetingMessage 7270 $l UnixFromLine 7271 $o OperatorChars 7272 $q (deleted -- not necessary) 7273 To avoid possible problems with an older sendmail, 7274 configuration level 6 is accepted by this version of 7275 sendmail; any config file using the new names should 7276 specify "V6" in the configuration. 7277 Change address parsing to properly note that a phrase before a 7278 colon and a trailing semicolon are essentially the same 7279 as text outside of angle brackets (i.e., sendmail should 7280 treat them as comments). This is to handle the 7281 ``group name: addr1, addr2, ..., addrN;'' syntax (it will 7282 assume that ``group name:'' is a comment on the first 7283 address and the ``;'' is a comment on the last address). 7284 This requires config file support to get right. It does 7285 understand that :: is NOT this syntax, and can be turned 7286 off completely by setting the ColonOkInAddresses option. 7287 Level 6 config files added with new mailer flags: 7288 A Addresses are aliasable. 7289 i Do udb rewriting on envelope as well as header 7290 sender lines. Applies to the from address mailer 7291 flags rather than the recipient mailer flags. 7292 j Do udb rewriting on header recipient addresses. 7293 Applies to the sender mailer flags rather than the 7294 recipient mailer flags. 7295 k Disable check for loops when doing HELO command. 7296 o Always run as the mail recipient, even on local 7297 delivery. 7298 w Check for an /etc/passwd entry for this user. 7299 5 Pass addresses through ruleset 5. 7300 : Check for :include: on this address. 7301 | Check for |program on this address. 7302 / Check for /file on this address. 7303 @ Look up sender header addresses in the user 7304 database. Applies to the mailer flags for the 7305 mailer corresponding to the envelope sender 7306 address, rather than to recipient mailer flags. 7307 Pre-level 6 configuration files set A, w, 5, :, |, /, and @ 7308 on the "local" mailer, the o flag on the "prog" and "*file*" 7309 mailers, and the ColonOkInAddresses option. 7310 Eight-to-seven bit MIME conversions. This borrows ideas from 7311 John Beck of Hewlett-Packard, who generously contributed 7312 their implementation to me, which I then didn't use (see 7313 mime.c for an explanation of why). This adds the 7314 EightBitMode option (a.k.a. `8') and an F=8 mailer flag 7315 to control handling of 8-bit data. These have to cope with 7316 two types of 8-bit data: unlabelled 8-bit data (that is, 7317 8-bit data that is entered without declaring it as 8-bit 7318 MIME -- technically this is illegal according to the 7319 specs) and labelled 8-bit data (that is, it was declared 7320 as 8BITMIME in the ESMTP session or by using the 7321 -B8BITMIME command line flag). If the F=8 mailer flag is 7322 set then 8-bit data is sent to non-8BITMIME machines 7323 instead of converting to 7 bit (essentially using 7324 just-send-8 semantics). The values for EightBitMode are: 7325 m convert unlabelled 8-bit input to 8BITMIME, and do 7326 any necessary conversion of 8BITMIME to 7BIT 7327 (essentially, the full MIME option). 7328 p pass unlabelled 8-bit input, but convert labelled 7329 8BITMIME input to 7BIT as required (default). 7330 s strict adherence: reject unlabelled 8-bit input, 7331 convert 8BITMIME to 7BIT as required. The F=8 7332 flag is ignored. 7333 Unlabelled 8-bit data is rejected in mode `s' regardless of 7334 the setting of F=8. 7335 Add new internal class 'n', which is the set of MIME Content-Types 7336 which can not be 8 to 7 bit encoded because of other 7337 considerations. Types "multipart/*" and "message/*" are 7338 never directly encoded (although their components can be). 7339 Add new internal class 's', which is the set of subtypes of the 7340 MIME message/* content type that can be treated as though 7341 they are an RFC822 message. It is predefined to have 7342 "rfc822". Suggested By Kari Hurtta. 7343 Add new internal class 'e'. This is the set of MIME 7344 Content-Transfer-Encodings that can be converted to 7345 a seven bit format (Quoted-Printable or Base64). It is 7346 preinitialized to contain "7bit", "8bit", and "binary". 7347 Add C=charset mailer parameter and the the DefaultCharSet option (no 7348 short name) to set the default character set to use in the 7349 Content-Type: header when doing encoding of an 8-bit message 7350 which isn't marked as MIME into MIME format. If the C= 7351 parameter is set on the Envelope From address, use that as 7352 the default encoding; else use the DefaultCharSet option. 7353 If neither is set, it defaults to "unknown-8bit" as 7354 suggested by RFC 1428 section 3. 7355 Allow ``U=user:group'' field in mailer definition to set a default 7356 user and group that a mailer will be executed as. This 7357 overrides the 'u' and 'g' options, and if the `F=S' flag is 7358 also set, it is the uid/gid that will always be used (that 7359 is, the controlling address is ignored). The values may be 7360 numeric or symbolic; if only a symbolic user is given (no 7361 group) that user's default group in the passwd file is used 7362 as the group. Based on code donated by Chip Rosenthal of 7363 Unicom. 7364 Allow `u' option to also accept user:group as a value, in the same 7365 fashion as the U= mailer option. 7366 Add the symbolic time zone name in the Arpanet format dates (as 7367 a comment). This adds a new compile-time configuration 7368 flag: TZ_TYPE can be set to TZ_TM_NAME (use the value 7369 of (struct tm *)->tm_name), TZ_TM_ZONE (use the value 7370 of (struct tm *)->tm_zone), TZ_TZNAME (use extern char 7371 *tzname[(struct tm *)->tm_isdst]), TZ_TIMEZONE (use 7372 timezone()), or TZ_NONE (don't include the comment). Code 7373 from Chip Rosenthal. 7374 The "Timeout" option (formerly "r") is extended to allow suboptions. 7375 For example, 7376 O Timeout.helo = 2m 7377 There are also two new suboptions "queuereturn" and 7378 "queuewarn"; these subsume the old T option. Thus, to 7379 set them both the preferred new syntax is 7380 O Timeout.queuereturn = 5d 7381 O Timeout.queuewarn = 4h 7382 Sort queue by host name instead of by message priority if the 7383 QueueSortOrder option (no short name) is set is set to 7384 ``host''. This makes better use of the connection cache, 7385 but may delay more ``interactive'' messages behind large 7386 backlogs under some circumstances. This is probably a 7387 good option if you have high speed links or don't do lots 7388 of ``batch'' messages, but less good if you are using 7389 something like PPP on a 14.4 modem. Based on code 7390 contributed by Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech (my main 7391 contribution was to make it configurable). 7392 Save i-number of df file in qf file to simplify rebuilding of queue 7393 after disastrous disk crash. Suggested by Kyle Jones of 7394 UUNET; closely based on code from KJS DECWRL code written 7395 by Paul Vixie. NOTA BENE: The qf files produced by 8.7 7396 are NOT back compatible with 8.6 -- that is, you can convert 7397 from 8.6 to 8.7, but not the other direction. 7398 Add ``F=d'' mailer flag to disable all use of angle brackets in 7399 route-addrs in envelopes; this is because in some cases 7400 they can be sent to the shell, which interprets them as 7401 I/O redirection. 7402 Don't include error file (option E) with return-receipts; this 7403 can be confusing. 7404 Don't send "Warning: cannot send" messages to owner-* or 7405 *-request addresses. Suggested by Christophe Wolfhugel 7406 of the Institut Pasteur, Paris. 7407 Allow -O command line flag to set long form options. 7408 Add "MinQueueAge" option to set the minimum time between attempts 7409 to run the queue. For example, if the queue interval 7410 (-q value) is five minutes, but the minimum queue age 7411 is fifteen minutes, jobs won't be tried more often than 7412 once every fifteen minutes. This can be used to give 7413 you more responsiveness if your delivery mode is set to 7414 queue-only. 7415 Allow "fileopen" timeout (default: 60 seconds) for opening 7416 :include: and .forward files. 7417 Add "-k", "-v", and "-z" flags to map definitions; these set the 7418 key field name, the value field name, and the field 7419 delimiter. The field delimiter can be a single character 7420 or the sequence "\t" or "\n" for tab or newline. 7421 These are for use by NIS+ and similar access methods. 7422 Change maps to always strip quotes before lookups; the -q flag 7423 turns off this behavior. Suggested by Motonori Nakamura. 7424 Add "nisplus" map class. Takes -k and -v flags to choose the 7425 key and value field names respectively. Code donated by 7426 Sun Microsystems. 7427 Add "hesiod" map class. The "file name" is used as the 7428 "HesiodNameType" parameter to hes_resolve(3). Returns the 7429 first value found for the match. Code donated by Scott 7430 Hutton of Indiana University. 7431 Add "netinfo" (NeXT NetInfo) map class. Maps can have a -k flag to 7432 specify the name of the property that is searched as the 7433 key and a -v flag to specify the name of the property that 7434 is returned as the value (defaults to "members"). The 7435 default map is "/aliases". Some code based on code 7436 contributed by Robert La Ferla of Hot Software. 7437 Add "text" map class. This does slow, linear searches through 7438 text files. The -z flag specifies a column delimiter 7439 (defaults to any sequence of white space), the -k flag 7440 sets the key column number, and the -v flag sets the 7441 value column number. Lines beginning with `#' are treated 7442 as comments. 7443 Add "program" map class to execute arbitrary programs. The search 7444 key is presented as the last argument; the output is one 7445 line read from the programs standard output. Exit statuses 7446 are from sysexits.h. 7447 Add "sequence" map class -- searches maps in sequence until it 7448 finds a match. For example, the declarations: 7449 Kmap1 ... 7450 Kmap2 ... 7451 Kmapseq sequence map1 map2 7452 defines a map "mapseq" that first searches map1; if the 7453 value is found it is returned immediately, otherwise 7454 map2 is searched and the value returned. 7455 Add "switch" map class. This is much like "sequence" except that 7456 the ordering is fetched from an external file, usually 7457 the system service switch. The parameter is the name of 7458 the service to switch on, and the maps that it will use 7459 are the name of the switch map followed by ".service_type". 7460 For example, if the declaration of the map is 7461 Ksample switch hosts 7462 and the system service switch specifies that hosts are 7463 looked up using dns and nis in that order, then this is 7464 equivalent to 7465 Ksample sequence sample.dns sample.nis 7466 The subordinate maps (sample.*) must already be defined. 7467 Add "user" map class -- looks up users using getpwnam. Takes a 7468 "-v field" flag on the definition that tells what passwd 7469 entry to return -- legal values are name, passwd, uid, gid, 7470 gecos, dir, and shell. Generally expected to be used with 7471 the -m (matchonly) flag. 7472 Add "bestmx" map class -- returns the best MX value for the host 7473 listed as the value. If there are several "best" MX records 7474 for this host, one will be chosen at random. 7475 Add "userdb" map class -- looks up entries in the user database. 7476 The "file name" is actually the tag that will be used, 7477 typically "mailname". If there are multiple entries 7478 matching the name, the one chosen is undefined. 7479 Add multiple queue timeouts (both return and warning). These are 7480 set by the Precedence: or Priority: header fields to one of 7481 three values. If a Priority: is set and has value "normal", 7482 "urgent", or "non-urgent" the corresponding timeouts are 7483 used. If no priority is set, the Precedence: is consulted; 7484 if negative, non-urgent timeouts are used; if greater than 7485 zero, urgent timeouts are used. Otherwise, normal timeouts 7486 are used. The timeouts are set by setting the six timeouts 7487 queue{warn,return}.{urgent,normal,non-urgent}. 7488 Fix problem when a mail address is resolved to a $#error mailer 7489 with a temporary failure indication; it works in SMTP, 7490 but when delivering locally the mail is silently discarded. 7491 This patch, from Kyle Jones of UUNET, bounces it instead 7492 of queueing it (queueing is very hard). 7493 When using /etc/hosts or NIS-style lookups, don't assume that 7494 the first name in the list is the best one -- instead, 7495 search for the first one with a dot. For example, if 7496 an /etc/hosts entry reads 7497 128.32.149.68 mammoth mammoth.CS.Berkeley.EDU 7498 this change will use the second name as the canonical 7499 machine name instead of the initial, unqualified name. 7500 Change dequote map to replace spaces in quoted text with a value 7501 indicated by the -s flag on the dequote map definition. 7502 For example, ``Mdequote dequote -s_'' will change 7503 "Foo Bar" into an unquoted Foo_Bar instead of leaving it 7504 quoted (because of the space character). Suggested by Dan 7505 Oscarsson for use in X.400 addresses. 7506 Implement long macro names as ${name}; long class names can 7507 be similarly referenced as $={name} and $~{name}. 7508 Definitions are (e.g.) ``D{name}value''. Names that have 7509 a leading lower case letter or punctuation characters are 7510 reserved for internal use by sendmail; i.e., config files 7511 should use names that begin with a capital letter. Based 7512 on code contributed by Dan Oscarsson. 7513 Fix core dump if getgrgid returns a null group list (as opposed 7514 to an empty group list, that is, a pointer to a list 7515 with no members). Fix from Andrew Chang of Sun Microsystems. 7516 Fix possible core dump if malloc fails -- if the malloc in xalloc 7517 failed, it called syserr which called newstr which called 7518 xalloc.... The newstr is now avoided for "panic" messages. 7519 Reported by Stuart Kemp of James Cook University. 7520 Improve connection cache timeouts; previously, they were not even 7521 checked if you were delivering to anything other than an 7522 IPC-connected host, so a series of (say) local mail 7523 deliveries could cause cached connections to be open 7524 much longer than the specified timeout. 7525 If an incoming message exceeds the maximum message size, stop 7526 writing the incoming bytes to the queue data file, since 7527 this can fill your mqueue partition -- this is a possible 7528 denial-of-service attack. 7529 Don't reject all numeric local user names unless HESIOD is 7530 defined. It turns out that Posix allows all-numeric 7531 user names. Fix from Tony Sanders of BSDI. 7532 Add service switch support. If the local OS has a service 7533 switch (e.g., /etc/nsswitch.conf on Solaris or /etc/svc.conf 7534 on DEC systems) that will be used; otherwise, it falls back 7535 to using a local mechanism based on the ServiceSwitchFile 7536 option (default: /etc/service.switch). For example, if the 7537 service switch lists "files" and "nis" for the aliases 7538 service, that will be the default lookup order. the "files" 7539 ("local" on DEC) service type expands to any alias files 7540 you listed in the configuration file, even if they aren't 7541 actually file lookups. 7542 Option I (NameServerOptions) no longer sets the "UseNameServer" 7543 variable which tells whether or not DNS should be considered 7544 canonical. This is now determined based on whether or not 7545 "dns" is in the service list for "hosts". 7546 Add preliminary support for the ESMTP "DSN" extension (Delivery 7547 Status Notifications). DSN notifications override 7548 Return-Receipt-To: headers, which are bogus anyhow -- 7549 support for them has been removed. 7550 Add T=mts-name-type/address-type/diagnostic-type keyletter to mailer 7551 definitions to define the types used in DSN returns for 7552 MTA names, addresses, and diagnostics respectively. 7553 Extend heuristic to force running in ESMTP mode to look for the 7554 five-character string "ESMTP" anywhere in the 220 greeting 7555 message (not just the second line). This is to provide 7556 better compatibility with other ESMTP servers. 7557 Print sequence number of job when running the queue so you can 7558 easily see how much progress you have made. Suggested 7559 by Peter Wemm of DIALix. 7560 Map newlines to spaces in logged message-ids; some versions of 7561 syslog truncate the rest of the line after newlines. 7562 Suggested by Fletcher Mattox of U. Texas. 7563 Move up forking for job runs so that if a message is split into 7564 multiple envelopes you don't get "fork storms" -- this 7565 also improves the connection cache utilization. 7566 Accept "<<>>", "<<<>>>", and so forth as equivalent to "<>" for 7567 the purposes of refusing to send error returns. Suggested 7568 by Motonori Nakamura of Ritsumeikan University. 7569 Relax rules on when a file can be written when referenced from 7570 the aliases file: use the default uid/gid instead of the 7571 real uid/gid. This allows you to create a file owned by 7572 and writable only by the default uid/gid that will work 7573 all the time (without having the set-user-ID bit set). Change 7574 suggested by Shau-Ping Lo and Andrew Cheng of Sun 7575 Microsystems. 7576 Add "DialDelay" option (no short name) to provide an "extra" 7577 delay for dial on demand systems. If this is non-zero 7578 and a connect fails, sendmail will wait this long and 7579 then try again. If it takes longer than the kernel 7580 timeout interval to establish the connection, this 7581 option can give the network software time to establish 7582 the link. The default units are seconds. 7583 Move logging of sender information to be as early as possible; 7584 previously, it could be delayed a while for SMTP mail 7585 sent to aliases. Suggested by Brad Knowles of the 7586 Defense Information Systems Agency. 7587 Call res_init() before setting RES_DEBUG; this is required by 7588 BIND 4.9.3, or so I'm told. From Douglas Anderson of 7589 the National Computer Security Center. 7590 Add xdelay= field in logs -- this is a transaction delay, telling 7591 you how long it took to deliver to this address on the 7592 last try. It is intended to be used for sorting mailing 7593 lists to favor "quick" addresses. Provided for use by 7594 the mailprio scripts (see below). 7595 If a map cannot be opened, and that map is non-optional, and 7596 an address requires that map for resolution, queue the 7597 map instead of bouncing it. This involves creating a 7598 pseudo-class of maps called "bogus-map" -- if a required 7599 map cannot be opened, the class is changed to bogus-map; 7600 all queries against bogus-map return "tempfail". The 7601 bogus-map class is not directly accessible. A sample 7602 implementation was donated by Jem Taylor of Glasgow 7603 University Computing Service. 7604 Fix a possible core dump when mailing to a program that talks 7605 SMTP on its standard input. Fix from Keith Moore of 7606 the University of Kentucky. 7607 Make it possible to resolve filenames to $#local $: @ /filename; 7608 previously, the "@" would cause it to not be recognized 7609 as a file. Problem noted by Brian Hill of U.C. Davis. 7610 Accept a -1 signal to re-exec the daemon. This only works if 7611 argv[0] is a full path to sendmail. 7612 Fix bug in "addr=..." field in O option on little-endian machines 7613 -- the network number wasn't being converted to network 7614 byte order. Patch from Kurt Lidl of Pix Technologies 7615 Corporation. 7616 Pre-initialize the resolver early on; this is to avoid a bug with 7617 BIND 4.9.3 that can cause the _res.retry field to get 7618 reset to zero, causing all name server lookups to time 7619 out. Fix from Matt Day of Artisoft. 7620 Restore T line (trusted users) in config file -- but instead of 7621 locking out the -f flag, they just tell whether or not 7622 an X-Authentication-Warning: will be added. This really 7623 just creates new entries in class 't', so "Ft/file/name" 7624 can be used to read trusted user names from a file. 7625 Trusted users are also allowed to execute programs even 7626 if they have a shell that isn't in /etc/shells. 7627 Improve NEWDB alias file rebuilding so it will create them 7628 properly if they do not already exist. This had been 7629 a MAYBENEXTRELEASE feature in 8.6.9. 7630 Check for @:@ entry in NIS maps before starting up to avoid 7631 (but not prevent, sigh) race conditions. This ought to 7632 be handled properly in ypserv, but isn't. Suggested by 7633 Michael Beirne of Motorola. 7634 Refuse connections if there isn't enough space on the filesystem 7635 holding the queue. Contributed by Robert Dana of Wolf 7636 Communications. 7637 Skip checking for directory permissions in the path to a file 7638 when checking for file permissions iff setreuid() 7639 succeeded -- it is unnecessary in that case. This avoids 7640 significant performance problems when looking for .forward 7641 files. Based on a suggestion by Win Bent of USC. 7642 Allow symbolic ruleset names. Syntax can be "Sname" to get an 7643 arbitrary ruleset number assigned or "Sname = integer" 7644 to assign a specific ruleset number. Reference is 7645 $>name_or_number. Names can be composed of alphas, digits, 7646 underscore, or hyphen (first character must be non-numeric). 7647 Allow -o flag on AliasFile lines to make the alias file optional. 7648 From Bryan Costales of ICSI. 7649 Add NoRecipientAction option to handle the case where there is 7650 no legal recipient header in the message. It can take 7651 on values: 7652 None Leave the message as is. The 7653 message will be passed on even 7654 though it is in technically 7655 illegal syntax. 7656 Add-To Add a To: header with any 7657 recipients that it can find from 7658 the envelope. This risks exposing 7659 Bcc: recipients. 7660 Add-Apparently-To Add an Apparently-To: header. This 7661 has almost no redeeming social value, 7662 and is provided only for back 7663 compatibility. 7664 Add-To-Undisclosed Add a header reading 7665 To: undisclosed-recipients:; 7666 which will have the effect of 7667 making the message legal without 7668 exposing Bcc: recipients. 7669 Add-Bcc To add an empty Bcc: header. 7670 There is a chance that mailers down 7671 the line will delete this header, 7672 which could cause exposure of Bcc: 7673 recipients. 7674 The default is NoRecipientAction=None. 7675 Truncate (rather than delete) Bcc: lines in the header. This 7676 should prevent later sendmails (at least, those that don't 7677 themselves delete Bcc:) from considering this message to 7678 be non-conforming -- although it does imply that non-blind 7679 recipients can see that a Bcc: was sent, albeit not to whom. 7680 Add SafeFileEnvironment option. If declared, files named as delivery 7681 targets must be regular files in addition to the regular 7682 checks. Also, if the option is non-null then it is used as 7683 the name of a directory that is used as a chroot(2) 7684 environment for the delivery; the file names listed in an 7685 alias or forward should include the name of this root. 7686 For example, if you run with 7687 O SafeFileEnvironment=/arch 7688 then aliases should reference "/arch/rest/of/path". If a 7689 value is given, sendmail also won't try to save to 7690 /usr/tmp/dead.letter (instead it just leaves the job in the 7691 queue as Qfxxxxxx). Inspired by *Hobbit*'s sendmail patch kit. 7692 Support -A flag for alias files; this will comma concatenate like 7693 entries. For example, given the aliases: 7694 list: member1 7695 list: member2 7696 and an alias file declared as: 7697 OAhash:-A /etc/aliases 7698 the final alias inserted will be "list: member1,member2"; 7699 without -A you will get an error on the second and subsequent 7700 alias for "list". Contributed by Bryan Costales of ICSI. 7701 Line-buffer transcript file. Suggested by Liudvikas Bukys. 7702 Fix a problem that could cause very long addresses to core dump in 7703 some special circumstances. Problem pointed out by Allan 7704 Johannesen. 7705 (Internal change.) Change interface to expand() (macro expansion) 7706 to be simpler and more consistent. 7707 Delete check for funny qf file names. This didn't really give 7708 any extra security and caused some people some problems. 7709 (If you -really- want this, define PICKY_QF_NAME_CHECK 7710 at compile time.) Suggested by Kyle Jones of UUNET. 7711 (Internal change.) Change EF_NORETURN to EF_NO_BODY_RETN and 7712 merge with DSN code; this is simpler and more consistent. 7713 This may affect some people who have written their own 7714 checkcompat() routine. 7715 (Internal change.) Eliminate `D' line in qf file. The df file 7716 is now assumed to be the same name as the qf file (with 7717 the `q' changed to a `d', of course). 7718 Avoid forking for delivery if all recipient mailers are marked as 7719 "expensive" -- this can be a major cost on some systems. 7720 Essentially, this forces sendmail into "queue only" mode 7721 if all it is going to do is queue anyway. 7722 Avoid sending a null message in some rather unusual circumstances 7723 (specifically, the RCPT command returns a temporary 7724 failure but the connection is lost before the DATA 7725 command). Fix from Scott Hammond of Secure Computing 7726 Corporation. 7727 Change makesendmail to use a somewhat more rational naming scheme: 7728 Makefiles and obj directories are named $os.$rel.$arch, 7729 where $os is the operating system (e.g., SunOS), $rel is 7730 the release number (e.g., 5.3), and $arch is the machine 7731 architecture (e.g., sun4). Any of these can be omitted, 7732 and anything after the first dot in a release number can 7733 be replaced with "x" (e.g., SunOS.4.x.sun4). The previous 7734 version used $os.$arch.$rel and was rather less general. 7735 Change makesendmail to do a "make depend" in the target directory 7736 when it is being created. This involves adding an empty 7737 "depend:" entry in most Makefiles. 7738 Ignore IDENT return value if the OSTYPE field returns "OTHER", 7739 as indicated by RFC 1413. Pointed out by Kari Hurtta 7740 of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 7741 Fix problem that could cause multiple responses to DATA command 7742 on header syntax errors (e.g., lines beginning with colons). 7743 Problem noted by Jens Thomassen of the University of Oslo. 7744 Don't let null bytes in headers cause truncation of the rest of 7745 the header. 7746 Log Authentication-Warning:s. Suggested by Motonori Nakamura. 7747 Increase timeouts on message data puts to allow time for receivers 7748 to canonify addresses in headers on the fly. This is still 7749 a rather ugly heuristic. From Motonori Nakamura. 7750 Add "HasWildcardMX" suboption to ResolverOptions; if set, MX 7751 records are not used when canonifying names, and when MX 7752 lookups are done for addressing they must be fully 7753 qualified. This is useful if you have a wildcard MX record, 7754 although it may cause other problems. In general, don't use 7755 wildcard MX records. Patch from Motonori Nakamura. 7756 Eliminate default two-line SMTP greeting message. Instead of 7757 adding an extra "ESMTP spoken here" line, the word "ESMTP" 7758 is added between the first and second word of the first 7759 line of the greeting message (i.e., immediately after the 7760 host name). This eliminates the need for the BROKEN_SMTP_PEERS 7761 compile flag. Old sendmails won't see the ESMTP, but that's 7762 acceptable because SIZE was the only useful extension that 7763 old sendmails understand. 7764 Avoid gethostbyname calls on UNIX domain sockets during SIGUSR1 7765 invoked state dumps. From Masaharu Onishi. 7766 Allow on-line comments in .forward and :include: files; they are 7767 introduced by the string "<LWSP>#@#<LWSP>", where <LWSP> 7768 is a space or a tab. This is intended for native 7769 representation of non-ASCII sets such as Japanese, where 7770 existing encodings would be unreadable or would lose 7771 data -- for example, 7772 <motonori@cs.ritsumei.ac.jp> NAKAMURA Motonori 7773 (romanized/less information) 7774 <motonori@cs.ritsumei.ac.jp> =?ISO-2022-JP?B?GyRCQ2ZCPBsoQg==?= 7775 =?ISO-2022-JP?B?GyRCQUdFNRsoQg==?= 7776 (with MIME encoding, not human readable) 7777 <motonori@cs.ritsumei.ac.jp> #@# ^[$BCfB<^[(B ^[$BAGE5^[(B 7778 (native encoding with ISO-2022-JP) 7779 The last form is human readable in the Japanese environment. 7780 Based on a fix from (surprise!) Motonori Nakamura. 7781 Don't make SMTP error returns on MAIL FROM: line be "sticky" for all 7782 messages to that host; these are most frequently associated 7783 with addresses rather than the host, with the exception of 7784 421 (service shutting down). The effect was to cause queues 7785 to sometimes take an excessive time to flush. Reported by 7786 Robert Sargent of Southern Geographics Technologies and 7787 Eric Prestemon of American University. 7788 Add Nice=N mailer option to set the niceness at which a mailer will 7789 run. This is actually a relative niceness (that is, an 7790 increment on the background value). 7791 Log queue runs that are skipped due to high loads. They are logged 7792 at LOG_INFO priority iff the log level is > 8. Contributed 7793 by Bruce Nagel of Data General. 7794 Allow the error mailer to accept a DSN-style error status code 7795 instead of an sysexits status code in the host part. 7796 Anything with a dot will be interpreted as a DSN-style code. 7797 Add new mailer flag: F=3 will tell translations to Quoted-Printable 7798 to encode characters that might be munged by an EBCDIC system 7799 in addition to the set required by RFC 1521. The additional 7800 characters are !, ", #, $, @, [, \, ], ^, `, {, |, }, and ~. 7801 (Think of "IBM 360" as the mnemonic for this flag.) 7802 Change check for mailing to files to look for a pathname of [FILE] 7803 rather than looking for the mailer named *file*. The mapping 7804 of leading slashes still goes to the *file* mailer. This 7805 allows you to implement the *file* mailer as a separate 7806 program, for example, to insert a Content-Length: header 7807 or do special security policy. However, note that the usual 7808 initial checking for the file permissions is still done, and 7809 the program in question needs to be very careful about how 7810 it does the file write to avoid security problems. 7811 Be able to read ~root/.forward even if the path isn't accessible to 7812 regular users. This is disrecommended because sendmail 7813 sometimes does not run as root (e.g., when an unsafe option 7814 is specified on the command line), but should otherwise be 7815 safe because .forward files must be owned by the user for 7816 whom mail is being forwarded, and cannot be a symbolic link. 7817 Suggested by Forrest Aldrich of Wang Laboratories. 7818 Add new "HostsFile" option that is the pathname to the /etc/hosts 7819 file. This is used for canonifying hostnames when the 7820 service type is "files". 7821 Implement programs on F (read class from file) line. The syntax is 7822 Fc|/path/to/program to read the output from the program 7823 into class "c". 7824 Probe the network interfaces to find alternate names for this 7825 host. Requires the SIOCGIFCONF ioctl call. Code 7826 contributed by SunSoft. 7827 Add "E" configuration line to set or propagate environment 7828 variables into children. "E<envar>" will propagate 7829 the named variable from the environment when sendmail 7830 was invoked into any children it calls; "E<envar>=<value>" 7831 sets the named variable to the indicated value. Any 7832 variables not explicitly named will not be in the child 7833 environment. However, sendmail still forces an 7834 "AGENT=sendmail" environment variable, in part to enforce 7835 at least one environment variable, since many programs and 7836 libraries die horribly if this is not guaranteed. 7837 Change heuristic for rebuilding both NEWDB and NDBM versions of 7838 alias databases -- new algorithm looks for the substring 7839 "/yp/" in the file name. This is more portable and involves 7840 less overhead. Suggested by Motonori Nakamura. 7841 Dynamically allocate the queue work list so that you don't lose 7842 jobs in large queue runs. The old QUEUESIZE compile parameter 7843 is replaced by QUEUESEGSIZE (the unit of allocation, which 7844 should not need to be changed) and the MaxQueueRunSize option, 7845 which is the absolute maximum number of jobs that will ever 7846 be handled in a single queue run. Based on code contributed 7847 by Brian Coan of the Institute for Global Communications. 7848 Log message when a message is dropped because it exceeds the maximum 7849 message size. Suggested by Leo Bicknell of Virginia Tech. 7850 Allow trusted users (those on a T line or in $=t) to use -bs without 7851 an X-Authentication-Warning: added. Suggested by Mark Thomas 7852 of Mark G. Thomas Consulting. 7853 Announce state of compile flags on -d0.1 (-d0.10 throws in the 7854 OS-dependent defines). The old semantic of -d0.1 to not 7855 run the daemon in background has been moved to -d99.100, 7856 and the old 52.5 flag (to avoid disconnect() from closing 7857 all output files) has been moved to 52.100. This makes 7858 things more consistent (flags below .100 don't change 7859 semantics) and separates out the backgrounding so that 7860 it doesn't happen automatically on other unrelated debugging 7861 flags. 7862 If -t is used but no addresses are found in the header, give an 7863 error message rather than just doing nothing. Fix from 7864 Motonori Nakamura. 7865 On systems (like SunOS) where the effective gid is not necessarily 7866 included in the group list returned by getgroups(), the 7867 `restrictmailq' option could sometimes cause an authorized 7868 user to not be able to use `mailq'. Fix from Charles Hannum 7869 of MIT. 7870 Allow symbolic service names for [IPC] mailers. Suggested by 7871 Gerry Magennis of Logica International. 7872 Add DontExpandCnames option to prevent $[ ... $] from expanding CNAMEs 7873 when running DNS. For example, if the name FTP.Foo.ORG is 7874 a CNAME for Cruft.Foo.ORG, then when sitting on a machine in 7875 the Foo.ORG domain a lookup of "FTP" returns "Cruft.Foo.ORG" 7876 if this option is not set, or "FTP.Foo.ORG" if it is set. 7877 This is technically illegal under RFC 822 and 1123, but the 7878 IETF is moving toward legalizing it. Note that turning on 7879 this option is not sufficient to guarantee that a downstream 7880 neighbor won't rewrite the address for you. 7881 Add "-m" flag to makesendmail script -- this tells you what object 7882 directory and Makefile it will use, but doesn't actually do 7883 the make. 7884 Do some additional checking on the contents of the qf file to try 7885 to detect attacks against the qf file. In particular, 7886 abort on any line beginning "From ", and add an "end of 7887 file" line -- any data after that line is prohibited. 7888 Always use /etc/sendmail.cf, regardless of the arbitrary vendor 7889 choices. This can be overridden in the Makefile by using 7890 either -DUSE_VENDOR_CF_PATH to get the vendor location 7891 (to the extent that we know it) or by defining 7892 _PATH_SENDMAILCF (which is a "hard override"). This allows 7893 sendmail 8 to have more consistent installation instructions. 7894 Allow macros on `K' line in config file. Suggested by Andrew Chang 7895 of Sun Microsystems. 7896 Improved symbol table hash function from Eric Wassenaar. This one 7897 is at least 50% faster. 7898 Fix problem that didn't notice that timeout on file open was a 7899 transient error. Fix from Larry Parmelee of Cornell 7900 University. 7901 Allow comments (lines beginning with a `#') in files read for 7902 classes. Suggested by Motonori Nakamura. 7903 Make SIGINT (usually ^C) in test mode return to the prompt instead 7904 of dropping out entirely. This makes testing some of the 7905 name server lookups easier to deal with when there are 7906 hung servers. From Motonori Nakamura. 7907 Add new ${opMode} macro that is set to the current operation mode 7908 (e.g., `s' for -bs, `t' for -bt, etc.). Suggested by 7909 Claude Marinier <MARINIER@emp.ewd.dreo.dnd.ca>. 7910 Add new delivery mode (Odd) that defers all map lookups to queue runs. 7911 Kind of like queue-only mode (Odq) except it tries to avoid 7912 any external service requests; for dial-on-demand hosts that 7913 want to minimize DNS lookups when mail is being queued. For 7914 this to work you will also have to make sure that gethostbyname 7915 of your local host name does not do a DNS lookup. 7916 Improved handling of "out of space" conditions from John Myers of 7917 Carnegie Mellon. 7918 Improved security for mailing to files on systems that have fchmod(2) 7919 support. 7920 Improve "cannot send message for N days" message -- now says "could 7921 not send for past N days". Suggested by Tom Moore of AT&T 7922 Global Information Solutions. 7923 Less misleading Subject: line on messages sent to postmaster only. 7924 From Motonori Nakamura. 7925 Avoid duplicate error messages on bad command line flags. From 7926 Motonori Nakamura. 7927 Better error message for case where ruleset 0 falls off the end 7928 or otherwise does not resolve to a canonical triple. 7929 Fix a problem that could cause multiple bounce messages if a bad 7930 address was sent along with a good address to an SMTP 7931 site where that SMTP site returned a 4yz code in response 7932 to the final dot of the data. Problem reported by David 7933 James of British Telecom. 7934 Add "volatile" declarations so that gcc -O2 will work. Patches 7935 from Alexander Dupuy of System Management ARTS. 7936 Delete duplicates in MX lists -- believe it or not, there are sites 7937 that list the same host twice in an MX list. This deletion 7938 only works on adjacent preferences, so an MX list that 7939 had A=5, B=10, A=15 would leave both As, but one that had 7940 A=5, A=10, B=15 would reduce to A, B. This is intentional, 7941 just in case there is something weird I haven't thought of. 7942 Suggested by Barry Shein of Software Tool & Die. 7943 SECURITY: .forward files cannot be symbolic links. If they are, 7944 a bad guy can read your private files. 7945 PORTABILITY FIXES: 7946 Solaris 2 from Rob McMahon <cudcv@csv.warwick.ac.uk>. 7947 System V Release 4 from Motonori Nakamura of Ritsumeikan 7948 University. This expands the disk size 7949 checking to include all (?) SVR4 configurations. 7950 System V Release 4 from Kimmo Suominen -- initgroups(3) 7951 and setrlimit(2) are both available. 7952 System V Release 4 from sob@sculley.ffg.com -- some versions 7953 apparently "have EX_OK defined in other headerfiles." 7954 Linux Makefile typo. 7955 Linux getusershell(3) is broken in Slackware 2.0 -- 7956 from Andrew Pam of Xanadu Australia. 7957 More Linux tweaking from John Kennedy of California State 7958 University, Chico. 7959 Cray changes from Eric Wassenaar: ``On Cray, shorts, 7960 ints, and longs are all 64 bits, and all structs 7961 are multiples of 64 bits. This means that the 7962 sizeof operator returns only multiples of 8. 7963 This requires adaptation of code that really 7964 deals with 32 bit or 16 bit fields, such as IP 7965 addresses or nameserver fields.'' 7966 DG/UX 5.4.3 from Mark T. Robinson <mtr@ornl.gov>. To 7967 get the old behavior, use -DDGUX_5_4_2. 7968 DG/UX hack: add _FORCE_MAIL_LOCAL_=yes environment 7969 variable to fix bogus /bin/mail behavior. 7970 Tandem NonStop-UX from Rick McCarty <mccarty@mpd.tandem.com>. 7971 This also cleans up some System V Release 4 compile 7972 problems. 7973 Solaris 2: sendmail.cw file should be in /etc/mail to 7974 match all the other configuration files. Fix 7975 from Glenn Barry of Emory University. 7976 Solaris 2.3: compile problem in conf.c. Fix from Alain 7977 Nissen of the University of Liege, Belgium. 7978 Ultrix: freespace calculation was incorrect. Fix from 7979 Takashi Kizu of Osaka University. 7980 SVR4: running in background gets a SIGTTOU because the 7981 emulation code doesn't realize that "getpeername" 7982 doesn't require reading the file. Fix from Peter 7983 Wemm of DIALix. 7984 Solaris 2.3: due to an apparent bug in the socket emulation 7985 library, sockets can get into a "wedged" state where 7986 they just return EPROTO; closing and re-opening the 7987 socket clears the problem. Fix from Bob Manson 7988 of Ohio State University. 7989 Hitachi 3050R & 3050RX running HI-UX/WE2: portability 7990 fixes from Akihiro Hashimoto ("Hash") of Chiba 7991 University. 7992 AIX changes to allow setproctitle to work from Rainer Sch�pf 7993 of Zentrum f�r Datenverarbeitung der Universit�t 7994 Mainz. 7995 AIX changes for load average from Ed Ravin of NASA/Goddard. 7996 SCO Unix from Chip Rosenthal of Unicom (code was using the 7997 wrong statfs call). 7998 ANSI C fixes from Adam Glass (NetBSD project). 7999 Stardent Titan/ANSI C fixes from Kate Hedstrom of Rutgers 8000 University. 8001 DG-UX fixes from Bruce Nagel of Data General. 8002 IRIX64 updates from Mark Levinson of the University of 8003 Rochester Medical Center. 8004 Altos System V (``the first UNIX/XENIX merge the Altos 8005 did for their Series 1000 & Series 2000 line; 8006 their merged code was licensed back to AT&T and 8007 Microsoft and became System V release 3.2'') from 8008 Tim Rice <timr@crl.com>. 8009 OSF/1 running on Intel Paragon from Jeff A. Earickson 8010 <jeff@ssd.intel.com> of Intel Scalable Systems 8011 Division. 8012 Amdahl UTS System V 2.1.5 (SVr3-based) from Janet Jackson 8013 <janet@dialix.oz.au>. 8014 System V Release 4 (statvfs semantic fix) from Alain 8015 Durand of I.M.A.G. 8016 HP-UX 10.x multiprocessor load average changes from 8017 Scott Hutton and Jeff Sumler of Indiana University. 8018 Cray CSOS from Scott Bolte of Cray Computer Corporation. 8019 Unicos 8.0 from Douglas K. Rand of the University of North 8020 Dakota, Scientific Computing Center. 8021 Solaris 2.4 fixes from Sanjay Dani of Dani Communications. 8022 ConvexOS 11.0 from Christophe Wolfhugel. 8023 IRIX 4.0.5 from David Ashton-Reader of CADcentre. 8024 ISC UNIX from J. J. Bailey. 8025 HP-UX 9.xx on the 8xx series machines from Remy Giraud 8026 of Meteo France. 8027 HP-UX configuration from Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>. 8028 IRIX 5.2 and 5.3 from Kari E. Hurtta. 8029 FreeBSD 2.0 from Mike Hickey of Federal Data Corporation. 8030 Sony NEWS-OS 4.2.1R and 6.0.3 from Motonori Nakamura. 8031 Omron LUNA unios-b, mach from Motonori Nakamura. 8032 NEC EWS-UX/V 4.2 from Motonori Nakamura. 8033 NeXT 2.1 from Bryan Costales. 8034 AUX patch thanks to Mike Erwin of Apple Computer. 8035 HP-UX 10.0 from John Beck of Hewlett-Packard. 8036 Ultrix: allow -DBROKEN_RES_SEARCH=0 if you are using a 8037 non-DEC resolver. Suggested by Allan Johannesen. 8038 UnixWare 2.0 fixes from Petr Lampa of the Technical 8039 University of Brno (Czech Republic). 8040 KSR OS 1.2.2 support from Todd Miller of the University 8041 of Colorado. 8042 UX4800 support from Kazuhisa Shimizu of NEC. 8043 MAKEMAP: allow -d flag to allow insertion of duplicate aliases 8044 in type ``btree'' maps. The semantics of this are undefined 8045 for regular maps, but it can be useful for the user database. 8046 MAKEMAP: lock database file while rebuilding to avoid sendmail 8047 lookups while the rebuild is going on. There is a race 8048 condition between the open(... O_TRUNC ...) and the lock 8049 on the file, but it should be quite small. 8050 SMRSH: sendmail restricted shell added to the release. This can 8051 be used as an alternative to /bin/sh for the "prog" mailer, 8052 giving the local administrator more control over what 8053 programs can be run from sendmail. 8054 MAIL.LOCAL: add this local mailer to the tape. It is not really 8055 part of the release proper, and isn't fully supported; in 8056 particular, it does not run on System V based systems and 8057 never will. 8058 CONTRIB: a patch to rmail.c from Bill Gianopoulos of Raytheon 8059 to allow rmail to compile on systems that don't have 8060 function prototypes and systems that don't have snprintf. 8061 CONTRIB: add the "mailprio" scripts that will help you sort mailing 8062 lists by transaction delay times so that addresses that 8063 respond quickly get sent first. This is to prevent very 8064 sluggish servers from delaying other peoples' mail. 8065 Contributed by Tony Sanders of BSDI. 8066 CONTRIB: add the "bsdi.mc" file as contributed by Tony Sanders 8067 of BSDI. This has a lot of comments to help people out. 8068 CONFIG: Don't have .mc files include(../m4/cf.m4) -- instead, 8069 put this on the m4 command line. On GNU m4 (which 8070 supports the __file__ primitive) you can run m4 in an 8071 arbitrary directory -- use either: 8072 m4 ${CFDIR}/m4/cf.m4 config.mc > config.cf 8073 or 8074 m4 -I${CFDIR} m4/cf.m4 config.mc > config.cf 8075 On other versions of m4 that don't support __file__, you 8076 can use: 8077 m4 -D_CF_DIR_=${CFDIR}/ ${CFDIR}/m4/cf.m4 ... 8078 (Note the trailing slash on the _CF_DIR_ definition.) 8079 Old versions of m4 will default to _CF_DIR_=.. for back 8080 compatibility. 8081 CONFIG: fix mail from <> so it will properly convert to 8082 MAILER-DAEMON on local addresses. 8083 CONFIG: fix code that was supposed to catch colons in host 8084 names. Problem noted by John Gardiner Myers of CMU. 8085 CONFIG: allow use of SMTP_MAILER_MAX in nullclient configuration. 8086 From Paul Riddle of the University of Maryland, Baltimore 8087 County. 8088 CONFIG: Catch and reject "." as a host address. 8089 CONFIG: Generalize domaintable to look up all domains, not 8090 just unqualified ones. 8091 CONFIG: Delete OLD_SENDMAIL support -- as near as I can tell, it 8092 was never used and didn't work anyway. 8093 CONFIG: Set flags A, w, 5, :, /, |, and @ on the "local" mailer 8094 and d on all mailers in the UUCP class. 8095 CONFIG: Allow "user+detail" to be aliased specially: it will first 8096 look for an alias for "user+detail", then for "user+*", and 8097 finally for "user". This is intended for forwarding mail 8098 for system aliases such as root and postmaster to a 8099 centralized hub. 8100 CONFIG: add confEIGHT_BIT_HANDLING to set option 8 (see above). 8101 CONFIG: add smtp8 mailer; this has the F=8 (just-send-8) flag set. 8102 The F=8 flag is also set on the "relay" mailer, since 8103 this is expected to be another sendmail. 8104 CONFIG: avoid qualifying all UUCP addresses sent via SMTP with 8105 the name of the UUCP_RELAY -- in some cases, this is the 8106 wrong value (e.g., when we have local UUCP connections), 8107 and this can create unreplyable addresses. From Chip 8108 Rosenthal of Unicom. 8109 CONFIG: add confRECEIVED_HEADER to change the format of the 8110 Received: header inserted into all messages. Suggested by 8111 Gary Mills of the University of Manitoba. 8112 CONFIG: Make "notsticky" the default; use FEATURE(stickyhost) 8113 to get the old behavior. I did this upon observing 8114 that almost everyone needed this feature, and that the 8115 concept I was trying to make happen didn't work with 8116 some user agents anyway. FEATURE(notsticky) still works, 8117 but it is a no-op. 8118 CONFIG: Add LUSER_RELAY -- the host to which unrecognized user 8119 names are sent, rather than immediately diagnosing them 8120 as User Unknown. 8121 CONFIG: Add SMTP_MAILER_ARGS, ESMTP_MAILER_ARGS, SMTP8_MAILER_ARGS, 8122 and RELAY_MAILER_ARGS to set the arguments for the 8123 indicated mailers. All default to "IPC $h". Patch from 8124 Larry Parmelee of Cornell University. 8125 CONFIG: pop mailer needs F=n flag to avoid "annoying side effects 8126 on the client side" and F=P to get an appropriate 8127 return-path. From Kimmo Suominen. 8128 CONFIG: add FEATURE(local_procmail) to use the procmail program 8129 as the local mailer. For addresses of the form "user+detail" 8130 the "detail" part is passed to procmail via the -a flag. 8131 Contributed by Kimmo Suominen. 8132 CONFIG: add MAILER(procmail) to add an interface to procmail for 8133 use from mailertables. This lets you execute arbitrary 8134 procmail scripts. Contributed by Kimmo Suominen. 8135 CONFIG: add T= fields (MTS type) to local, smtp, and uucp mailers. 8136 CONFIG: add OSTYPE(ptx2) for DYNIX/ptx 2.x from Sequent. From 8137 Paul Southworth of CICNet Systems Support. 8138 CONFIG: use -a$g as default to UUCP mailers, instead of -a$f. 8139 This causes the null return path to be rewritten as 8140 MAILER-DAEMON; otherwise UUCP gets horribly confused. 8141 From Michael Hohmuth of Technische Universitat Dresden. 8142 CONFIG: Add FEATURE(bestmx_is_local) to cause any hosts that 8143 list us as the best possible MX record to be treated as 8144 though they were local (essentially, assume that they 8145 are included in $=w). This can cause additional DNS 8146 traffic, but is easier to administer if this fits your 8147 local model. It does not work reliably if there are 8148 multiple hosts that share the best MX preference. 8149 Code contributed by John Oleynick of Rutgers. 8150 CONFIG: Add FEATURE(smrsh) to use smrsh (the SendMail Restricted 8151 SHell) instead of /bin/sh as the program used for delivery 8152 to programs. If an argument is included, it is used as 8153 the path to smrsh; otherwise, /usr/local/etc/smrsh is 8154 assumed. 8155 CONFIG: Add LOCAL_MAILER_MAX and PROCMAILER_MAILER_MAX to limit the 8156 size of messages to the local and procmail mailers 8157 respectively. Contributed by Brad Knowles of the Defense 8158 Information Systems Agency. 8159 CONFIG: Handle leading ``phrase:'' and trailing ``;'' as comments 8160 (just like text outside of angle brackets) in order to 8161 properly deal with ``group: addr1, ... addrN;'' syntax. 8162 CONFIG: Require OSTYPE macro (the defaults really don't apply to 8163 any real systems any more) and tweak the DOMAIN macro 8164 so that it is less likely that users will accidentally use 8165 the Berkeley defaults. Also, create some generic files 8166 that really can be used in the real world. 8167 CONFIG: Add new configuration macros to set character sets for 8168 messages _arriving from_ various mailers: LOCAL_MAILER_CHARSET, 8169 SMTP_MAILER_CHARSET, and UUCP_MAILER_CHARSET. 8170 CONFIG: Change UUCP_MAX_SIZE to UUCP_MAILER_MAX for consistency. 8171 The old name will still be accepted for a while at least. 8172 CONFIG: Implement DECNET_RELAY as spec for host to which DECNET 8173 mail (.DECNET pseudo-domain or node::user) will be sent. 8174 As with all relays, it can be ``mailer:hostname''. Suggested 8175 by Scott Hutton. 8176 CONFIG: Add MAILER(mail11) to get DECnet support. Code contributed 8177 by Barb Dijker of Labyrinth Computer Services. 8178 CONFIG: change confCHECK_ALIASES to default to False -- it has poor 8179 performance for large alias files, and this confused many 8180 people. 8181 CONFIG: Add confCF_VERSION to append local information to the 8182 configuration version number displayed during SMTP startup. 8183 CONFIG: fix some.newsgroup.usenet@local.host syntax (previously it 8184 would only work when locally addressed. Fix from 8185 Edvard Tuinder of Cistron Internet Services. 8186 CONFIG: use ${opMode} to avoid error on .REDIRECT addresses if option 8187 "n" (CheckAliases) is set when rebuilding alias database. 8188 Based on code contributed by Claude Marinier. 8189 CONFIG: Allow mailertable to have values of the form 8190 ``error:code message''. The ``code'' is a status code 8191 derived from the sysexits codes -- e.g., NOHOST or UNAVAILABLE. 8192 Contributed by David James <dwj@agw.bt.co.uk>. 8193 CONFIG: add MASQUERADE_DOMAIN(domain list) to extend the list of 8194 sender domains that will be replaced with the masquerade name. 8195 These domains will not be treated as local, but if mail passes 8196 through with sender addresses in those domains they will be 8197 replaced by the masquerade name. These can also be specified 8198 in a file using MASQUERADE_DOMAIN_FILE(filename). 8199 CONFIG: add FEATURE(masquerade_envelope) to masquerade the envelope 8200 as well as the header. Substantial improvements to this 8201 code were contributed by Per Hedeland. 8202 CONFIG: add MAILER(phquery) to define a new "ph" mailer; this can be 8203 accessed from a mailertable to do CCSO ph lookups. Contributed 8204 by Kimmo Suominen. 8205 CONFIG: add MAILER(cyrus) to define a new Cyrus mailer; this can be 8206 used to define cyrus and cyrusbb mailers (for IMAP support). 8207 Contributed by John Gardiner Myers of Carnegie Mellon. 8208 CONFIG: add confUUCP_MAILER to select default mailer to use for 8209 UUCP addressing. Suggested by Tom Moore of AT&T GIS. 8210 NEW FILES: 8211 cf/cf/cs-hpux10.mc 8212 cf/cf/cs-solaris2.mc 8213 cf/cf/cyrusproto.mc 8214 cf/cf/generic-bsd4.4.mc 8215 cf/cf/generic-hpux10.mc 8216 cf/cf/generic-hpux9.mc 8217 cf/cf/generic-osf1.mc 8218 cf/cf/generic-solaris2.mc 8219 cf/cf/generic-sunos4.1.mc 8220 cf/cf/generic-ultrix4.mc 8221 cf/cf/huginn.cs.mc 8222 cf/domain/berkeley-only.m4 8223 cf/domain/generic.m4 8224 cf/feature/bestmx_is_local.m4 8225 cf/feature/local_procmail.m4 8226 cf/feature/masquerade_envelope.m4 8227 cf/feature/smrsh.m4 8228 cf/feature/stickyhost.m4 8229 cf/feature/use_ct_file.m4 8230 cf/m4/cfhead.m4 8231 cf/mailer/cyrus.m4 8232 cf/mailer/mail11.m4 8233 cf/mailer/phquery.m4 8234 cf/mailer/procmail.m4 8235 cf/ostype/amdahl-uts.m4 8236 cf/ostype/bsdi2.0.m4 8237 cf/ostype/hpux10.m4 8238 cf/ostype/irix5.m4 8239 cf/ostype/isc4.1.m4 8240 cf/ostype/ptx2.m4 8241 cf/ostype/unknown.m4 8242 contrib/bsdi.mc 8243 contrib/mailprio 8244 contrib/rmail.oldsys.patch 8245 mail.local/mail.local.0 8246 makemap/makemap.0 8247 smrsh/README 8248 smrsh/smrsh.0 8249 smrsh/smrsh.8 8250 smrsh/smrsh.c 8251 src/Makefiles/Makefile.CSOS 8252 src/Makefiles/Makefile.EWS-UX_V 8253 src/Makefiles/Makefile.HP-UX.10 8254 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX.5.x 8255 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64 8256 src/Makefiles/Makefile.ISC 8257 src/Makefiles/Makefile.KSR 8258 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEWS-OS.4.x 8259 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEWS-OS.6.x 8260 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEXTSTEP 8261 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NonStop-UX 8262 src/Makefiles/Makefile.Paragon 8263 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SCO.3.2v4.2 8264 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.3 8265 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.4 8266 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.5 8267 src/Makefiles/Makefile.UNIX_SV.4.x.i386 8268 src/Makefiles/Makefile.uts.systemV 8269 src/Makefiles/Makefile.UX4800 8270 src/aliases.0 8271 src/mailq.0 8272 src/mime.c 8273 src/newaliases.0 8274 src/sendmail.0 8275 test/t_seteuid.c 8276 RENAMED FILES: 8277 cf/cf/alpha.mc => cf/cf/s2k-osf1.mc 8278 cf/cf/chez.mc => cf/cf/chez.cs.mc 8279 cf/cf/hpux-cs-exposed.mc => cf/cf/cs-hpux9.mc 8280 cf/cf/osf1-cs-exposed.mc => cf/cf/cs-osf1.mc 8281 cf/cf/s2k.mc => cf/cf/s2k-ultrix4.mc 8282 cf/cf/sunos4.1-cs-exposed.mc => cf/cf/cs-sunos4.1.mc 8283 cf/cf/ultrix4.1-cs-exposed.mc => cf/cf/cs-ultrix4.mc 8284 cf/cf/vangogh.mc => cf/cf/vangogh.cs.mc 8285 cf/domain/Berkeley.m4 => cf/domain/Berkeley.EDU.m4 8286 cf/domain/cs-exposed.m4 => cf/domain/CS.Berkeley.EDU.m4 8287 cf/domain/eecs-hidden.m4 => cf/domain/EECS.Berkeley.EDU.m4 8288 cf/domain/s2k.m4 => cf/domain/S2K.Berkeley.EDU.m4 8289 cf/ostype/hpux.m4 => cf/ostype/hpux9.m4 8290 cf/ostype/irix.m4 => cf/ostype/irix4.m4 8291 cf/ostype/ultrix4.1.m4 => cf/ostype/ultrix4.m4 8292 src/Makefile.* => src/Makefiles/Makefile.* 8293 src/Makefile.AUX => src/Makefiles/Makefile.A-UX 8294 src/Makefile.BSDI => src/Makefiles/Makefile.BSD-OS 8295 src/Makefile.DGUX => src/Makefiles/Makefile.dgux 8296 src/Makefile.RISCos => src/Makefiles/Makefile.UMIPS 8297 src/Makefile.SunOS.4.0.3 => src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.4.0 8298 OBSOLETED FILES: 8299 cf/cf/cogsci.mc 8300 cf/cf/cs-exposed.mc 8301 cf/cf/cs-hidden.mc 8302 cf/cf/hpux-cs-hidden.mc 8303 cf/cf/knecht.mc 8304 cf/cf/osf1-cs-hidden.mc 8305 cf/cf/sunos3.5-cs-exposed.mc 8306 cf/cf/sunos3.5-cs-hidden.mc 8307 cf/cf/sunos4.1-cs-hidden.mc 8308 cf/cf/ultrix4.1-cs-hidden.mc 8309 cf/domain/cs-hidden.m4 8310 contrib/rcpt-streaming 8311 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.x 8312 83138.6.13/8.6.12 1996/01/25 8314 SECURITY: In some cases it was still possible for an attacker to 8315 insert newlines into a queue file, thus allowing access to 8316 any user (except root). 8317 CONFIG: no changes -- it is not a bug that the configuration 8318 version number is unchanged. 8319 83208.6.12/8.6.12 1995/03/28 8321 Fix to IDENT code (it was getting the size of the reply buffer 8322 too small, so nothing was ever accepted). Fix from several 8323 people, including Allan Johannesen, Shane Castle of the 8324 Boulder County Information Services, and Jeff Smith of 8325 Warwick University (all arrived within a few hours of 8326 each other!). 8327 Fix a problem that could cause large jobs to run out of 8328 file descriptors on systems that use vfork() rather 8329 than fork(). 8330 83318.6.11/8.6.11 1995/03/08 8332 The ``possible attack'' message would be logged more often 8333 than necessary if you are using Pine as a user agent. 8334 The wrong host would be reported in the ``possible attack'' 8335 message when attempted from IDENT. 8336 In some cases the syslog buffer could be overflowed when 8337 reporting the ``possible attack'' message. This can 8338 cause denial of service attacks. Truncate the message 8339 to 80 characters to prevent this problem. 8340 When reading the IDENT response a loop is needed around the 8341 read from the network to ensure that you don't get 8342 partial lines. 8343 Password entries without any shell listed (that is, a null 8344 shell) wouldn't match as "ok". Problem noted by 8345 Rob McMahon. 8346 When running BIND 4.9.x a problem could occur because the 8347 _res.options field is initialized differently than it 8348 was historically -- this requires that sendmail call 8349 res_init before it tweaks any bits. 8350 Fix an incompatibility in openxscript() between the file open mode 8351 and the stdio mode passed to fdopen. This caused UnixWare 8352 2.0 to have conniptions. Fix from Martin Sohnius of 8353 Novell Labs Europe. 8354 Fix problem with static linking of local getopt routine when 8355 using GNU's ld command. Fix from John Kennedy of 8356 Cal State Chico. 8357 It was possible to turn off privacy flags. Problem noted by 8358 *Hobbit*. 8359 Be more paranoid about writing files. Suggestions by *Hobbit* 8360 and Liudvikas Bukys. 8361 MAKEMAP: fixes for 64 bit machines (DEC Alphas in particular) 8362 from Spider Boardman. 8363 CONFIG: No changes (version number only, to keep it in sync 8364 with the binaries). 8365 83668.6.10/8.6.10 1995/02/10 8367 SECURITY: Diagnose bogus values to some command line flags that 8368 could allow trash to get into headers and qf files. 8369 Validate the name of the user returned by the IDENT protocol. 8370 Some systems that really dislike IDENT send intentionally 8371 bogus information. Problem pointed out by Michael Bushnell 8372 of the Free Software Foundation. Has some security 8373 implications. 8374 Fix a problem causing error messages about DNS problems when 8375 the host name contained a percent sign to act oddly 8376 because it was passed as a printf-style format string. 8377 In some cases this could cause core dumps. 8378 Avoid possible buffer overrun in returntosender() if error 8379 message is quite long. From Fletcher Mattox of the 8380 University of Texas. 8381 Fix a problem that would silently drop "too many hops" error 8382 messages if and only if you were sending to an alias. 8383 From Jon Giltner of the University of Colorado and 8384 Dan Harton of Oak Ridge National Laboratory. 8385 Fix a bug that caused core dumps on some systems if -d11.2 was 8386 set and e->e_message was null. Fix from Bruce Nagel of 8387 Data General. 8388 Fix problem that can still cause df files to be left around 8389 after "hop count exceeded" messages. Fix from Andrew 8390 Chang and Shau-Ping Lo of SunSoft. 8391 Fix a problem that can cause buffer overflows on very long 8392 user names (as might occur if you piped to a program 8393 with a lot of arguments). 8394 Avoid returning an error and re-queueing if the host signature 8395 is null; this can occur on addresses like ``user@.''. 8396 Problem noted by Wesley Craig and the University of 8397 Michigan. 8398 Avoid possible calls to malloc(0) if MCI caching is turned 8399 off. Bug fix from Pierre David of the Laboratoire 8400 Parallelisme, Reseaux, Systemes et Modelisation (PRiSM), 8401 Universite de Versailles - St Quentin, and Jacky 8402 Thibault. 8403 Make a local copy of the line being sent via senttolist() -- in 8404 some cases, buffers could get trashed by map lookups 8405 causing it to do unexpected things. This also simplifies 8406 some of the map code. 8407 CONFIG: No changes (version number only, to keep it in sync 8408 with the binaries). 8409 84108.6.9/8.6.9 1994/04/19 8411 Do all mail delivery completely disconnected from any terminal. 8412 This provides consistency with daemon delivery and 8413 may have some security implications. 8414 Make sure that malloc doesn't get called with zero size, 8415 since that fails on some systems. Reported by Ed 8416 Hill of the University of Iowa. 8417 Fix multi-line values for $e (SMTP greeting message). Reported 8418 by Mike O'Connor of Ford Motor Company. 8419 Avoid syserr if no NIS domain name is defined, but the map it 8420 is trying to open is optional. From Win Bent of USC. 8421 Changes for picky compilers from Ed Gould of Digital Equipment. 8422 Hesiod support for UDB from Todd Miller of the University of 8423 Colorado. Use "hesiod" as the service name in the U 8424 option. 8425 Fix a problem that failed to set the "authentic" host name (that 8426 is, the one derived from the socket info) if you called 8427 sendmail -bs from inetd. Based on code contributed by 8428 Todd Miller (this problem was also reported by Guy Helmer 8429 of Dakota State University). This also fixes a related 8430 problem reported by Liudvikas Bukys of the University of 8431 Rochester. 8432 Parameterize "nroff -h" in all the Makefiles so people with 8433 variant versions can use them easily. Suggested by 8434 Peter Collinson of Hillside Systems. 8435 SMTP "MAIL" commands with multiple ESMTP parameters required two 8436 spaces between parameters instead of one. Reported by 8437 Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech. 8438 Reduce the number of system calls during message collection by 8439 using global timeouts around the collect() loop. This 8440 code was contributed by Eric Wassenaar. 8441 If the initial hostname name gathering results in a name 8442 without a dot (usually caused by NIS misconfiguration) 8443 and BIND is compiled in, directly access DNS to get 8444 the canonical name. This should make life easier for 8445 Solaris systems. If it still can't be resolved, and 8446 if the name server is listed as "required", try again 8447 in 30 seconds. If that also fails, exit immediately to 8448 avoid bogus "config error: mail loops back to myself" 8449 messages. 8450 Improve the "MAIL DELETED BECAUSE OF LACK OF DISK SPACE" error 8451 message to explain how much space was available and 8452 sound a bit less threatening. Suggested by Stan Janet 8453 of the National Institute of Standards and Technology. 8454 If mail is delivered to an alias that has an owner, deliver any 8455 requested return-receipt immediately, and strip the 8456 Return-Receipt-To: header from the subsequent message. 8457 This prevents a certain class of denial of service 8458 attack, arguably gives more reasonable semantics, and 8459 moves things more towards what will probably become a 8460 network standard. Suggested by Christopher Davis of 8461 Kapor Enterprises. 8462 Add a "noreceipts" privacy flag to turn off all return receipts 8463 without recompiling. 8464 Avoid printing ESMTP parameters as part of the error message 8465 if there are errors during parsing. This change is 8466 purely cosmetic. 8467 Avoid sending out error messages during the collect phase of 8468 SMTP; there is an MVS mailer from UCLA that gets 8469 confused by this. Of course, I think it's their bug.... 8470 Check for the $j macro getting undefined, losing a dot, or getting 8471 lost from $=w in the daemon before accepting a connection; 8472 if it is, it dumps state, prints a LOG_ALERT message, 8473 and drops core for debugging. This is an attempt to 8474 track down a bug that I thought was long since gone. 8475 If you see this, please forward the log fragment to 8476 sendmail@sendmail.ORG. 8477 Change OLD_NEWDB from a #ifdef to a #if so it can be turned off 8478 with -DOLD_NEWDB=0 on the command line. From Christophe 8479 Wolfhugel. 8480 Instead of trying to truncate the listen queue for the server 8481 SMTP port when the load average is too high, just close 8482 the port completely and reopen it later as needed. 8483 This ensures that the other end gets a quick "connection 8484 refused" response, and that the connection can be 8485 recovered later. In particular, some socket emulations 8486 seem to get confused if you tweak the listen queue 8487 size around and can never start listening to connections 8488 again. The down side is that someone could start up 8489 another daemon process in the interim, so you could 8490 have multiple daemons all not listening to connections; 8491 this could in turn cause the sendmail.pid file to be 8492 incorrect. A better approach might be to accept the 8493 connection and give a 421 code, but that could break 8494 other mailers in mysterious ways and have paging behavior 8495 implications. 8496 Fix a glitch in TCP-level debugging that caused flag 16.101 to 8497 set debugging on the wrong socket. From Eric Wassenaar. 8498 When creating a df* temporary file, be sure you truncate any 8499 existing data in the file -- otherwise system crashes 8500 and the like could result in extra data being sent. 8501 DOC: Replace the CHANGES-R5-R8 readme file with a paper in the 8502 doc directory. This includes some additional 8503 information. 8504 CONFIG: change UUCP rules to never add $U! or $k! on the front 8505 of recipient envelope addresses. This should have been 8506 handled by the $&h trick, but broke if people were 8507 mixing domainized and UUCP addresses. They should 8508 probably have converted all the way over to uucp-uudom 8509 instead of uucp-{new,old}, but the failure mode was to 8510 loop the mail, which was bad news. 8511 Portability fixes: 8512 Newer BSDI systems (several people). 8513 Older BSDI systems from Christophe Wolfhugel. 8514 Intergraph CLIX, from Paul Southworth of CICNet. 8515 UnixWare, from Evan Champion. 8516 NetBSD from Adam Glass. 8517 Solaris from Quentin Campbell of the University of 8518 Newcastle upon Tyne. 8519 IRIX from Dean Cookson and Bill Driscoll of Mitre 8520 Corporation. 8521 NCR 3000 from Kevin Darcy of Chrysler Financial Corporation. 8522 SunOS (it has setsid() and setvbuf() calls) from 8523 Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision Technologies. 8524 HP-UX from Tor Lillqvist. 8525 New Files: 8526 src/Makefile.CLIX 8527 src/Makefile.NCR3000 8528 doc/changes/Makefile 8529 doc/changes/changes.me 8530 doc/changes/changes.ps 8531 85328.6.8/8.6.6 1994/03/21 8533 SECURITY: it was possible to read any file as root using the 8534 E (error message) option. Reported by Richard Jones; 8535 fixed by Michael Corrigan and Christophe Wolfhugel. 8536 85378.6.7/8.6.6 1994/03/14 8538 SECURITY: it was possible to get root access by using weird 8539 values to the -d flag. Thanks to Alain Durand of 8540 INRIA for forwarding me the notice from the bugtraq 8541 list. 8542 85438.6.6/8.6.6 1994/03/13 8544 SECURITY: the ability to give files away on System V-based 8545 systems proved dangerous -- don't run as the owner 8546 of a :include: file on a system that allows giveaways. 8547 Unfortunately, this also applies to determining a 8548 valid shell. 8549 IMPORTANT: Previous versions weren't expiring old connections 8550 in the connection cache for a long time under some 8551 circumstances. This could result in resource exhaustion, 8552 both at your end and at the other end. This checks the 8553 connections for timeouts much more frequently. From 8554 Doug Anderson of NCSC. 8555 Fix a glitch that snuck in that caused programs to be run as 8556 the sender instead of the recipient if the mail was 8557 from a local user to another local user. From 8558 Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 8559 Fix "wildcard" on /etc/shells matching -- instead of looking 8560 for "*", look for "/SENDMAIL/ANY/SHELL/". From 8561 Bryan Costales of ICSI. 8562 Change the method used to declare the "statfs" availability; 8563 instead of HASSTATFS and/or HASUSTAT with a ton of 8564 tweaking in conf.c, there is a single #define called 8565 SFS_TYPE which takes on one of six values (SFS_NONE 8566 for no statfs availability, SFS_USTAT for the ustat(2) 8567 syscall, SFS_4ARGS for a four argument statfs(2) call, 8568 and SFS_VFS, SFS_MOUNT, or SFS_STATFS for a two argument 8569 statfs(2) call with the declarations in <sys/vfs.h>, 8570 <sys/mount.h>, or <sys/statfs.h> respectively). 8571 Fix glitch in NetInfo support that could return garbage if 8572 there was no "/locations/sendmail" property. From 8573 David Meyer of the University of Virginia. 8574 Change HASFLOCK from defined/not-defined to a 0/1 definition 8575 to allow Linux to turn it off even though it is a 8576 BSD-like system. 8577 Allow setting of "ident" timeout to zero to turn off the ident 8578 protocol entirely. 8579 Make 7-bit stripping local to a connection (instead of to a 8580 mailer); this allows you to specify that SMTP is a 8581 7-bit channel, but revert to 8-bit should it advertise 8582 that it supports 8BITMIME. You still have to specify 8583 mailer flag 7 to get this stripping at all. 8584 Improve makesendmail script so it handles more cases automatically. 8585 Tighten up restrictions on taking ownership of :include: files 8586 to avoid problems on systems that allow you to give away 8587 files. 8588 Fix a problem that made it impossible to rebuild the alias 8589 file if it was on a read-only file system. From 8590 Harry Edmon of the University of Washington. 8591 Improve MX randomization function. From John Gardiner Myers 8592 of CMU. 8593 Fix a minor glitch causing a bogus message to be printed (used 8594 %s instead of %d in a printf string for the line number) 8595 when a bad queue file was read. From Harry Edmon. 8596 Allow $s to remain NULL on locally generated mail. I'm not 8597 sure this is necessary, but a lot of people have complained 8598 about it, and there is a legitimate question as to whether 8599 "localhost" is legal as an 822-style domain. 8600 Fix a problem with very short line lengths (mailer L= flag) in 8601 headers. This causes a leading space to be added onto 8602 continuation lines (including in the body!), and also 8603 tries to wrap headers containing addresses (From:, To:, 8604 etc) intelligently at the shorter line lengths. Problem 8605 Reported by Lars-Johan Liman of SUNET Operations Center. 8606 Log the real user name when logging syserrs, since these can have 8607 security implications. Suggested by several people. 8608 Fix address logging of cached connections -- it used to always 8609 log the numeric address as zero. This is a somewhat 8610 bogus implementation in that it does an extra system 8611 call, but it should be an inexpensive one. Fix from 8612 Motonori Nakamura. 8613 Tighten up handling of short syslog buffers even more -- there 8614 were cases where the outgoing relay= name was too long 8615 to share a line with delay= and mailer= logging. 8616 Limit the overhead on split envelopes to one open file descriptor 8617 per envelope -- previously the overhead was three 8618 descriptors. This was in response to a problem reported 8619 by P{r (Pell) Emanuelsson. 8620 Fixes to better handle the case of unexpected connection closes; 8621 this redirects the output to the transcript so the info 8622 is not lost. From Eric Wassenaar. 8623 Fix potential string overrun if you macro evaluate a string that 8624 has a naked $ at the end. Problem noted by James Matheson 8625 <jmrm@eng.cam.ac.uk>. 8626 Make default error number on $#error messages 553 (``Requested 8627 action not taken: mailbox name not allowed'') instead of 8628 501 (``Syntax error in parameters or arguments'') to 8629 avoid bogus "protocol error" messages. 8630 Strip off any existing trailing dot on names during $[ ... $] 8631 lookup. This prevents it from ending up with two dots 8632 on the end of dot terminated names. From Wesley Craig 8633 of the University of Michigan and Bryan Costales of ICSI. 8634 Clean up file class reading so that the debugging information is 8635 more informative. It hadn't been using setclass, so you 8636 didn't see the class items being added. 8637 Avoid core dump if you are running a version of sendmail where 8638 NIS is compiled in, and you specify an NIS map, but 8639 NIS is not running. Fix from John Oleynick of 8640 Rutgers. 8641 Diagnose bizarre case where res_search returns a failure value, 8642 but sets h_errno to a success value. 8643 Make sure that "too many hops" messages are considered important 8644 enough to send an error to the Postmaster (that is, the 8645 address specified in the P option). This fix should 8646 help problems that cause the df file to be left around 8647 sometimes -- unfortunately, I can't seem to reproduce 8648 the problem myself. 8649 Avoid core dump (null pointer reference) on EXPN command; this 8650 only occurred if your log level was set to 10 or higher 8651 and the target account was an alias or had a .forward file. 8652 Problem noted by Janne Himanka. 8653 Avoid "denial of service" attacks by someone who is flooding your 8654 SMTP port with bad commands by shutting the connection 8655 after 25 bad commands are issued. From Kyle Jones of 8656 UUNET. 8657 Fix core dump on error messages with very long "to" buffers; 8658 fmtmsg overflows the message buffer. Fixed by trimming 8659 the to address to 203 characters. Problem reported by 8660 John Oleynick. 8661 Fix configuration for HASFLOCK -- there were some spots where 8662 a #ifndef was incorrectly #ifdef. Pointed out by 8663 George Baltz of the University of Maryland. 8664 Fix a typo in savemail() that could cause the error message To: 8665 lists to be incorrect in some places. From Motonori 8666 Nakamura. 8667 Fix a glitch that can cause duplicate error messages on split 8668 envelopes where an address on one of the lists has a 8669 name server failure. Fix from Voradesh Yenbut of the 8670 University of Washington. 8671 Fix possible bogus pointer reference on ESMTP parameters that 8672 don't have an ``=value'' part. 8673 CNAME loops caused an error message to be generated, but also 8674 re-queued the message. Changed to just re-queue the 8675 message (it's really hard to just bounce it because 8676 of the weird way the name server works in the presence 8677 of CNAME loops). Problem noted by James M.R.Matheson 8678 of Cambridge University. 8679 Avoid giving ``warning: foo owned process doing -bs'' messages 8680 if they use ``MAIL FROM:<foo>'' where foo is their true 8681 user name. Suggested by Andreas Stolcke of ICSI. 8682 Change the NAMED_BIND compile flag to be a 0/1 flag so you can 8683 override it easily in the Makefile -- that is, you can 8684 turn it off using -DNAMED_BIND=0. 8685 If a gethostbyname(...) of an address with a trailing dot fails, 8686 try it without the trailing dot. This is because if 8687 you have a version of gethostbyname() that falls back 8688 to NIS or the /etc/hosts file it will fail to find 8689 perfectly reasonable names that just don't happen to 8690 be dot terminated in the hosts file. You don't want to 8691 strip the dot first though because we're trying to ensure 8692 that country names that match one of your subdomains get 8693 a chance. 8694 PRALIASES: fix bogus output on non-null-terminated strings. 8695 From Bill Gianopoulos of Raytheon. 8696 CONFIG: Avoid rewriting anything that matches $w to be $j. 8697 This was in code intended to only catch the self-literal 8698 address (that is, [1.2.3.4], where 1.2.3.4 is your 8699 IP address), but the code was broken. However, it will 8700 still do this if $M is defined; this is necessary to 8701 get client configurations to work (sigh). Note that this 8702 means that $M overrides :mailname entries in the user 8703 database! Problem noted by Paul Southworth. 8704 CONFIG: Fix definition of Solaris help file location. From 8705 Steve Cliffe <steve@gorgon.cs.uow.edu.au>. 8706 CONFIG: Fix bug that broke news.group.USENET mappings. 8707 CONFIG: Allow declaration of SMTP_MAILER_MAX, FAX_MAILER_MAX, 8708 and USENET_MAILER_MAX to tweak the maximum message 8709 size for various mailers. 8710 CONFIG: Change definition of USENET_MAILER_ARGS to include argv[0] 8711 instead of assuming that it is "inews" for consistency 8712 with other mailers. From Michael Corrigan of UC San Diego. 8713 CONFIG: When mail is forwarded to a LOCAL_RELAY or a MAIL_HUB, 8714 qualify the address in the SMTP envelope as user@{relay|hub} 8715 instead of user@$j. From Bill Wisner of The Well. 8716 CONFIG: Fix route-addr syntax in nullrelay configuration set. 8717 CONFIG: Don't turn off case mapping of user names in the local 8718 mailer for IRIX. This was different than most every other 8719 system. 8720 CONFIG: Avoid infinite loops on certainly list:; syntaxes in 8721 envelope. Noted by Thierry Besancon 8722 <besancon@excalibur.ens.fr>. 8723 CONFIG: Don't include -z by default on uux line -- most systems 8724 don't want it set by default. Pointed out by Philippe 8725 Michel of Thomson CSF. 8726 CONFIG: Fix some bugs with mailertables -- for example, if your 8727 host name was foo.bar.ray.com and you matched against 8728 ".ray.com", the old implementation bound %1 to "bar" 8729 instead of "foo.bar". Also, allow "." in the mailertable 8730 to match anything -- essentially, take over SMART_HOST. 8731 This also moves matching of explicit local host names 8732 before the mailertable so they don't have to be special 8733 cased in the mailertable data. Reported by Bill 8734 Gianopoulos of Raytheon; the fix for the %1 binding 8735 problem was contributed by Nicholas Comanos of the 8736 University of Sydney. 8737 CONFIG: Don't include "root" in class $=L (users to deliver 8738 locally, even if a hub or relay exists) by default. 8739 This is because of the known bug where definition of 8740 both a LOCAL_RELAY and a MAIL_HUB causes $=L to ignore 8741 both and deliver into the local mailbox. 8742 CONFIG: Move up bitdomain and uudomain handling so that they 8743 are done before .UUCP class matching; uudomain was 8744 reported as ineffective before. This also frees up 8745 diversion 8 for future use. Problem reported by Kimmo 8746 Suominen. 8747 CONFIG: Don't try to convert dotted IP address (e.g., [1.2.3.4]) 8748 into host names. As pointed out by Jonathan Kamens, 8749 these are often used because either the forward or reverse 8750 mapping is broken; this translation makes it broken again. 8751 DOC: Clarify $@ and $: in the Install & Op Guide. From Kimmo 8752 Suominen. 8753 Portability fixes: 8754 Unicos from David L. Kensiski of Sterling Software. 8755 DomainOS from Don Lewis of Silicon Systems. 8756 GNU m4 1.0.3 from Karst Koymans of Utrecht University. 8757 Convex from Kimmo Suominen <kim@tac.nyc.ny.us>. 8758 NetBSD from Adam Glass <glass@sun-lamp.cs.berkeley.edu>. 8759 BSD/386 from Tony Sanders of BSDI. 8760 Apollo from Eric Wassenaar. 8761 DGUX from Doug Anderson. 8762 Sequent DYNIX/ptx 2.0 from Tim Wright of Sequent. 8763 NEW FILES: 8764 src/Makefile.DomainOS 8765 src/Makefile.PTX 8766 src/Makefile.SunOS.5.1 8767 src/Makefile.SunOS.5.2 8768 src/Makefile.SunOS.5.x 8769 src/mailq.1 8770 cf/ostype/domainos.m4 8771 doc/op/Makefile 8772 doc/intro/Makefile 8773 doc/usenix/Makefile 8774 87758.6.5/8.6.5 1994/01/13 8776 Security fix: /.forward could be owned by anyone (the test 8777 to allow root to own any file was backwards). From 8778 Bob Campbell at U.C. Berkeley. 8779 Security fix: group ids were not completely set when programs 8780 were invoked. This caused programs to have group 8781 permissions they should not have had (usually group 8782 daemon instead of their own group). In particular, 8783 Perl scripts would refuse to run. 8784 Security: check to make sure files that are written are not 8785 symbolic links (at least under some circumstances). 8786 Although this does not respond to a specific known 8787 attack, it's just a good idea. Suggested by 8788 Christian Wettergren. 8789 Security fix: if a user had an NFS mounted home directory on 8790 a system with a restricted shell listed in their 8791 /etc/passwd entry, they could still execute any 8792 program by putting that in their .forward file. 8793 This fix prevents that by insisting that their shell 8794 appear in /etc/shells before allowing a .forward to 8795 execute a program or write a file. You can disable 8796 this by putting "*" in /etc/shells. It also won't 8797 permit world-writable :include: files to reference 8798 programs or files (there's no way to disable this). 8799 These behaviors are only one level deep -- for 8800 example, it is legal for a world-writable :include: 8801 file to reference an alias that writes a file, on 8802 the assumption that the alias file is well controlled. 8803 Security fix: root was not treated suspiciously enough when 8804 looking into subdirectories. This would potentially 8805 allow a cracker to examine files that were publicly 8806 readable but in a non-publicly searchable directory. 8807 Fix a problem that causes an error on QUIT on a cached 8808 connection to create problems on the current job. 8809 These are typically unrelated, so errors occur in 8810 the wrong place. 8811 Reset CurrentLA in sendall() -- this makes sendmail queue 8812 runs more responsive to load average, and fixes a 8813 problem that ignored the load average in locally 8814 generated mail. From Eric Wassenaar. 8815 Fix possible core dump on aliases with null LHS. From 8816 John Orthoefer of BB&N. 8817 Revert to using flock() whenever possible -- there are just 8818 too many bugs in fcntl() locking, particularly over 8819 NFS, that cause sendmail to fail in perverse ways. 8820 Fix a bug that causes the connection cache to get confused 8821 when sending error messages. This resulted in 8822 "unexpected close" messages. It should fix itself 8823 on the following queue run. Problem noted by 8824 Liudvikas Bukys of the University of Rochester. 8825 Include $k in $=k as documented in the Install & Op Guide. 8826 This seems odd, but it was documented.... From 8827 Michael Corrigan of UCSD. 8828 Fix problem that caused :include:s from alias files to be 8829 forced to be owned by root instead of daemon 8830 (actually DefUid). From Tim Irvin. 8831 Diagnose unrecognized I option values -- from Mortin Forssen 8832 of the Chalmers University of Technology. 8833 Make "error" mailer work consistently when there is no error 8834 code associated with it -- previously it returned OK 8835 even though there was a real problem. Now it assumes 8836 EX_UNAVAILABLE. 8837 Fix bug that caused the last header line of messages that had 8838 no body and which were terminated with EOF instead of 8839 "." to be discarded. Problem noted by Liudvikas Bukys. 8840 Fix core dump on SMTP mail to programs that failed -- it tried 8841 to go to a "next MX host" when none existed, causing 8842 a core dump. From der Mouse at McGill University. 8843 Change IDENTPROTO from a defined/not defined to a 0/1 switch; 8844 this makes it easier to turn it off (using 8845 -DIDENTPROTO=0 in the Makefile). From der Mouse. 8846 Fix YP_MASTER_NAME store to use the unupdated result of 8847 gethostname() (instead of myhostname(), which tries 8848 to fully qualify the name) to be consistent with 8849 SunOS. If your hostname is unqualified, this fixes 8850 transfers to slave servers. Bug noted by Keith 8851 McMillan of Ameritech Services, Inc. 8852 Fix Ultrix problem: gethostbyname() can return a very large 8853 (> 500) h_length field, which causes the sockaddr 8854 to be trashed. Use the size of the sockaddr instead. 8855 Fix from Bob Manson of Ohio State. 8856 Don't assume "-a." on host lookups if NAMED_BIND is not 8857 defined -- this confuses gethostbyname on hosts 8858 file lookups, which doesn't understand the trailing 8859 dot convention. 8860 Log SMTP server subprocesses that die with a signal instead 8861 of from a clean exit. 8862 If you don't have option "I" set, don't assume that a DNS 8863 "host unknown" message is authoritative -- it 8864 might still be found in /etc/hosts. 8865 Fix a problem that would cause Deferred: messages to be sent 8866 as the subject of an error message, even though the 8867 actual cause of a message was more severe than that. 8868 Problem noted by Chris Seabrook of OSSI. 8869 Fix race condition in DBM alias file locking. From Kyle 8870 Jones of UUNET. 8871 Limit delivery syslog line length to avoid bugs in some 8872 versions of syslog(3). This adds a new compile time 8873 variable SYSLOG_BUFSIZE. From Jay Plett of Princeton 8874 University, which is in turn derived from IDA. 8875 Fix quotes inside of comments in addresses -- previously 8876 it insisted that they be balanced, but the 822 spec 8877 says that they should be ignored. 8878 Dump open file state to syslog upon receiving SIGUSR1 (for 8879 debugging). This also evaluates ruleset 89, if set 8880 (with the null input), and logs the result. This 8881 should be used sparingly, since the rewrite process 8882 is not reentrant. 8883 Change -qI, -qR, and -qS flags to be case-insensitive as 8884 documented in the Bat Book. 8885 If the mailer returned EX_IOERR or EX_OSERR, sendmail did not 8886 return an error message and did not requeue the message. 8887 Fix based on code from Roland Dirlewanger of 8888 Reseau Regional Aquarel, Bordeaux, France. 8889 Fix a problem that caused a seg fault if you got a 421 error 8890 code during some parts of connection initialization. 8891 I've only seen this when talking to buggy mailers on 8892 the other end, but it shouldn't give a seg fault in 8893 any case. From Amir Plivatsky. 8894 Fix core dump caused by a ruleset call that returns null. 8895 Fix from Bryan Costales of ICSI. 8896 Full-Name: field was being ignored. Fix from Motonori Nakamura 8897 of Kyoto University. 8898 Fix a possible problem with very long input lines in setproctitle. 8899 From P{r Emanuelsson. 8900 Avoid putting "This is a warning message" out on return receipts. 8901 Suggested by Douglas Anderson. 8902 Detect loops caused by recursive ruleset calls. Suggested by 8903 Bryan Costales. 8904 Initialize non-alias maps during alias rebuilds -- they may be 8905 needed for parsing. Problem noted by Douglas Anderson. 8906 Log sender address even if no message was collected in SMTP 8907 (e.g., if all RCPTs failed). Suggested by Motonori 8908 Nakamura. 8909 Don't reflect the owner-list contents into the envelope sender 8910 address if the value contains ", :, /, or | (to avoid 8911 illegal addresses appearing there). 8912 Efficiency hack for toktype macro -- from Craig Partridge of 8913 BB&N. 8914 Clean up DNS error printing so that a host name is always 8915 included. 8916 Remember to set $i during queue runs. Reported by Stephen 8917 Campbell of Dartmouth University. 8918 If the environment variable HOSTALIASES is set, use it during 8919 canonification as the name of a file with per-user host 8920 translations so that headers are properly mapped. Reported 8921 by Anne Bennett of Concordia University. 8922 Avoid printing misleading error message if SMTP mailer (not 8923 using [IPC]) should die on a core dump. 8924 Avoid incorrect diagnosis of "file 1 closed" when it is caused 8925 by the other end closing the connection. From 8926 Dave Morrison of Oracle. 8927 Improve several of the error messages printed by "mailq" 8928 to include a host name or other useful information. 8929 Add NetInfo preliminary support for NeXT systems. From Vince 8930 DeMarco. 8931 Fix a glitch that sometimes caused :include:s that pointed to 8932 NFS filesystems that were down to give an "aliasing/ 8933 forwarding loop broken" message instead of queueing 8934 the message for retry. Noted by William C Fenner of 8935 the NRL Connection Machine Facility. 8936 Fix a problem that could cause a core dump if the input sequence 8937 had (or somehow acquired) a \231 character. 8938 Make sure that route-addrs always have <angle brackets> around 8939 them in non-SMTP envelopes (SMTP envelopes already do 8940 this properly). 8941 Avoid weird headers on unbalanced punctuation of the form: 8942 ``Joe User <user)'' -- this caused reference to the 8943 null macro. Fix from Rick McCarty of IO.COM. 8944 Fix a problem that caused an alias "user: user@local.host" to 8945 not have the QNOTREMOTE bit set; this caused configs 8946 to act as if FEATURE(notsticky) was defined even when 8947 it was not. The effect of the problem was to make it 8948 very hard to to set up satellite sites that had a few 8949 local accounts, with everything else forwarded to a 8950 corporate hub. Reported by Detlef Drewanz of the 8951 University of Rostock and Mark Frost of NCD. 8952 Change queuing to not call rulesets 3, {1 or 2}, 4 on header 8953 addresses. This is more efficient (fewer name server 8954 calls) and fixes certain unusual configurations, such 8955 as those that have ruleset 4 do something that is 8956 non-idempotent unless a mailer-specific ruleset did 8957 something else. Problem reported by Brian J. Coan 8958 of the Institute for Global Communications. 8959 Fix the "obsolete argument" routine in main to better understand 8960 new arguments. For example, if you used ``sendmail 8961 -C config -v -q'' it would choke on the -q because 8962 the -C would stop looking for old-format arguments. 8963 Fix the code that was intended to allow two users to forward their 8964 mail to the same program and have them appear unique. 8965 Portability fixes for: 8966 SCO UNIX from Murray Kucherawy. 8967 SCO Open Server 3.2v4 from Philippe Brand. 8968 System V Release 4 from Rick Ellis and others. 8969 OSF/1 from Steve Campbell. 8970 DG/UX from Ben Mesander of the USGS and Bryan Curnutt 8971 of Stoner Associates. 8972 Motorola SysV88 from Kevin Johnson of Motorola. 8973 Solaris 2.3 from Casper H.S. Dik of the University 8974 of Amsterdam and John Caruso of University 8975 of Maryland. 8976 FreeBSD from Ollivier Robert. 8977 NetBSD from Adam Glass. 8978 TitanOS from Kate Hedstrom of Rutgers University. 8979 Irix from Bryan Curnutt. 8980 Dynix from Jim Davis of the University of Arizona. 8981 RISC/os. 8982 Linux from John Kennedy of California State University 8983 at Chico. 8984 Solaris 2.x from Tony Boner of the U.S. Air Force. 8985 NEXTSTEP 3.x from Vince DeMarco. 8986 HP-UX from various people. NOTA BENE: the location 8987 of the config file has moved to /usr/lib 8988 to match the HP-UX version of sendmail. 8989 CONFIG: Don't do any recipient rewriting on relay mailer; 8990 since this is intended only for internal use, the 8991 usual RFC 821/822/1123 rules can be relaxed. The 8992 main point of this is to avoid munging (ugh) UUCP 8993 addresses when relaying internally. 8994 CONFIG: fix typo in mailer/uucp.m4 that mutilates list:; 8995 syntax addresses delivered via UUCP. Solution 8996 provided by Peter Wemm. 8997 CONFIG: fix thumb-fumble in default UUCP relaying in ruleset 8998 zero; it caused double @ signs in addresses. From 8999 Irving Reid of the University of Toronto. 9000 CONFIG: Portability fixes for SCO Unix 3.2 with TCP/IP 1.2.1 9001 from Markku Toijala of ICL Personal Systems Oy. 9002 CONFIG: Add trailing "." on pseudo-domains for consistency; 9003 this fixes a problem (noted by Al Whaley of Sunnyside) 9004 that made it hard to recognize your own pseudodomain 9005 names. 9006 CONFIG: catch "@host" syntax errors (i.e., null local-parts) 9007 rather than letting them get "local configuration 9008 error"s. Problem noted by John Gardiner Myers. 9009 CONFIG: add uucp-uudom mailer variant, based on code posted 9010 by Spider Boardman <spider@Orb.Nashua.NH.US>; this 9011 has uucp-dom semantics but old UUCP syntax. This 9012 also permits "uucp-old" as an alias for "uucp" and 9013 "uucp-new" as a synonym for "suucp" for consistency. 9014 CONFIG: add POP mailer support (from Kimmo Suominen 9015 <kim@grendel.lut.fi>). 9016 CONFIG: drop CSNET_RELAY support -- CSNET is long gone. 9017 CONFIG: fix bug caused with domain literal addresses (e.g., 9018 ``[128.32.131.12]'') when FEATURE(allmasquerade) 9019 was set; it would get an additional @masquerade.host 9020 added to the address. Problem noted by Peter Wan 9021 of Georgia Tech. 9022 CONFIG: make sure that the local UUCP name is in $=w. From 9023 Jim Murray of Stratus. 9024 CONFIG: changes to UUCP rewriting to simulate IDA-style "V" 9025 mailer flag. Briefly, if you are sending to host 9026 "foo", then it rewrites "foo!...!baz" to "...!baz", 9027 "foo!baz" remains "foo!baz", and anything else has 9028 the local name prepended. 9029 CONFIG: portability fixes for HP-UX. 9030 DOC: several minor problems fixed in the Install & Op Guide. 9031 MAKEMAP: fix core dump problem on lines that are too long or 9032 which lack newline. From Mark Delany. 9033 MAILSTATS: print sums of columns (total messages & kbytes 9034 in and out of the system). From Tom Ferrin of UC 9035 San Francisco Computer Graphics Lab. 9036 SIGNIFICANT USER- OR SYSAD-VISIBLE CHANGES: 9037 On HP-UX, /etc/sendmail.cf has been moved to 9038 /usr/lib/sendmail.cf to match HP sendmail. 9039 Permissions have been tightened up on world-writable 9040 :include: files and accounts that have shells 9041 that are not listed in /etc/shells. This may 9042 cause some .forward files that have worked 9043 before to start failing. 9044 SIGUSR1 dumps some state to the log. 9045 NEW FILES: 9046 src/Makefile.DGUX 9047 src/Makefile.Dynix 9048 src/Makefile.FreeBSD 9049 src/Makefile.Mach386 9050 src/Makefile.NetBSD 9051 src/Makefile.RISCos 9052 src/Makefile.SCO 9053 src/Makefile.SVR4 9054 src/Makefile.Titan 9055 cf/mailer/pop.m4 9056 cf/ostype/bsdi1.0.m4 9057 cf/ostype/dgux.m4 9058 cf/ostype/dynix3.2.m4 9059 cf/ostype/sco3.2.m4 9060 makemap/Makefile.dist 9061 praliases/Makefile.dist 9062 90638.6.4/8.6.4 1993/10/31 9064 Repair core-dump problem (write to read-only memory segment) 9065 if you fall back to the return-to-Postmaster case in 9066 savemail. Problem reported by Richard Liu. 9067 Immediately diagnose bogus sender addresses in SMTP. This 9068 makes quite certain that crackers can't use this 9069 class of attack. 9070 Reliability Fix: check return value from fclose() and fsync() 9071 in a few critical places. 9072 Minor problem in initsys() that reversed a condition for 9073 redirecting the output channel on queue runs. It's 9074 not clear this code even does anything. From Eric 9075 Wassenaar of the Dutch National Institute for Nuclear 9076 and High-Energy Physics. 9077 Fix some problems that caused queue runs to do "too much work", 9078 such as double-reading the Errors-To: header. From 9079 Eric Wassenaar. 9080 Error messages on writing the temporary file (including the 9081 data file) were getting suppressed in SMTP -- this 9082 fix causes them to be properly reported. From Eric 9083 Wassenaar. 9084 Some changes to support AF_UNIX sockets -- this will only 9085 really become relevant in the next release, but some 9086 people need it for local patches. From Michael 9087 Corrigan of UC San Diego. 9088 Use dynamically allocated memory (instead of static buffers) 9089 for macros defined in initsys() and settime(); since 9090 these can have different values depending on which 9091 envelope they are in. From Eric Wassenaar. 9092 Improve logging to show ctladdr on to= logging; this tells you 9093 what uid/gid processes ran as. 9094 Fix a problem that caused error messages to be discarded if 9095 the sender address was unparseable for some reason; 9096 this was supposed to fall back to the "return to 9097 postmaster" case. 9098 Improve aliaswait backoff algorithm. 9099 Portability patches for Linux (8.6.3 required another header 9100 file) (from Karl London) and SCO UNIX. 9101 CONFIG: patch prog mailer to not strip host name off of envelope 9102 addresses (so that it matches local again). From 9103 Christopher Davis. 9104 CONFIG: change uucp-dom mailer so that "<>" translates to $n; 9105 this prevents uux from seeing lines with null names like 9106 ``From Sat Oct 30 14:55:31 1993''. From Motonori 9107 Nakamura of Kyoto University. 9108 CONFIG: handle <list:;> syntax correctly. This isn't legal, but 9109 it shouldn't fail miserably. From Motonori Nakamura. 9110 91118.6.2/8.6.2 1993/10/15 9112 Put a "successful delivery" message in the transcript for 9113 addresses that get return-receipts. 9114 Put a prominent "this is only a warning" message in warning 9115 messages -- some people don't read carefully enough 9116 and end up sending the message several times. 9117 Include reason for temporary failure in the "warning" return 9118 message. Currently, it just says "cannot send for 9119 four hours". 9120 Fix the "Original message received" time generated for 9121 returntosender messages. It was previously listed as 9122 the current time. Bug reported by Eric Hagberg of 9123 Cornell University Medical College. 9124 If there is an error when writing the body of a message, 9125 don't send the trailing dot and wait for a response 9126 in sender SMTP, as this could cause the connection to 9127 hang up under some bizarre circumstances. From Eric 9128 Wassenaar. 9129 Fix some server SMTP synchronization problems caused when 9130 connections fail during message collection. From 9131 Eric Wassenaar. 9132 Fix a problem that can cause srvrsmtp to reject mail if the 9133 name server is down -- it accepts the RCPT but rejects 9134 the DATA command. Problem reported by Jim Murray of 9135 Stratus. 9136 Fix a problem that can cause core dumps if the config file 9137 incorrectly resolves to a null hostname. Reported by 9138 Allan Johannesen of WPI. 9139 Non-root use of -C flag, dangerous -f flags, and use of -oQ 9140 by non-root users were not put into 9141 X-Authentication-Warning:s as intended because the 9142 config file hadn't set the PrivacyOptions yet. Fix 9143 from Sven-Ove Westberg of the University of Lulea. 9144 Under very odd circumstances, the alias file rebuild code 9145 could get confused as to whether a database was 9146 open or not. 9147 Check "vendor code" on the end of V lines -- this is 9148 intended to provide a hook for vendor-specific 9149 configuration syntax. (This is a "new feature", 9150 but I've made an exception to my rule in a belief 9151 that this is a highly exceptional case.) 9152 Portability fixes for DG/UX (from Douglas Anderson of NCSC), 9153 SCO Unix (from Murray Kucherawy), A/UX, and OSF/1 9154 (from Jon Forrest of UC Berkeley) 9155 CONFIG: fix ``mailer:host'' form of UUCP relay naming. 9156 91578.6.1/8.6 1993/10/08 9158 Portability fixes for A/UX and Encore UMAX V. 9159 Fix error message handling -- if you had a name server down 9160 causing an error during parsing, that message was never 9161 propagated to the queue file. 9162 91638.6/8.6 1993/10/05 9164 Configuration cleanup: make it easier to undo IDENTPROTO in 9165 conf.h (other systems have the same bug). 9166 If HASGETDTABLESIZE and _SC_OPEN_MAX are both defined, assume 9167 getdtablesize() instead of sysconf(); a disturbingly 9168 large number of systems defined _SC_OPEN_MAX in the 9169 header files but don't have the syscall. 9170 Another patch to really truly ignore MX records in getcanonname 9171 if trymx == FALSE. 9172 Fix problem that caused the "250 IAA25499 Message accepted for 9173 delivery" message to be omitted if there was an error 9174 in the header of the message (e.g., a bad Errors-To: 9175 line). Pointed out by Michael Corrigan of UCSD. 9176 Announce name of host we are chatting when we get errors; this 9177 is an IDA-ism suggested by Christophe Wolfhugel. 9178 Portability fixes for Alpha OSF/1 (from Anthony Baxter of the 9179 Australian Artificial Intelligence Institute), SCO Unix 9180 (from Murray Kucherawy of Hookup Communication Corp.), 9181 NeXT (from Vince DeMarco and myself), Linux (from 9182 Karl London <karl@borg.demon.co.uk>), BSDI (from 9183 Christophe Wolfhugel, and SVR4 on Dell (from Kimmo 9184 Suominen), AUX 3.0 on Macintosh, and ANSI C compilers. 9185 Some changes to get around gcc optimizer bugs. From Takahiro 9186 Kanbe. 9187 Fix error recovery in queueup if another tf file of the same 9188 name already exists. Problem stumbled over by Bill 9189 Wisner of The Well. 9190 Output YP_MASTER_NAME and YP_LAST_MODIFIED without null bytes. 9191 Problem noted by Keith McMillan of Ameritech Services. 9192 Deal with group permissions properly when opening .forward and 9193 :include: files. This relaxes the 8.1C restrictions 9194 slightly more. This includes proper setting of groups 9195 when reading :include: files, allowing you to read some 9196 files that you should be able to read but have previously 9197 been denied unless you owned them or they had "other" 9198 read permission. 9199 Make certain that $j is in $=w (after the .cf is read) so that 9200 if the user is forced to override some silly system, 9201 MX suppression will still work. 9202 Fix a couple of efficiency problems where newstr was double- 9203 calling expensive routines. In at least one case, it 9204 wasn't guaranteed that they would always return the 9205 same result. Problem noted by Christophe Wolfhugel. 9206 Fix null pointer dereference in putoutmsg -- only on an error 9207 condition from a non-SMTP mailer. From Motonori 9208 Nakamura. 9209 Macro expand "C" line class definitions before scanning so that 9210 "CX $Z" works. 9211 Fix problem that caused error message to be sent while still 9212 trying to send the original message if the connection 9213 is closed during a DATA command after getting an error 9214 on an RCPT command (pretty obscure). Problem reported 9215 by John Myers of CMU. 9216 Fix reply to NOOP to be 250 instead of 200 -- this is a long 9217 term bug. 9218 Fix a nasty bug causing core dumps when returning the "warning: 9219 cannot deliver for N hours -- will keep trying" message; 9220 it only occurred if you had PostmasterCopy set and 9221 only on some architectures. Although sendmail would 9222 keep trying, it would send error messages on each 9223 queue interval. This is an important fix. 9224 Allow u and g options to take user and group names respectively. 9225 Don't do a chdir into the queue directory in -bt mode to make 9226 ruleset testing a bit easier. 9227 Don't allow users to turn off logging (using -oL) on the command 9228 line -- command line can only raise, not lower, logging 9229 level. 9230 Set $u to the original recipient on the SMTP transaction or on 9231 the command line. This is only done if there is exactly 9232 one recipient. Technically, this does not meet the 9233 specs, because it does not guarantee a domain on the 9234 address. 9235 Fix a problem that dumped error messages on bad addresses if 9236 you used the -t flag. Problem noted by Josh Smith of 9237 Harvey Mudd College. 9238 Given an address such as ``<foo> <bar>'', auto-quote the first 9239 ``<foo>'' part, giving ``"<foo>" <bar>''. This is to 9240 avoid the problem of people who use angle brackets in 9241 their full name information. 9242 Fix a null pointer dereference if you set option "l", have 9243 an Errors-To: header in the message, and have Errors-To: 9244 defined in the config file H lines. From J.R. Oldroyd. 9245 Put YPCOMPAT on #ifdef NIS instead -- it's one less thing to get 9246 wrong when compiling. Suggested by Rick McCarty of TI. 9247 Fix a problem that could pass negative SIZE parameter if the 9248 df file got lost; this would cause servers to always 9249 give a temporary failure, making the problem even worse. 9250 Problem noted by Allan Johannesen of WPI. 9251 Add "ident" timeout (one of the "r" option selectors) for IDENT 9252 protocol timeouts (30s default). Requested by Murray 9253 Kucherawy of HookUp Communication Corp. to handle bogus 9254 PC TCP/IP implementations. 9255 Change $w default definition to be just the first component of 9256 the domain name on config level 5. The $j macro defaults 9257 to the FQDN; $m remains as before. This lets well-behaved 9258 config files use any of the short, long, or subdomain 9259 names. 9260 Add makesendmail script in src to try to automate multi-architecture 9261 builds. I know, this is sub-optimal, but it is still 9262 helpful. 9263 Fix very obscure race condition that can cause a queue run to 9264 get a queue file for an already completed job. This 9265 problem has existed for years. Problem noted by the 9266 long suffering Allan Johannesen of WPI. 9267 Fix a problem that caused the raw sender name to be passed to 9268 udbsender instead of the canonified name -- this caused 9269 it to sometimes miss records that it should have found. 9270 Relax check of name on HELO packet so that a program using -bs 9271 that claims to be itself works properly. 9272 Restore rewriting of $: part of address through 2, R, 4 in 9273 buildaddr -- this requires passing a lot of flags to get 9274 it right. Unlike old versions, this ONLY rewrites 9275 recipient addresses, not sender addresses. 9276 Fix a bug that caused core dumps in config files that cannot 9277 resolve /file/name style addresses. Fix from Jonathan 9278 Kamens of OpenVision Technologies. 9279 Fix problem with fcntl locking that can cause error returns to 9280 be lost if the lock is lost; this required fully 9281 queueing everything, dropping the envelope (so errors 9282 would get returned), and then re-reading the queue from 9283 scratch. 9284 Fix a problem that caused aliases that redefine an otherwise 9285 true address to still send to the original address 9286 if and only if the alias failed in certain bizarre 9287 ways (e.g, if they pointed at a list:; syntax address). 9288 Problem pointed out by Jonathan Kamens. 9289 Remove support for frozen configuration files. They caused 9290 more trouble than it was worth. 9291 Fix problem that can cause error messages to get ignored when 9292 using both -odb and -t flags. Problem noted by Rob 9293 McNicholas at U.C. Berkeley. 9294 Include all "normal" variations on hostname in $=w. For example, 9295 if the host name is vangogh.cs.berkeley.edu, $=w will 9296 contain vangogh, vangogh.cs, and vangogh.cs.berkeley.edu. 9297 Add "restrictqrun" privacy flag -- without this, anyone can run 9298 the queue. 9299 Reset SmtpPhase global on initial connection creation so that 9300 messages don't come out with stale information. 9301 Pass an "ext" argument to lockfile so that error/log messages 9302 will properly reflect the true filename being locked. 9303 Put all [...] address forms into $=w -- this eliminates the need 9304 for MAXIPADDR in conf.h. Suggested by John Gardiner 9305 Myers of CMU. 9306 Fix a bug that can cause qf files to be left around even after 9307 an SMTP RSET command. Problem and fix from Michael 9308 Corrigan. 9309 Don't send a PostmasterCopy to errors when the Precedence: is 9310 negative. Error reports still go to the envelope 9311 sender address. 9312 Add LA_SHORT for load averages. 9313 Lock sendmail.st file when posting statistics. 9314 Add "SendBufSize" and "RcvBufSize" suboptions to "O" option to 9315 set the size of the TCP send and receive buffers; if you 9316 run over a slow slip line you may need to set these down 9317 (although it would be better to fix the SLIP implementation 9318 so that it's not necessary to recompile every program 9319 that does bulk data transfer). 9320 Allow null defaults on $( ... $) lookups. Problem reported by 9321 Amir Plivatsky. 9322 Diagnose crufty S and V config lines. This resulted from an 9323 observation that some people were using the SITE macro 9324 without the SITECONFIG macro first, which was causing 9325 bogus config files that were not caught. 9326 Fix makemap -f flag to turn off case folding (it was turning it 9327 on instead). THIS IS A USER VISIBLE CHANGE!!! 9328 Fix a problem that caused multiple error messages to be sent if 9329 you used "sendmail -t -oem -odb", your system uses fcntl 9330 locking, and one of the recipient addresses is unknown. 9331 Reset uid earlier in include() so that recursive .forwards or 9332 :include:s don't use the wrong uid. 9333 If file descriptor 0, 1, or 2 was closed when sendmail was 9334 called, the code to recover the descriptor was broken. 9335 This sometimes (only sometimes) caused problems with the 9336 alias file. Fix from Motonori Nakamura. 9337 Fix a problem that caused aliaswait to go into infinite recursion 9338 if the @:@ metasymbol wasn't found in the alias file. 9339 Improve error message on newaliases if database files cannot be 9340 opened or if running with no database format defined. 9341 Do a better estimation of the size of error messages when NoReturn 9342 is set. Problem noted by P{r (Pell) Emanuelsson. 9343 Fix a problem causing the "c" option (don't connect to expensive 9344 mailers) to be ignored in SMTP. Problem noted and the 9345 solution suggested by Robert Elz of The University of 9346 Melbourne. 9347 Improve connection caching algorithm by passing "[host]" to 9348 hostsignature, which strips the square brackets and 9349 returns the real name. This allows mailertable entries 9350 to match regular entries. 9351 Re-enable Return-Receipt-To: -- people seem to want this stupid 9352 feature, even if it doesn't work right. 9353 Catch and log attempts to try the "wiz" command in server SMTP. 9354 This also ups the log level from LOG_NOTICE to LOG_CRIT. 9355 Be more generous at assigning $z to the home directory -- do this 9356 for programs that are specified through a .forward file. 9357 Fix from Andrew Chang of Sun Microsystems. 9358 Always save a fatal error message in preference to a non-fatal 9359 error message so that the "subject" line of return 9360 messages is the best possible. 9361 CONFIG: reduce the number of quotes needed to quote configuration 9362 parameters with commas: two quotes should work now, e.g., 9363 define(ALIAS_FILE, ``/etc/aliases,/etc/aliases.local''). 9364 CONFIG: class $=Z is a set of UUCP hosts that use uucp-dom 9365 connections (domain-ized UUCP). 9366 CONFIG: fix bug in default maps (-o must be before database file 9367 name). Pointed out by Christophe Wolfhugel. 9368 CONFIG: add FEATURE(nodns) to state that we are not relying on 9369 DNS. This would presumably be used in UUCP islands. 9370 CONFIG: add OSTYPE(nextstep) and OSTYPE(linux). 9371 CONFIG: log $u in Received: line. This is in technical violation 9372 of the standards, since it doesn't guarantee a domain 9373 on the address. 9374 CONFIG: don't assume "m" in local mailer flags -- this means that 9375 if you redefine LOCAL_MAILER_FLAGS you will have to include 9376 the "m" flag should you want it. Apparently some Solaris 2.2 9377 installations can't handle multiple local recipients. 9378 Problem noted by Josh Smith. 9379 CONFIG: add confDOMAIN_NAME to set $j (if undefined, $j defaults). 9380 CONFIG: change default version level from 4 to 5. 9381 CONFIG: add FEATURE(nullclient) to create a config file that 9382 forwards all mail to a hub without ever looking at the 9383 addresses in any detail. 9384 CONFIG: properly strip mailer: information off of relays when 9385 used to change .BITNET form into %-hack form. 9386 CONFIG: fix a problem that caused infinite loops if presented 9387 with an address such as "!foo". 9388 CONFIG: check for self literal (e.g., [128.32.131.12]) even if 9389 the reverse "PTR" mapping is broken. There's a better 9390 way to do this, but the change is fairly major and I 9391 want to hold it for another release. Problem noted by 9392 Bret Marquis. 9393 93948.5/8.5 1993/07/23 9395 Serious bug: if you used a command line recipient that was unknown 9396 sendmail would not send a return message (it was treating 9397 everything as though it had an SMTP-style client that 9398 would do the return itself). Problem noted by Josh Smith. 9399 Change "trymx" option in getcanonname() to ignore all MX data, 9400 even during a T_ANY query. This actually didn't break 9401 anything, because the only time you called getcanonname 9402 with !trymx was if you already knew there were no MX 9403 records, but it is somewhat cleaner. From Motonori 9404 Nakamura. 9405 Don't call getcanonname from getmxrr if you already know there 9406 are no DNS records matching the name. 9407 Fix a problem causing error messages to always include "The 9408 original message was received ... from localhost". 9409 The correct original host information is now included. 9410 Previous change to cf/sh/makeinfo.sh doesn't port to Ultrix (their 9411 version of "test" doesn't have the -x flag). Change it 9412 to use -f instead. From John Myers. 9413 CONFIG: 8.4 mistakenly set the default SMTP-style mailer to 9414 esmtp -- it should be smtp. 9415 CONFIG: send all relayed mail using confRELAY_MAILER (defaults 9416 to "relay" (a variant of "smtp") if MAILER(smtp) is used, 9417 else "suucp" if MAILER(uucp) is used, else "unknown"); 9418 this cleans up the configs somewhat. This fixes a serious 9419 problem that caused route-addrs to get mistaken as relays, 9420 pointed out by John Myers. WARNING: this also causes 9421 the default on SMART_HOST to change from "suucp" to 9422 "relay" if you have MAILER(smtp) specified. 9423 94248.4/8.4 1993/07/22 9425 Add option `w'. If you receive a message that comes to you because 9426 you are the best (lowest preference) target of an MX, and 9427 you haven't explicitly recognized the source MX host in 9428 your .cf file, this option will cause you to try the target 9429 host directly (as if there were no MX for it at all). If 9430 `w' is not set, this case is a configuration error. 9431 Beware: if `w' is set, senders may get bogus errors like 9432 "message timed out" or "host unknown" for problems that 9433 are really configuration errors. This option is 9434 disrecommended, provided only for compatibility with 9435 UIUC sendmail. 9436 Fix a problem that caused the incoming socket to be left open 9437 when sendmail forks after the DATA command. This caused 9438 calling systems to wait in FIN_WAIT_2 state until the 9439 entire list was processed and the child closed -- a 9440 potentially prodigious amount of time. Problem noted 9441 by Neil Rickert. 9442 Fix problem (created in 6.64) that caused mail sent to multiple 9443 addresses, one of which was a bad address, to completely 9444 suppress the sending of the message. This changes 9445 handling of EF_FATALERRS somewhat, and adds an 9446 EF_GLOBALERRS flag. This also fixes a potential problem 9447 with duplicate error messages if there is a syntax error 9448 in the header of a message that isn't noticed until late 9449 in processing. Original problem pointed out by Josh Smith 9450 of Harvey Mudd College. This release includes quite a bit 9451 of dickering with error handling (see below). 9452 Back out SMTP transaction if MAIL gets nested 501 error. This 9453 will only hurt already-broken software and should help 9454 humans. 9455 Fix a problem that broke aliases when neither NDBM nor NEWDB were 9456 compiled in. It would never read the alias file. 9457 Repair unbalanced `)' and `>' (the "open" versions are already 9458 repaired). 9459 Logging of "done" in dropenvelope() was incorrect: it would 9460 log this even when the queue file still existed. Change 9461 this to only log "done" (at log level 11) when the 9462 queue file is actually removed. From John Myers. 9463 Log "lost connection" in server SMTP at log level 20 if there 9464 is no pending transaction. Some senders just close the 9465 connection rather than sending QUIT. 9466 Fix a bug causing getmxrr to add a dot to the end of unqualified 9467 domains that do not have MX records -- this would cause 9468 the subsequent host name lookup to fail. The problem 9469 only occurred if you had FEATURE(nocanonify) set. 9470 Problem noted by Rick McCarty of Texas Instruments. 9471 Fix invocation of setvbuf when passed a -X flag -- I had 9472 unwittingly used an ANSI C extension, and this caused 9473 core dumps on some machines. 9474 Diagnose self-destructive alias loops on RCPT as well as EXPN. 9475 Previously it just gave an empty send queue, which 9476 then gave either "Need RCPT (recipient)" at the DATA 9477 (confusing, since you had given an RCPT command which 9478 returned 250) or just dropped the email, depending on 9479 whether you were running VERBose mode. Now it usually 9480 diagnoses this case as "aliasing/forwarding loop broken". 9481 Unfortunately, it still doesn't adequately diagnose 9482 some true error conditions. 9483 Add internal concept of "warning messages" using 6xx codes. 9484 These are not reported only to Postmaster. Unbalanced 9485 parens, brackets, and quotes are printed as 653 codes. 9486 They are always mapped to 5xx codes before use in SMTP. 9487 Clean up error messages to tell both the actual address that 9488 failed and the alias they arose from. This makes it 9489 somewhat easier to diagnose problems. Difficulty noted 9490 by Motonori Nakamura. 9491 Fix a problem that inappropriately added a ctladdr to addresses 9492 that shouldn't have had one during a queue run. This 9493 caused error messages to be handled differently during 9494 a queue run than a direct run. 9495 Don't print the qf name and line number if you get errors during 9496 the direct run of the queue from srvrsmtp -- this was 9497 just extra stuff for users to crawl through. 9498 Put command line flags on second line of pid file so you can 9499 auto-restart the daemon with all appropriate arguments. 9500 Use "kill `head -1 /etc/sendmail.pid`" to stop the 9501 daemon, and "eval `tail -1 /etc/sendmail.pid`" to 9502 restart it. 9503 Remove the ``setuid(getuid())'' in main -- this caused the 9504 IDENT daemon to screw up. This required that I change 9505 HASSETEUID to HASSETREUID and complicate the mode 9506 changing somewhat because both Ultrix and SunOS seem 9507 to have a bug causing seteuid() to set the saved uid 9508 as well as the effective. The program test/t_setreuid.c 9509 will test to see if your implementation of setreuid(2) 9510 is appropriately functional. 9511 The FallBackMX (option V) handling failed to properly identify 9512 fallback to yourself -- most of the code was there, 9513 but it wasn't being enabled. Problem noted by Murray 9514 Kucherawy of the University of Waterloo. 9515 Change :include: open timeout from ETIMEDOUT to an internal 9516 code EOPENTIMEOUT; this avoids adding "during SmtpPhase 9517 with CurHostName" in error messages, which can be 9518 confusing. Reported by Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision 9519 Technologies. 9520 Back out setpgrp (setpgid on POSIX systems) call to reset the 9521 process group id. The original fix was to get around 9522 some problems with recalcitrant MUAs, but it breaks 9523 any call from a shell that creates a process group id 9524 different from the process id. I could try to fix 9525 this by diddling the tty owner (using tcsetpgrp or 9526 equivalent) but this is too likely to break other 9527 things. 9528 Portability changes: 9529 Support -M as equivalent to -oM on Ultrix -- apparently 9530 DECnet calls sendmail with -MrDECnet -Ms<HOST> -bs 9531 instead of using standard flags. Oh joy. This 9532 behavior reported by Jon Giltner of University 9533 of Colorado. 9534 SGI IRIX -- this includes several changes that should 9535 help other strict ANSI compilers. 9536 SCO Unix -- from Murray Kucherawy of HookUp Communication 9537 Corporation. 9538 Solaris running the Sun C compiler (which despite the 9539 documentation apparently doesn't define 9540 __STDC__ by default). 9541 ConvexOS from Eric Schnoebelen of Convex. 9542 Sony NEWS workstations and Omron LUNA workstations from 9543 Motonori Nakamura. 9544 CONFIG: add confTRY_NULL_MX_LIST to set option `w'. 9545 CONFIG: delete `C' and `e' from default SMTP mailers flags; 9546 several people have made a good argument that this 9547 creates more problems than it solves (although this 9548 may prove painful in the short run). 9549 CONFIG: generalize all the relays to accept a "mailer:host" 9550 format. 9551 CONFIG: move local processing in ruleset 0 into a new ruleset 9552 98 (8 on old sendmail). Domain literal [a.b.c.d] 9553 addresses are also passed through this ruleset. 9554 CONFIG: if neither SMART_HOST nor MAILER(smtp) were defined, 9555 internet-style addresses would "fall off the end" of 9556 ruleset zero and be interpreted as local -- however, 9557 the angle brackets confused the recursive call. 9558 These are now diagnosed as "Unrecognized host name". 9559 CONFIG: USENET rules weren't included in S0 because of a mistaken 9560 ifdef(`_MAILER_USENET_') instead of 9561 ifdef(`_MAILER_usenet_'). Problem found by Rein Tollevik 9562 of SINTEF RUNIT, Oslo. 9563 CONFIG: move up LOCAL_RULE_0 processing so that it happens very 9564 early in ruleset 0; this allows .mc authors to bypass 9565 things like the "short circuit" code for local addresses. 9566 Prompted by a comment by Bill Wisner of The Well. 9567 CONFIG: add confSMTP_MAILER to define the mailer used (smtp or 9568 esmtp) to send SMTP mail. This allows you to default 9569 to esmtp but use a mailertable or other override to 9570 deal with broken servers. This logic was pointed out 9571 to me by Bill Wisner. Ditto for confLOCAL_MAILER. 9572 Changes to cf/sh/makeinfo.sh to make it portable to SVR4 9573 environments. Ugly as sin. 9574 95758.3/8.3 1993/07/13 9576 Fix setuid problems introduced in 8.2 that caused messages 9577 like "Cannot create qfXXXXXX: Invalid argument" 9578 or "Cannot reopen dfXXXXXX: Permission denied". This 9579 involved a new compile flag "HASSETEUID" that takes 9580 the place of the old _POSIX_SAVED_IDS -- it turns out 9581 that the POSIX interface is broken enough to break 9582 some systems badly. This includes some fixes for 9583 HP-UX. Also fixes problems where the real uid is 9584 not reset properly on startup (from Neil Rickert). 9585 Fix a problem that caused timed out messages to not report the 9586 addresses that timed out. Error messages are also more 9587 "user friendly". 9588 Drop required bandwidth on connections from 64 bytes/sec to 9589 16 bytes/sec. 9590 Further Solaris portability changes -- doesn't require the BSD 9591 compatibility library. This also adds a new 9592 "HASGETDTABLESIZE" compile flag which can be used if 9593 you want to use getdtablesize(2) instead of sysconf(2). 9594 These are loosely based on changes from David Meyer at 9595 University of Oregon. This now seems to work, at least 9596 for quick test cases. 9597 Fix a problem that can cause duplicate error messages to be 9598 sent if you are in SMTP, you send to multiple addresses, 9599 and at least one of those addresses is good and points 9600 to an account that has a .forward file (whew!). 9601 Fix a problem causing messages to be discarded if checkcompat() 9602 returned EX_TEMPFAIL (because it didn't properly mark 9603 the "to" address). Problem noted by John Myers. 9604 Fix dfopen to return NULL if the open failed; I was depending 9605 on fdopen(-1) returning NULL, which isn't the case. This 9606 isn't serious, but does result in weird error diagnoses. 9607 From Michael Corrigan. 9608 CONFIG: add UUCP_MAX_SIZE M4 macro to set the maximum size of 9609 messages sent through UUCP-family mailers. Suggested 9610 by Bill Wisner of The Well. 9611 CONFIG: if both MAILER(uucp) and MAILER(smtp) are specified, 9612 include a "uucp-dom" mailer that uses domain-style 9613 addressing. Suggested by Bill Wisner. 9614 CONFIG: Add LOCAL_SHELL_FLAGS and LOCAL_SHELL_ARGS to match 9615 LOCAL_MAILER_FLAGS and LOCAL_MAILER_ARGS. Suggested by 9616 Christophe Wolfhugel. 9617 CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(aix3). From Christophe Wolfhugel. 9618 96198.2/8.2 1993/07/11 9620 Don't drop out on config file parse errors in -bt mode. 9621 On older configuration files, assume option "l" (use Errors-To 9622 header) for back compatibility. NOTE: this DOES NOT 9623 imply an endorsement of the Errors-To: header in any way. 9624 Accept -x flag on AIX-3 as well as OSF/1. Why, why, why??? 9625 Don't log errors on EHLO -- it isn't a "real" error for an old 9626 SMTP server to give an error on this command, and 9627 logging it in the transcript can be confusing. Fix 9628 from Bill Wisner. 9629 IRIX compatibility changes provided by Dan Rich 9630 <drich@sandman.lerc.nasa.gov>. 9631 Solaris 2 compatibility changes. Provided by Bob Cunningham 9632 <bob@kahala.soest.hawaii.edu>, John Oleynick 9633 <juo@klinzhai.rutgers.edu> 9634 Debugging: -d17 was overloaded (hostsignature and usersmtp.c); 9635 move usersmtp (smtpinit and smtpmailfrom) to -d18 to 9636 match the other flags in that file. 9637 Flush transcript before fork in mailfile(). From Eric Wassenaar. 9638 Save h_errno in mci struct and improve error message display. 9639 Changes from Eric Wassenaar. 9640 Open /dev/null for the transcript if the create of the xf file 9641 failed; this avoids at least one possible null pointer 9642 reference in very weird cases. From Eric Wassenaar. 9643 Clean up statistics gathering; it was over-reporting because of 9644 forks. From Eric Wassenaar. 9645 Fix problem that causes old Return-Path: line to override new 9646 Return-Path: line (conf.c needs H_FORCE to avoid 9647 re-using old value). From Motonori Nakamura. 9648 Fix broken -m flag in K definition -- even if -m (match only) 9649 was specified, it would still replace the key with the 9650 value. Noted by Rick McCarty of Texas Instruments. 9651 If the name server timed out over several days, no "timed out" 9652 message would ever be sent back. The timeout code 9653 has been moved from markfailure() to dropenvelope() 9654 so that all such failures should be diagnosed. Pointed 9655 out by Christophe Wolfhugel and others. 9656 Relax safefile() constraints: directories in an include or 9657 forward path must be readable by self if the controlling 9658 user owns the entry, readable by all otherwise (e.g., 9659 when reading your .forward file, you have to own and 9660 have X permission in it; everyone needs X permission in 9661 the root and directories leading up to your home); 9662 include files must be readable by anyone, but need not 9663 be owned by you. 9664 If _POSIX_SAVED_IDS is defined, setuid to the owner before 9665 reading a .forward file; this gets around some problems 9666 on NFS mounts if root permission is not exported and 9667 the user's home directory isn't x'able. 9668 Additional NeXT portability enhancements from Axel Zinser. 9669 Additional HP-UX portability enhancements from Brian Bullen. 9670 Add a timeout around SMTP message writes; this assumes you can 9671 get throughput of at least 64 bytes/second. Note that 9672 this does not impact the "datafinal" default, which 9673 is separate; this is just intended to work around 9674 network clogs that will occur before the final dot 9675 is sent. From Eric Wassenaar. 9676 Change map code to set the "include null" flag adaptively -- 9677 it initially tries both, but if it finds anything 9678 matching without a null it never tries again with a 9679 null and vice versa. If -N is specified, it never 9680 tries without the null and creates new maps with a 9681 null byte. If -O is specified, it never tries with 9682 the null (for efficiency). If -N and -O are specified, 9683 you get -NO (get it?) lookup at all, so this would 9684 be a bad idea. If you don't specify either -N or -O, 9685 it adapts. 9686 Fix recognition of "same from address" so that MH submissions 9687 will insert the appropriate full name information; 9688 this used to work and got broken somewhere along the 9689 way. 9690 Some changes to eliminate some unnecessary SYSERRs in the 9691 log. For example, if you lost a connection, don't 9692 bother reporting that fact on the connection you lost. 9693 Add some "extended debugging" flags to try to track down 9694 why we get occasional problems with file descriptor 9695 one being closed when execing a mailer; it seems to 9696 only happen when there has been another error in the 9697 same transaction. This requires XDEBUG, defined 9698 by default in conf.h. 9699 Add "-X filename" command line flag, which logs both sides of 9700 all SMTP transactions. This is intended ONLY for 9701 debugging bad implementations of other mailers; start 9702 it up, send a message from a mailer that is failing, 9703 and then kill it off and examine the indicated log. 9704 This output is not intended to be particularly human 9705 readable. This also adds the HASSETVBUF compile 9706 flag, defaulted on if your compiler defines __STDC__. 9707 CONFIG: change SMART_HOST to override an SMTP mailer. If you 9708 have a local net that should get direct connects, you 9709 will need to use LOCAL_NET_CONFIG to catch these hosts. 9710 See cf/README for an example. 9711 CONFIG: add LOCAL_MAILER_ARGS (default: `mail -d $u') to handle 9712 sites that don't use the -d flag. 9713 CONFIG: hide recipient addresses as well as sender addresses 9714 behind $M if FEATURE(allmasquerade) is specified; this 9715 has been requested by several people, but can break 9716 local aliases. For example, if you mail to "localalias" 9717 this will be rewritten as "localalias@masqueradehost"; 9718 although initial delivery will work, replies will be 9719 broken. Use it sparingly. 9720 CONFIG: add FEATURE(domaintable). This maps unqualified domains 9721 to qualified domains in headers. I believe this is 9722 largely equivalent to the IDA feature of the same name. 9723 CONFIG: use $U as UUCP name instead of $k. This permits you 9724 to override the "system name" as your UUCP name -- 9725 in particular, to use domain-ized UUCP names. From 9726 Bill Wisner of The Well. 9727 CONFIG: create new mailer "esmtp" that always tries EHLO 9728 first. This is currently unused in the config files, 9729 but could be used in a mailertable entry. 9730 97318.1C/8.1B 1993/06/27 9732 Serious security bug fix: it was possible to read any file on 9733 the system, regardless of ownership and permissions. 9734 If a subroutine returns a fully qualified address, return it 9735 immediately instead of feeding it back into rewriting. 9736 This fixes a problem with mailertable lookups. 9737 CONFIG: fix some M4 frotz (concat => CONCAT) 9738 97398.1B/8.1A 1993/06/12 9740 Serious bug fix: pattern matching backup algorithm stepped by 9741 two tokens in classes instead of one. Found by Claus 9742 Assmann at University of Kiel, Germany. 9743 97448.1A/8.1A 1993/06/08 9745 Another mailertable fix.... 9746 97478.1/8.1 1993/06/07 9748 4.4BSD freeze. No semantic changes. 9749